OIL INDIA LIMITED TENDER FOR PIPING SPECIFICATIONS

OIL INDIA LIMITED
DULIAJAN-786 602, Assam, (India)
TENDER DOCUMENT
For
Design, Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication, Supply,

Construction and Commissioning on LSTK Basis of One
No. Central Gas Gathering Station & Off Take Point at
Madhuban and One No. Field Gathering Station at
Chabua, Assam, India
VOLUME-III OF VI
(Piping & Mechanical Technical Specification & Standards)
TENDER NO. OIL/CCO/PDNG/GLOBAL/215/2008
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd.

NEW DELHI
INDIA
OIL INDIA LIMITED
VOLUME-III
PIPING
(Technical/Construction Specification & Standards)

OIL INDIA LIMITED

CLIENT : OIL INDIA LTD., DULIAJAN.
PROJECT : IMPLEMENTATION OF 1 NO. FGS, 1 NO. CGGS
& O.T.POINTS
VOL. - III OF VI
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS
S. REV. NO.
DOCUMENT NO. DESCRIPTION
NO. NO. SHTS
PIPING
1 9473-03-OT-11 2 PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION 47
2 03-CS-005 0 VENT & DRAIN ASSEMBLIES 3
3 03-CS-012 0 TABLE OF BASIC SPAN 1
4 03-CS-032 0 PRESSURE TAPPINGS PA, PG,PC,PT,PIC ETC. 1
5 03-CS-035 0 THREMOWELL INSTALLATION 1
6 03-CS-038 0 STUB-IN STANDARD 2

PIPE SADDLE FOR BARE PIPE SIZE 10" THROUGH
7 03-PS-005 1 1
80" TYPE-S8
PIPE SHOE FOR SLOPE LINE PIPE SIZE 2" THRU 8"
8 03-PS-006 1 1
TYPE S9
PIPE SHOE FOR SLOP LINE FOR PIPE SIZE 10" THRU 42"
9 03-PS-007 1 1
TYPE S10 ((PIPE MOVEMENT 100 MM. MAX.)
GUIDE SUPPORT FOR BARE (AS/S) PIPE SIZE 1/2"
10 03-PS-010 1 1
THRU' 24" TYPE G3 & G3A
11 03-PS-014 1 SPECIAL SUPPORT TYPE-4 1
GUIDE SUPPORT FOR BARE (CS) PIPE SIZE 1/2"
12 03-PS-015 1 1
THRU' 24" TYPE G2 & G2A
LOW SUPPORT SLIDING FOR BARE AND INSULATED PIPE
13 03-PS-016 1 1
SIZE 2" THRU 36" TYPE L1 & L1A
LOW SUPPORT FIXED FOR BARE AND INSULATED
14 03-PS-017 1 1
PIPE SIZE 2" THRU 24" TYPE L3 & L3A
LOW SUPPORT SLIDING FOR BARE PIPE SIZE 3/4"
15 03-PS-018 1 1
THRU 36" TYPE L5 & L5A
LOW SUPPORT SLIDING FOR BARE & INSULATED
16 03-PS-019 1 1
PIPE SIZE 2" THRU 24" TYPE L6
LOW SUPPORT FIXED FOR BARE AND INSULATED
17 03-PS-020 1 1
PIPE SIZE 2" THRU 36" TYPE - L 7
LOW SUPPORT FOR BARE AND INSULATED PIPE
18 03-PS-021 1 1
SIZE 2" THRU 36" TYPE - L 7A
LOW SUPPORT GUIDE & CROSS GUIDE FOR BARE &
19 03-PS-022 1 1
INSULATED PIPE SIZE 2" THRU 36" TYPE- L8 & L8A
ADJUSTABLE LOW SUPPORT SLIDING FOR PIPE
20 03-PS-023 1 1
SIZE 2" THRU 24" TYPE - L10 & L10A
LOW SUPPORT SLIDING AND FIXED FOR PIPE SIZE
21 03-PS-024 1 1
2" THRU 6" TYPE-L11
LOW SUPPORT ON MITRED ELBOW FOR PIPE SIZE
22 03-PS-025 1 1
14" THRU 36" TYPE - L13
LOW SUPPORT ON MITRED ELBOW FOR PIPE SIZE
23 03-PS-026 1 1
14" THRU 36" TYPE - L13A
LOW SUPPORT SLIDING AND FIXED FOR PIPE SIZE
24 03-PS-027 1 1
3/4" THRU 1 1/2" TYPE - L15
25 03-PS-028 1 LOW SUPPORT STANCHION TYPE - L16 & L16A 1
S. REV. NO.
NO. NO. SHTS
ADJUSTABLE LOW SUPPORT WITH 4 BOLTS FOR
26 03-PS-029 1 1
PIPE SIZE 2" THRU 24" TYPE - L17 & L17A
ADJUSTABLE LOW SUPPORT FOR BARE &
27 03-PS-030 1 1
INSULATED SIZE 2" THRU 24" TYPE - L18 & L18A
28 03-PS-031 1 PIPE CLAMP FOR BARE PIPE (1/2"-24") TYPE - C1 1
ANCHOR FOR BARE PIPE SIZE 2" THRU 24" (ON
29 03-PS-032 1 1
SLEEPER)
30 03-PS-033 1 U-BOLT FOR PIPE SIZE 1/2" THRU 24" TYPE - C4 1
SUPPORT LUG SLIDING FOR BARE AND INSULATED
31 03-PS-034 1 1
PIPE SIZE 1" THRU 24" TYPE-C5A
SUPPORT LUG SLIDING FOR BARE/ INSULATED PIPE
32 03-PS-035 1 1
SIZE 1" THRU 24" TYPE - C6
SUPPORT LUG (SINGLE) FIXED FOR BARE AND
33 03-PS-037 1 1
INSULATED PIPE SIZE 1" THRU 24" TYPE-C13
SUPPORT LUG (SINGLE) SLIDING FOR BARE AND
34 03-PS-039 1 1
INSULATED PIPE SIZE 1" THRU 24" TYPE-C14
PIPE U-CLAMP FOR BARE PIPE 1/2" THRU 24" TYPE C
35 03-PS-040 1 1
15
PIPE CLAMP FOR BARE PIPE 1/2" THRU 24" TYPE -
36 03-PS-041 1 1
C16
DUMMY PIPE SUPPORT FOR BARE PIPE SIZE 2"
37 03-PS-079 1 1
THRU 24" TYPE - B29
DUMMY PIPE SUPPORT FOR INSULATED PIPE SIZE
38 03-PS-080 1 1
2" THROUGH 24" TYPE - B40
39 03-PS-082 1 PIPE SUPPORT BRACKETS TYPE-B42 1
40 03-PS-083 1 PIPE SUPPORT BRACKETS TYPE B43 1

PIPE SUPPORT BRACKETS FROM PIPE 3" THRU 24"
41 03-PS-084 1 1
TYPE -B44
42 9473-03-TS-001 0 TECHNICAL NOTES FOR PIPES 5
43 9473-03-TS-002 0 TECHNICAL NOTES FOR VALVES 7
44 9473-03-TS-003 0 TECHNICAL NOTES FOR GASKETS 3
45 9473-03-TS-004 0 TECHNICAL NOTES FOR FITTINGS 6

TECHNICAL NOTES FOR FLANGES, SPECTACLE
46 9473-03-TS-005 0 5
BLINDS AND DRIP RINGS
47 9473-03-TS-006 0 TECHNICAL NOTES FOR FASTENERS 4
SPECIFICATION FOR EARTHWORK FOR
48 9473-03-TS-007 0 5
UNDERGROUND PIPING
SPECS. FOR INSPECTION, FLUSHING AND TESTING
49 9473-03-TS-008 1 9
OF PIPING
SPECS. FOR FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF
50 9473-03-TS-009 0 14
PIPING
51 9473-03-TS-011 0 SPECIFICATION FOR CHOKE VALVE 5
52 9473-03-TS-012 1 SPECIFICATION FOR PAINTING 24

SPECIFICATION FOR EXAMINATION OF PIPE
53 9473-03-TS-013 1 12
WELDING
SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING OF CARBON STEEL
54 9473-03-TS-014 1 9
PIPING
55 9473-03-TS-015 1 GENERAL WELDING SPECIFICATIONS FOR PIPING 20
SPEC. FOR FABRICATION & ERECTION OF U/G
56 9473-03-TS-016 1 11
PIPING
S. REV. NO.
NO. NO. SHTS
57 9473-03-TS-018 1 SPEC. FOR SHUTDOWN VALVE 5
SPEC. FOR COATING AND WRAPPING OF
58 9473-03-TS-019 1 12
U/GROUND PIPING
59 9473-03-VMS-001 4 VALVE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION 84
16-QMP-05-3A
PIPING MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
2 15.02.08 ISSUED FOR BID VNK HSH DPS

1 06.08.07 Revised as per client’s proposal standard. MLD HSH DPS
0 15.01.07 ISSUED FOR BID VD HSH RNP
Rev. Date Description Prpd. Chkd. Appd.
Standard Number Rev.
PIPING MATERIAL
9473-03-OT-11 2
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., SPECIFICTION
New Delhi Sheet 1 of 4
16-QMP-05-3A
GENERAL NOTES FOR PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
1.0 SCOPE
1.1 This specification (PMS) covers the various piping classes for Process and utility Piping.
2.0 REFERRED CODES AND STANDARDS
2.1 All Piping shall be designed in accordance with the Process Piping Code. ASME B31.3.
2.2 Editions and addenda (if any) of referred Codes and standards shall be as per the job
Engineering Design Basis (Piping).
2.3 For the sake of brevity, the initials of the society to which the codes are referred to may be
omitted in the specification. For example; B16.5 is a code referring to ASME; A106 is a
standard referring to ASTM.
3.0 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
3.1 Individual piping Class has been generally designed to cover a set of services operating within
pressure-temperature combination as per ASME B16.5 / B16.34 or part of it.
3.2 The PMS shall be strictly adhered to in the design, requisitioning, purchasing, fabrication and
testing of the piping system. However, deviations of material may occur due to design
conditions and/or availability. All substitutions must be duly approved.
3.3 Unless mentioned otherwise, pipe thicknesses in the specs are for above ground piping.
4.0 PIPING CLASS DESIGNATION CODE
The piping class designation code shall be as follows:
1 125# /150#
X X X 2 300 #
3 600 #
4 800 #
5 900 #
6 1500 #
1) GENERAL PROCESS, FLARE . 7 2500 #
2) FOAM CONCENTRATE HANDLING
3) FUEL GAS
4) CHEMICAL SERVICE.
5) INSTRUMENT AIR
6) WASTE WATER, OILY WATER SEWER.
7) DRINKING WATER (ABOVE GROUND ONLY), FIRE WATER-
SPRINKLER SYSTEM AFTER ORIFICE, UNDERGROUND (COOLING
WATER, FIRE WATER.
8) PROCESS / TREATED WATER), EFFLUENT
.
A CS
B CS (GALV)
C SS 304
D SS 304L
E SS 316
F SS 316L
G CARBON - ½ Mo
H 1¼ Cr - ½ Mo
J 2¼ Cr - 1 Mo
K 5 Cr - ½ Mo
Std. / Doc. Number Rev.

PIPING MATERIAL
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., SPECIFICATION 9473-03-OT-11 2
New Delhi
Sheet 2 of 4
16-QMP-05-3A
5.0 PIPES
5.1 Pipe dimension shall be in accordance with ASME B36.10, IS:1239 & IS:3589 for carbon
steel and wrought iron pipe.
5.2 Pipe made by Acid-Bessemer process shall not be acceptable. Steel pipe shall be made by
open hearth, electric furnace or basic oxygen process.
5.3 All pipe threads shall conform to ASME B1.20.1 except where otherwise noted.
5.4 Pipe thickness not covered in different classes of this specification shall be calculated to meet
specific job requirement based on actual max. design condition to economise on thickness.
However, in such cases the thickness shall be calculated at not less than 80% of class rating
unless defined otherwise in the job Engineering Design Basis (Piping).
5.5 Maximum of 10% of Corrosion Allowance may be adjusted to optimize on pipe schedule.
However, if Corrosion Allowance is suffixed by ‘minimum’, this downward adjustment shall
not be used.
5.6 Non-standard pipe sizes 1¼”, 2½”, 3½”, 5” and 22” shall not be treated as part of this
specification unless these sizes are separately called out.
6.0 FLANGES
6.1 Flanges shall be in accordance with codes, except where otherwise noted:
Upto 24” (150# - 1500#) ASME B16.5
Upto 12”, 2500# ASME B16.5
Above 24” ASME B16.47 SERIES ‘B’ / AWWA.
Flange to mate ASME B16.47 SERIES ‘A’ or any other standard (e.g. DIN, GOST, JIS etc.) may be
specified to mate with equipment or valve flanges with the corresponding bolting.
6.2 Finish of steel faces shall be s follows:
Stock Finish : 100µin AARH max.
Serrated Finish / 125 AARH/ Smooth Finish : Serrations with 125-250µin AARH.
63 AARH : 32 TO 63 µin AARH.
6.3 Brinnel hardness for RTJ groove shall be atleast 20 BHN more than that of corresponding
gasket as specified.
6.4 Fig-8 Flange and Spacer & Blind Flange shall be as per B16.48 upto 24” (150# - 1500#) and
12” for 2500#.
7.0 FITTING
7.1 Forged steel and threaded fitting shall be in accordance with ASME B16.11, unless otherwise
specified. For items not covered under B16.11, reference may be made to BS 3799 or
appropriate MSS-SP-std.
7.2 BW Fitting shall be in accordance with ASME B16.9, unless otherwise specified.
7.3 Dimensions of steel BW fittings for sizes not covered in ASME B16.9 shall conform to MSS-
SP-48.
7.4 Usage of unions shall be restricted to utilities only.

PIPING MATERIAL
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., 9473-03-OT-11 2
SPECIFICATION
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 3 of 4
16-QMP-05-3A
8.0 BENDS, MITRES AND REDUCERS FABRICATED FROM PIPE

8.1 Mitres and Reducers fabricated from pipe may be used if specified in particular Piping Class.
90° Mitre shall be minimum 4-piece construction upto 24” and minimum 5-piece construction
for 26” & above. 45° Mitre shall be minimum 3-piece construction. Mitres require higher
thickness than corresponding Pipe / elbow to hold the same pressure (Refer ASME B31.3).
9.0 GASKETS
9.1 Non-Metallic gasket shall conform to B16.21 (corresponding to B16.5) upto 24” and B16.21
(corresponding to ASME B16.47 SERIES ’B’) beyond 24”, unless otherwise specified.
9.2 Spiral wound gaskets (SPR.WND or SPWD) and Ring Joint gaskets shall conform to B16.20.
10.0 BOLTING
10.1 All Bolts shall conform to B18.2.1, Nuts to be B18.2.2. Reference shall be made B16.5 for
studs.
10.2 Threads shall be to coarse Thread series, B1.1, having Class 2A allowances for Bolts and
Studs & Class 2B tolerance for nuts.
10.3 Nuts for Bolts and Studs shall be the American Standard Hexagon Heavy Series.
11.0 THREADS
11.1 THREADS FOR THREADED pipes, Fittings, Flanges and Valves shall be in accordance with
B1.20.1 taper threads, unless otherwise specified.
11.2 Upto 204 °C, threaded joints shall be made with 1” wide PTFE joining tape.
11.3 Above 204 °C, threaded joints shall be seal welded with a full strength fillet weld.
11.4 All threaded joints irrespective of pressure and temperature on lines carrying toxic fluid shall
be seal welded with a full strength fillet weld.
12.0 VALVES
12.1 For valves general notes on VMS shall be referred.

PIPING MATERIAL
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., 9473-03-OT-11 2
SPECIFICATION
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 4 of 4
PIPING CLASS: A11 BASE MATERIAL: CARBON STEEL RATING : CLASS 150#
CORROSION ALLOWANCE: 1.5 mm SPECIAL REQUIREMENT : NON IBR
PRES / TEMP RATING AS PER B 16.5
TEMPERATURE
-29 38 93 149 204 260 316 343 371
(DEG C)
PRESSURE
20.03 20.03 18.28 16.17 14.06 11.95 9.84 8.78 7.73
(KG/Cm2g)
DESIGN CODE: ANSI B31.3 SERVICE: GENERAL PROCESS , FLARE
SIZE RANGE
MATERIAL
ITEM (NPS) DESCRIPTION STANDARD
SPECIFICATION
(INCH)
PIPE ½-¾ S160 (PE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
1 - 1½ XS (PE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
02- 02 XS (BE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
3 - 14 STD (BE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
16 -36 STD (BE, E.F.S.W) B-36.10 ASTM A 672 GR.B 60 CL.12
40 -48 XS (BE, E.F.S.W) B-36.10 ASTM A 672 GR.B 60 CL.12
NIPPLE ½ -¾ M (PBE SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
1 - 1½ M (PBE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
FLANGES: -
FLANGE.WN ½-24 M (150,RF/125AARH) B-16.5 ASTM A105
26-48 M (150,RF/125AARH) B-16.47-B ASTM A105
FLANGE.BLIND ½-24 (150,RF/125AARH) B-16.5 ASTM A105
26-48 (150,RF/125AARH) B-16.47-B ASTM A105

ASME
FLANGE.FIG.8 ½-08 150,FF/125AARH ASTM A105
B-16.48
ASME
SPCR& BLIND 10-24 150,FF/125AARH ASTM A105
B-16.48
26-48 150,FF/125AARH MNF. STD ASTM A516 GR.70
FITTINGS:-
90.ELBOW ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
02 - 14 M (BW,R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
16-48 M (BW,R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W
SPECIFICATION NO. Rev.

PIPING MATERIAL A11 2
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., SPECIFICATION
Word

SIZE RANGE
MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
(INCH)
45.ELBOW ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
02-14 M (BW,R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
EQUAL TEE ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
02-14 M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
16-48 M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W
T.RED ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
02-14 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
16-48 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W
REDUC.CONC. 02-14 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
REDUC.ECC. 02-14 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
SWAGE.CONC. ½ -03 MM, PBE BS-3799 ASTM A 105
SWAGE.ECC. ½ -03 MM, PBE BS-3799 ASTM A 105
CAP ½ - 1½ 3000#,THRD. B-16.11 ASTM A 105
02-48 M, BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
CPLNG.FULL ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
CPLNG.HALF ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
CPLNG.LH ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
CPLNG.RED. ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
VALVES: -
BODY. ASTM A105
VALVE.GATE ½ - 1½ SW , 800, 3000 , B- 16.11 API-6D TRIM-STELLITED STEM 13% CR.
STEEL
BODY. ASTM A216 GR.
02 - 42 FLGD,150,B-16.5,RF/125AARH API-6D WCB. TRIM- 13% CR. STEEL

Word

SIZE RANGE
MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
(INCH)
BODY. ASTM A105

VALVE.GLOBE ½ - 1½ SW , 800, 3000 , B-16.11 B-16.34 TRIM-STELLITED STEM 13% CR.
STEEL
BODY. ASTM A216 GR.
02 - 16 FLGD,150,B-16.5,RF/125AARH B-16.34 WCB. TRIM- 13% CR.STEEL
VALVE.CHECK (LIFT BODY-ASTM A 105, TRIM-

½ - 1½ SW , 800, 3000 , B-16.11 BS-5352
TYPE) STELLITED
VALVE.CHECK (SWING BODY. ASTM A216 GR.

2 - 24 FLGD,150,B-16.5,RF/125AARH API-6D
TYPE) WCB. TRIM- 13% CR. STEEL
BODY-ASTM A 105/A 216 GR.

VALVE.BALL ½ -16 FLGD,150,B-16.5 , RF/125AARH API-6D
WCB, TRIM BODY SEAT -RPTFE
BODY-ASTM A 105/A 216 GR.

VALVE.PLUG ½ -24 FLGD,150,B-16.5, RF/125AARH BS-5353
WCB, TRIM PLUG-HARDENED
WAFL,150,B-16.5, API-609/BS- BODY. ASTM A105/A216 GR. WCB,
VALVE.BTRFLY 3 - 24
WAF/125AARH 5155 TRIM13% CR.STEEL
FLGD,150,B-16.47 B, BODY. ASTM A 105/216 GR.

26 - 48 BS-5155
RF/125AARH WCB. TRIM- 13% CR. STEEL
BOLT: A193 GR.B7.

BOLTS & NUTS ½ - 48 B-18.2
NUT: A194 GR.2H
B-16.20
GASKET ½ - 24 SPIRAL,150 SP WND SS316+ GRAFOIL
ANSI-B-16.5
B-16.20
26 – 48 SPIRAL,150 ANSI-B- SP WND SS316+ GRAFOIL+I RING
16.47B
TRAP/ STRAINER
GROUP: -
FLGD. THRMDNMC, B: A105: T:13 % CR:S:

TRAP.STEAM ½ - 1½ MNF’STD
150,RF/125 AARH SS304
CONETYPE B: A516 GR. 70,
STRNR.TEMP. ½ - 24 MNF’STD
150, FF/125 AARH INT: SS304
STRNR.PERM. ½ - 1½ SW, Y-TYPE, 800 MNF’STD B: A105,INT: SS304
B:A234 GR. WPB
STRNR.PERM. 2 - 14 M (BW, T-TYPE) MNF’STD
INT: SS304
B:A234 GR. WPBW
STRNR.PERM. 16 - 24 M (BW, T-TYPE) MNF’STD
INT: SS304

Word

48 T 48
46 T R 46
44 T R R 44
42 T R R R 42
BRANCH PIPE ( SIZE IN INCHES)
BRANCH PIPE (SIZE IN INCHES)

40 T R R R R 40
38 T R R R R R 38
36 T R R R R R R 36
34 T R R R R R R R 34
32 T R R R R R R R R 32
30 T R R R R R R R R R 30
38 T R R R R R R R R R R 38
26 T R R R R R R R R R R R 26
24 T R R R R R R R R R R R R 24
20 T R R R R R R R R R R R R R 20
18 T T
P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 18
16 T P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 16
14 T P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 14
12 T T
P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 12
10 T P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 10
8 T P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 8
6 T P P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 6
4 T P P P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 4
3 T T
P P P P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 3
2 T P P P P P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 2
1½ T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 1½
1 T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 1
¾ T TT T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H ¾
½ T T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H ½
T
½ ¾ 1 1½ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
RUN PIPE (SIZE IN INCHES)
CODE DESCRIPTION
F SADDLE FUSED JT T TEES
H H.COUPLING W WELDOLETS
P PIPE TO PIPE I INSTRUMENT TEE
R REINFORCED L SWEEPOLET
S SOCKOLETS

Word

16-QMP-05-3A
PIPING CLASS: A13 BASE MATERIAL : CARBON STEEL RATING : CLASS 150#
CORROSION ALLOWANCE: 3.0 mm SPECIAL REQUIREMENT : NONE
PRESSURE
20.0 18.3 16.2 14.1 11.9
(KG/Cm2)
TEMP
16/38 93 149 204 260
( DEG C)
DESIGN CODE: ANSI B31.3 SERVICE: FUEL GAS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM SIZE RANGE DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONAL/DESIGN MATERIAL
(NPS) STANDARD SPECIFICATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIPE ½ - ¾ SEAMLESS, SCH. 160 (Plain ends) ANSI B36.10 A 106 Gr. B
1 - 1½ SEAMLESS, SCH. 80 (Plain ends) ANSI B36.10 A 106 Gr. B
2 - 2 SEAMLESS, SCH.80 (Bevel ends) - DO - - DO –
3 - 6 SEAMLESS, SCH.STD (Bevel ends) - DO - - DO –
8 - 16 SEAMLESS, SCH.20 (Bevel ends) - DO - - DO –
18 SAW, SCH.20 (Bevel ends) - DO - API-5L.Gr-B
20 - 24 SAW, SCH.STD (Bevel ends) - DO - -DO -
FITTINGS ½ - 1½ FORGED CARBON STEEL SOCKET ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

WELD FITTINGS, CLASS 6000
90 / 45 DEG. ELBOWS, EQUAL &
REDUCING TEES, HALF & FULL
COUPLINGS, UNIONS, CAP, PLUG (SOLID).
½ - 1½ SOCKOLET. ANSI B16.11 MSS-SP-97

CLASS 6000
.
½ - 1½ NIPPLE, SWAGE NIPPLE SCH-160. ANSI B36.10 ASTM A 106. Gr.B

(Plain Ends)
2 - 16 SEAMLESS CARBON STEEL FITTINGS ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 Gr. WPB
WITH BEVEL ENDS FOR BUTT WELDING,
CONC. / ECC. REDUCERS, EQUAL
& REDUCING TEES, CAPS.
(THK. SAME AS PIPE)
18 - 24 WELDED CARBON STEEL FITTINGS ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 Gr. WPB-W
WITH BEVEL ENDS FOR BUTT
WELDING, 90 / 45 DEG. LONG RADIUS
ELBOWS,CONC. / ECC. REDUCERS,
EQUAL& REDUCING TEES, CAPS.
(THK. SAME AS PIPE)

SPECIFICATION
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt.
Word
Ltd., New Delhi Sheet 1 of 4

16-QMP-05-3A
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FLANGES ½ - 1½ FORGED CARBON STEEL, SW ANSI B16.5 ASTM A105

FLANGE, RF, CLASS 150.
(THICKNESS & BORE TO MATCH PIPE)
2 - 24 FORGED CARBON STEEL, WN, ANSI B16.5 ASTM A105

FLANGE,RF, CLASS 150.
(THICKNESS & BORE TO MATCH PIPE).
BLIND ½ - 24 FORGED CARBON STEEL, ANSI B16.5 ASTM A105

FLANGE BLIND,RF, CLASS 150.
SPEC. BLIND ½ - 24 FORGED CARBON STEEL ANSI B16.48 ASTM A105

SINGLE PIECE BLIND FLANGE
CLASS 300.
GASKETS ½ - 24 2mm THICK GRAFOIL, CAF ANSI B16.20 ANSI B 16.20

FLAT RING GASKET (TO SUIT
CLASS 150, RF FLANGES).
BOLTING ALL SIZES STUD BOLT FULLY THREADED ANSI B18. 2. 1 ASTM A193 Gr. B7
WITH TWO HEX. NUTS ANSI B18. 2. 2 ASTM A194 Gr. 2H
(HOT DIP GALV.)
GATE VALVE ½ - 1½ FORGED CARBON STEEL BODY, API 602 BODY: ASTM A105
OS & Y, BOLTED BONNET, SW TRIM: 13 % Cr. STEEL
ENDS, RISING STEM, CLASS 800.
2 - 24 CAST CARBON STEEL BODY, API 600 BODY : ASTM A216 Gr.
OS & Y, BOLTED BONNET, RISING WCB, TRIM: 13 % Cr.
STEM, FLANGED ENDS, RF, STEEL
CLASS 150 (14” & LARGER SHALL

BE GEAR OPERATED).
GLOBE VALVE ½ - 1½ FORGED CARBON STEEL BODY, BS : 5352 BODY : ASTM A105
OS & Y, BOLTED BONNET, SW TRIM: 13 % Cr. STEEL
ENDS, RISING STEM, CLASS 800.
2 - 12 CAST CARBON STEEL BODY, BS : 1873 BODY : ASTM A216 Gr.

OS & Y, BOLTED BONNET, RISING WCB, TRIM: 13 % Cr.
STEM, FLANGED ENDS, RF STEEL
CLASS 150.

SPECIFICATION
Word

16-QMP-05-3A
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHECK VALVE ½ - 1½ FORGED CARBON STEEL BODY, BS : 5352 BODY : ASTM A105
PISTON LIFT TYPE (H), BOLTED TRIM : 13 % Cr. STEEL
COVER, SW ENDS, CLASS 800.

SWING TYPE, BOLTED COVER, WCB, TRIM: 13 % Cr.
FLANGED ENDS, RF,CLASS150. STEEL

FULL FLOW SWING TYPE WCB, TRIM: 13 % Cr.
TEFLON SEAT, FLANGED ENDS RF, STEEL
CLASS 150.
{TEMP. LIMIT-149°C(300°F)}

BOLTED COVER, METAL SEAT WCB, TRIM: 13 % Cr.
WAFER TYPE, CLASS 150 . STEEL
BALL VALVE ½ - 1½ FORGED CARBON STEEL BODY, BS : 5351 BODY : ASTM A105
REDUCED BORE, FIRE SAFE BALL: SS 316
DESIGN WITH ANTISTATIC TEFLON SEAT & SEAL
DEVICE, SOCKET WELD ENDS,
CLASS 800 (600 PSI CWP)
½ - 1½ FORGED STAINLESS STEEL BS : 5351 BODY : SS 316

316 BODY,SCRD.,REDUCED PORT, BALL : SS 316
SS 316 STEM. 600 PSI CWP TEFLON SEAT & SEAL
2 - 4 CAST CARBON STEEL BODY, BS : 5351 BODY: ASTM A216 Gr

REDUCED BORE, FIRE SAFE WCB, BALL: 13 % Cr.
DESIGN WITH ANTISTATIC STEEL OR SS 316
DEVICE, FLANGED ENDS TEFLON SEAT & SEAL
RF, LEVER OPERATED, CLASS 150.
6 - 24 CAST CARBON STEEL BODY, BS : 5351 BODY : ASTM A216 Gr

REDUCED BORE, FIRE SAFE WCB , BALL: 13 % Cr.
DESIGN WITH ANTISTATIC STEEL OR SS 316
DEVICE, FLANGED ENDS, TEFLON SEAT & SEAL
RF, GEAR OPERATED CLASS 150.
NEEDLE VALVE ½ - 1½ FORGED CARBON STEEL BODY, BS : 5353 BODY : ASTM A105
SW ENDS, OS &Y, CLASS 800. TRIM : 13 % Cr.
RENEWABLE SEAT
BUTTERFLY VALVE 3 - 20 CAST CARBON STEEL BODY, BS : 5155 / BODY : ASTM A216 Gr
WAFER TYPE, RF ENDS, CLASS 150 MFR. STD WCB, TRIM: SS 316
(10’’ & LARGER SIZE SHALL BE
GEAR OPERATED).
PERMANENT ½ - 1½ FORGED CARBON STEEL BODY, MFR. STD. BODY: ASTM A105
STRAINER “Y” TYPE STRAINER WITH SW ENDS, INTERNALS: SS 316 L
CLASS 800.
2 - 12 CAST CARBON STEEL BODY MFR. STD. BODY: ASTM A234 Gr. WPB
“T” TYPE STRAINER INTERNALS: SS 316 L
FLANGED, RF ENDS, CLASS 150.

SPECIFICATION
Word

16-QMP-05-3A
BRANCH REINFORCEMENT TABLE
LEGEND:
S = SOCKOLET/ ELBOLET
W = WELDOLET
T = TEE
R = REDUCED TEE
½ T
3/4 R T
1 R R T
1-1/2 R R R T
2 S S S R T
HEADER SIZES (INCHES)
3 S S S S R T
4 S S S S R R T
6 S S S S W R R T
8 S S S S W W R R T
10 S S S S W W W R R T
12 S S S S W W W R R R T
14 S S S S W W W W R R R T
16 S S S S W W W W R R R R T
18 S S S S W W W W W R R R R T
20 S S S S W W W W W R R R R R T
24 S S S S W W W W W W R R R R R T
1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
BRANCH SIZES (INCHES)

SPECIFICATION
Word

TEMPERATURE (° C) 0 38 93 149 204 260 280 300
PRESSURE
20.03 20.03 18.28 16.17 14.06 11.95 11.19 10.44
(Kg/Cm²_g)
DESIGN CODE: ANSI B31.3 SERVICE: INSTRUMENT AIR ( 2” AND ABOVE)
SIZE RANGE
ITEM (NPS) DESCRIPTION STANDARD MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
(INCH)
PIPE 2- 2 XS (BE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
FLANGES: -
FLANGE.WN 2 - 24 M (150,RF/125AARH) B-16.5 ASTM A105
26 – 36 M (150,RF/125AARH) B-16.47-B ASTM A105

FLANGE.BLIND 2 - 24 150,RF/125AARH B16.5 ASTM A105
26 - 36 150,RF/125AARH B-16.47-B ASTM A105
FLANGE.FIG.8 2 -8 150,FF/125AARH ASME B16.48 ASTM A105
SPCR&BLIND 10 - 24 150.FF/125AARH ASME B16.48 ASTM A105
26 - 36 150.FF/125AARH MNF’STD ASTM A 516 GR.70
FITTINGS: -
90.ELBOW 02 - 14 M (BW,R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
16 - 36 M (BW,R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W
45.ELBOW 02-14 M (BW,R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB

EQUAL TEE
T.RED. 02-14 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB

Word

SIZE RANGE
(INCH)
SWAGE.CONC. 2 -03 MM, PBE BS-3799 ASTM A 105
SWAGE.ECC. 2 -03 MM, PBE BS-3799 ASTM A 105
CAP 02-36 M, BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
VALVES :-
BODY-ASTM A 216
VALVE.GATE 02 - 36 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, RF/125AARH API-6D GR.WCB, TRIM-13%
CR.STEEL
BODY-ASTM A 216
GR.WCB, TRIM-13%
VALVE.GLOBE 02 - 16 FLGD, 150,B-16.5, RF/125AARH B-16.34
CR.STEEL
BODY-ASTM A 216
VALVE.CHECK GR.WCB, TRIM-13%
02 - 24 FLGD, 150,B-16.5, RF/125AARH API-6D
(SWING TYPE) CR.STEEL
BODY-ASTM A 216 GR.

VALVE.BALL 2 - 10 FLGD,150,B-16.5 , RF/125AARH API 600 WCB, TRIM BODY SEAT –
RPTFE/PEEK
BOLT: A193 GR.B7.
BOLTS & NUTS 2 - 36 B-18.2
NUT: A194 GR.2H.
B-16.21
GASKET 2 - 24 RF, 150, 2 MM NON-ASBESTOS
ANSI B 16.5
B-16.21
26 - 36 RF, 150, 2 MM NON-ASBESTOS
ANSI B 16.47B
TRAP/ TRAINER
GROUP: -
STRNR.TEMP. 2 - 24 CONE-TYPE, 150,FF/125AARH MNF’STD B: A516GR.70;INT: SS304
STRNR.PERM. 02 - 24 FLGD.Y-TYPE, 150,RF/125AARH MNF’STD B:A216 GR.WCB;INT:SS304

Word

36 T 36

34 T R 34
32 T R R 32
30 T R R R 32
30
38 T R R R R 28
26 T R R R R R 26
24 T R R R R R R 24
20 T R R R R R R R 20
18 T T
P R R R R R R R 18
16 T P P R R R R R R R 16
14 T P P P R R R R R R R 14
12 T T
P R
P P P R R R R R R R 12
10 T P P P P P R R R R R R R 10
00
8 T P P P P P P R R R R R R R 8
6 T P P P P P P P R R R R R R R 6
4 T P P P P P P P P R R R R R R R 4
3 T P
T P P P P P P P P R R R R R R R 3
2 T P P P P P P P P P P R R R R R R R 2
2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 26 28 30 32 34 36
RUN PIPE( SIZE IN INCHES)
CODE DESCRIPTION
T TEES
H H.COUPLING
P PIPE TO PIPE
R REINFORCED

Word

TEMPERATURE (° C) 0 38 93 149 204 260 280 300
PRESSURE
20.03 20.03 18.28 16.17 14.06 11.95 11.19 10.44
(Kg/Cm²_g)
DESIGN CODE: ANSI B31.3 SERVICE: WASTE WATER, OILY WATER SEWER.
SIZE RANGE
(INCH)
PIPE ½-¾ S160 (PE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
02- 02 XS (BE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
FLANGES: -
FLANGE.SW ½ - 1½ M (150,RF/125AARH) B16.5 ASTM A105
FLANGE.WN 2 - 24 M (150,RF/125AARH) B-16.5 ASTM A105
26 – 36 M (150,RF/125AARH) B-16.47-B ASTM A105
FLANGE.BLIND ½ - 24 150,RF/125AARH B16.5 ASTM A105
26 - 36 150,RF/125AARH B-16.47-B ASTM A105
FLANGE.FIG.8 ½ -8 150,FF/125AARH ASME B16.48 ASTM A105
SPCR&BLIND 10 - 24 150.FF/125AARH ASME B16.48 ASTM A105
26 - 36 150.FF/125AARH MNF’STD ASTM A 516 GR.70
FITTINGS: -
90.ELBOW ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105

Word

SIZE RANGE
(INCH)
02 - 14 M (BW,R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
16 - 36 M (BW,R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W
45.ELBOW ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
02-14 M (BW,R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
EQUAL TEE ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
T.RED. ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 – 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
02-14 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
SWAGE.CONC. ½ -03 MM, PBE BS-3799 ASTM A 105
SWAGE.ECC. ½ -03 MM, PBE BS-3799 ASTM A 105
CAP 02-36 M, BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
CPLNG.FULL ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
CPLNG.HALF ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
CPLNG.LH ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105

Word

SIZE RANGE
(INCH)
CPLNG.RED. ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
VALVES :-
BODY-ASTM A 105, TRIM-
VALVE.GATE ½ - 1½ SW, 800,3000, B16.11 API-6D STELLITED, STEM-13%
CR.STEEL
BODY-ASTM A 216
VALVE.GATE 02 - 36 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, RF/125AARH API-6D GR.WCB, TRIM-13%
CR.STEEL
VALVE.GLOBE ½ - 1½ SW, 800,3000, B16.11 B-16.34 STELLITED, STEM-13%
CR.STEEL
BODY-ASTM A 216
GR.WCB, TRIM-13%
VALVE.GLOBE 02 - 16 FLGD, 150,B-16.5, RF/125AARH B-16.34
CR.STEEL
VALVE.CHECK BODY-ASTM A 105, TRIM-

½ - 1½ SW, 800,3000,B-16.11 BS-5352
(LIFT TYPE) STELLITED
BODY-ASTM A 216
VALVE.CHECK GR.WCB, TRIM-13%
02 - 24 FLGD, 150,B-16.5, RF/125AARH API-6D
(SWING TYPE) CR.STEEL
BODY-ASTM A 105/A 216

VALVE.BALL ½ -10 FLGD,150,B-16.5 , RF/125AARH API-6D GR. WCB, TRIM BODY
SEAT –RPTFE/PEEK`
BODY-ASTM A 216
GR.WCB, TRIM-13%
VALVE.PISTON ¼-1 SW, 800,3000,B16.11 MNF. STD.
CR.STEEL
BOLT: A193 GR.B7.

BOLTS & NUTS ½ - 36 B-18.2
NUT: A194 GR.2H.
B-16.21
GASKET ½ - 24 RF, 150, 2 MM NON-ASBESTOS
ANSI B 16.5
B-16.21
26 - 36 RF, 150, 2 MM NON-ASBESTOS
ANSI B 16.47B
TRAP/ TRAINER
GROUP: -
FLGD, THRMDNMC,
TRAP.STEAM ½ - 1½ MNF’STD B: A105 ;T:13%CR;S:SS304
150,RF/125AAARH
STRNR.TEMP. 1½ - 24 CONE-TYPE, 150,FF/125AARH MNF’STD B: A516GR.70;INT: SS304
STRNR.PERM. ½ - 1½ SW, T-TYPE, 800 MNF’STD B:A105 ; INT : SS304
STRNR.PERM. 02 - 24 FLGD.Y-TYPE, 150,RF/125AARH MNF’STD B:A216 GR.WCB;INT:SS304

Word

36 T 36
34 T R 34
32 T R R 32
32

30 T R R R 30
38 T R R R R 28
26 T R R R R R 26
24 T R R R R R R 24
20 T R R R R R R R 20
18 T T
P R R R R R R R 18
16 T P P R R R R R R R 16
14 T P P P R R R R R R R 14
12 T T
P R
P P P R R R R R R R 12
10 T P P P P P R R R R R R R 10
00
8 T P P P P P P R R R R R R R 8
6 T P P P P P P P R R R R R R R 6
4 T P P P P P P P P R R R R R R R 4
3 T T
P P P P P P P P P R R R R R R R 3
2 T P P P P P P P P P P R R R R R R R 2
1½ TT H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 1½
1 T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 1
¾ T TT T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H ¾
½ T T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H ½
T
½ . ¾ 1 1½ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 26 28 30 32 34 36
CODE DESCRIPTION
T TEES
H H.COUPLING
P PIPE TO PIPE
R REINFORCED

Word

TEMPERAT
URE -10 38 93 149 204 260 316 343 371
(DEG C)
PRESSURE
20.03 20.03 18.28 16.17 14.06 11.95 9.84 8.78 7.73
(KG/Cm2g)
DESIGN CODE: ANSI B31.3 SERVICE : PROCESS / TREATED WATER, EFFLUENT
SIZE
RANGE MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION STANDARD
(NPS) SPECIFICATION
(INCH)
PIPE ¼ - ¾ S160 (PE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
1 - 1½ S80 (PE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
02 - 02 S80 (BE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
16 - 28 STD (BE, EFSW) B-36.10 ASTM A672 GR. B 60 CL.12

(L=100)
FLANGES: -
FLANGE.WN ½ - 24 M (150,RF/125AARH) B-16.5 ASTM A105

Word

6/12/20 08
SIZE RANGE
MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
(INCH)
FLANGE.BLIND ½ - 24 (150,RF/125AARH) B-16.5 ASTM A105
FLANGE.FIG.8 ½ - 08 150,FF/125AARH ASME B16.48 ASTM A105
SPCR& BLIND 10 - 24 150,FF/125AARH ASME B16.48 ASTM A105
FITTINGS:-
90.ELBOW ½ - ¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
02 – 14 M (BW, 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
16 – 24 M (BW, 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W
45.ELBOW ½ - ¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
EQUAL TEE ½ - ¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
T.RED ½ - ¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
REDUC.CONC 02 - 14 M M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
16 - 28 M M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W
REDUC.ECC 02 - 14 M M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
16 - 28 M M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W

Word

6/12/20 08
SIZE RANGE
MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
(INCH)
SWAGE.CONC ½ - 03 M,PBE BS-3799 ASTM A 105
SWAGE.ECC ½ - 03 M,PBE BS-3799 ASTM A 105
CAP ½ - ¾ SW,6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW,3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
02 - 24 M, BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
CPLNG.FULL ½ - ¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
CPLNG.HALF ½ - ¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
CPLNG.LH 01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
CPLNG.RED ½ -¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
VALVES: -
VALVE.GATE ½ -¾ SW , 800, API-602 BODY. ASTM A105

ENDS 6000 , TRIM-STELLITED STEM
B- 16.11, 13% CR. STEEL
1 - 1½ SW , 800, API-602 BODY. ASTM A105

B- 16.11, 13% CR. STEEL
02 - 28 FLGD,150,B-16.5, API-600 BODY. ASTM A216 GR.

RF/125AARH, WCB. TRIM- 13% CR.
STEEL
VALVE.GLOBE ½ -¾ SW , 800, BS-5352 BODY. ASTM A105

B- 16.11, 13% CR. STEEL
1 - 1½ SW , 800, BS-5352 BODY. ASTM A105

B- 16.11, 13% CR. STEEL
02 - 08 FLGD,150,B-16.5, BS-1873 BODY. ASTM A216 GR.

RF/125AARH, WCB.
TRIM- 13% CR.STEEL

Word

6/12/20 08
ITEM SIZE RANGE DESCRIPTION STANDARD MATERIAL
(NPS) SPECIFICATION
(INCH)
VALVE.CHECK ½ -¾ SW , 800,ENDS 6000 BS-5352 BODY-ASTM A 105, TRIM-
, B- 16.11, STELLITED
1 - 1½ SW ,800, ENDS 3000 BS-5352 BODY-ASTM A 105, TRIM-

, B- 16.11, STELLITED
02 - 24 FLGD,150,B-16.5, BS-1868 BODY. ASTM A216 GR.

RF/125AARH WCB. TRIM- 13% CR.
STEEL
BOLT.STUD ALL SIZE STUD BOLT FULLY B-18.2 BOLT: A193 GR.B7.
THREADED WITH NUT: A194 GR.2H
HEXAGONAL NUTS
GASKET ½ - 24 SPIRAL B-16.20 SS304 SPIRAL WOUND +
WOUND,150, 4.5mm ANSI B 16.5 FLEXIBLE GRAPHITE
FILLER
STRAINER
GROUP : -
STRNR.PERM ½ -¾ SW, Y-TYPE, 6000 MNF’STD B: A105,INT: SS304
1 - 1½ SW, Y-TYPE, 3000 MNF’STD B: A105,INT: SS304

02 - 14 M, BW, T-TYPE STEP STD B:A234 GR. WPB
INT: SS304
NOTE:- 1. “M” STANDS FOR MATCH OF PIPE THICKNESS
2. NDT REQUIRE MENTS AS PER STEP DOCUMENT NO. 9479-013-03-TS-021.
3. PIPE JOINTS FOR SIZE 11/2” AND BELOW SW COUPLING

FOR SIZE 2” AND ABOVE BUTT WELDED.
4.. FOR VENTS

ON LINE SIZE ≤ 11/2” ½” AS PER STEP STD. DWG. NO. 9479-013-03-CS-005 SH.1 OF 3.
ON LINE SIZE ≥ 2” ¾” AS PER STEP STD. DWG. NO. 9479-013-03-CS-005 SH. 1 OF 3.
5. FOR DRAINS
ON LINE SIZE ≤ 11/2” ½” AS PER STEP STD. DWG. NO. 9479-013-03-CS-005 SH.2 OF 3.
ON LINE SIZE ≥ 2” ¾” AS PER STEP STD. DWG. NO. 9479-013-03-CS-005 SH. 2 OF 3
6. TEMP. CONNECTION SIZE 11/2” IF NOT SPECIFIED IN P& I D THEN FOR INSTALLATION
REFER 9479-013-03-CS-035 SH.1 OF 1.
7. PRESSURE CONNECTION SIZE ¾” IF NOT SPECIFIED IN P& I D THEN FOR INSTALLATION

REFER 9479-013-03-CS-032 SH. 1 OF 1.

Word

6/12/20 08
8. FOR WELDED FITTINGS AS WELL AS SEAMLESS FITTINGS SUPPLIED IN LIEU OF WELDED
FITTINGS MAX ALLOWABLE NEGATIVE TOLERANCE IS 0.3MM ON THICKNESS.
9. FOR EFSW PIPES HIC RESISTANT STEEL , NORMALISED PRIOR TO FABRICATION TO BE USED.

Word

6/12/20 08
48 48
46 46
44 44
42 42

40 40
38 38
36 36
34 34
32 32
30 30
28 T 28
26 T R 26
24 T R R 24
20 T R R R 20
18 T R R R R 18
16 T R R R R R 16
14 T R R R R R R 14
12 T T
R R R R R R R 12
10 T R R R R R R R R 10
6 T R R R R R R R R R R 6
4 T P R R R R R R R R R R 4
3 T T
P P R R R R R R R R R R 3
2 T P P P P R R R R R R R R R 2
1½ T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H 1½
1 T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 1
¾ T TT T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H ¾
½ T T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H ½
T
½ ¾ 1 1½ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
CODE DESCRIPTION
S SOCKOLETS

Word

6/12/20 08
CORROSION ALLOWANCE: 1.5 mm
TEMPERATURE
0 38 93 149 204 260 316 343 371 399 427
(° C)
PRESSURE
52.02 52.02 47.45 46.05 44.64 42.18 38.66 37.61 37.61 35.5 28.82
(Kg/Cm²_g)
DESIGN CODE: ANSI B31.3 SERVICE: WASTE WATER, OILY WATER SEWER.
SIZE RANGE
(INCH)
PIPE ½-¾ S160 (PE,SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
2 -2 XS (BE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
16 - 18 XS (BE, E.F.S.W) B-36.10 ASTM A672 GR. B60 CL.12
20 - 20 XS (BE, E.F.S.W) B-36.10 ASTM A672 GR. B60 CL.12
NIPPLE ½ -¾ M (PBE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
FLANGES: -
FLANGE.SW ½ - 1½ M (300,RF/125AARH) B16.5 ASTM A105
FLANGE.WN 2 - 20 M (300,RF/125AARH) B16.5 ASTM A105
2 - 20 M (600,RF/125AARH) B16.5 ASTM A105
FLANGE.BLIND ½ - 20 300,RF/125AARH B16.5 ASTM A105
FLANGE.FIG.8 ½ - 8 300,FF/125AARH ASME B16.48 ASTM A105

Word

SIZE RANGE
MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
(INCH)
SPCR&BLND 10 - 20 300.FF/125AARH ASME B16.48 ASTM A105
FITTINGS: -
90 ELBOW ½ - ¾ SW, 6000 B -16.11 ASTM A 105
1 - 1½ SW, 3000 B -16.11 ASTM A 105
2 - 14 M (BW, 1.5 D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
16 - 20 M (BW, 1.5 D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W
45 ELBOW ½ - ¾ SW, 6000 B -16.11 ASTM A 105
1 - 1½ SW, 3000 B -16.11 ASTM A 105
2 - 14 M (BW, 1.5 D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
16 - 20 M (BW, 1.5 D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WP-W
EQUAL TEE ½ - ¾ SW, 6000 B 16.11 ASTM A 105
1 - 1½ SW, 3000 B 16.11 ASTM A 105
2 - 14 M, BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
16 - 20 M, BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W
RED. TEE ½ - ¾ SW, 6000 B 16.11 ASTM A 105
1 - 1½ SW, 3000 B 16.11 ASTM A 105
2 - 14 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
16 - 20 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W
CONC. REDUCER 2 - 14 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
ECC. REDUCER 2 - 14 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
SWAGE.CONC ½ - 03 M, M PBE BS-3799 ASTM A 105
SWAGE.ECC ½ - 03 M, M PBE BS-3799 ASTM A 105
CAP ½ - 20 M, BW B 16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
CPLNG.FULL ½ - ¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
CPLNG.HALF ½ - ¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
CPLNG.LH ½ - ¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105

Word

SIZE RANGE
(INCH)
CPLNG.RED ½ - ¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105
UNION ½ - ¾ SW, 6000 BS-3799 ASTM A 105
½ - ¾ SCRF, 6000 BS-3799 ASTM A 105
ELBOWLET 2 - 10 M, M BW MNF. STD ASTM A 105
VALVES :-
VALVE.GATE ½ - 1½ SW, 800,3000, B16.11 API-6D STELLITED, STEM-13%
CR.STEEL
BODY-ASTM A 216 GR.WCB,
VALVE.GATE 02 - 20 FLGD, 300, B-16.5, RF/125AARH API-6D
TRIM-13% CR.STEEL
VALVE.GLOBE ½ - 1½ SW, 800,3000, B16.11 ANSI – B16.34 STELLITED, STEM-13%
CR.STEEL
BODY-ASTM A 216 GR.WCB,
VALVE.GLOBE 02 - 12 FLGD, 300,B-16.5, RF/125AARH ANSI – B16.34
TRIM-13% CR.STEEL
VALVE.CHECK BODY-ASTM A 105, TRIM-

½ - 1½ SW, 800,3000,B-16.11 BS-5352
(LIFT TYPE) STELLITED
VALVE.CHECK FLGD, 300, B16.5,RF/125AARH BODY-ASTM A 216 GR.WCB,

02 - 20 API-6D
(SWING TYPE) TRIM-13% CR.STEEL
BODY-ASTM A 105/A 216
FLGD, 300,B-16.5, RF/125AARH
VALVE.BALL ½ - 10 API-6D GR. WCB, TRIM-BODY
SEAT-RPTFE
BOLT: A193 GR. B7

BOLTS & NUTS ½ - 20 B-18.2
NUT: A194 GR.2H
B-16.20
GASKET ½ - 20 SPIRAL, 300 SP.WND SS316+GRAFOIL
ANSI B 16.5
FLGD, THRMDNMC,
TRAP.STEAM ½ - 1½ MNF’STD B: A105 ;T:13%CR;S:SS304
300,RF/125AAARH
STRNR.TEMP 1½ - 20 CONE TYPE, 300, FF/125AAARH MNF’STD B: A516GR.70;INT: SS304
STRNR.PERM ½ - 1½ SW, Y-TYPE, 800 MNF’STD B:A105 ; INT : SS304
STRNR.PERM 02 - 20 FLGD, Y-TYPE, 300,RF/125AARH MNF’STD B:A216 GR.WCB;INT:SS304

Word


20 T 20
18 T R 18
16 T R R 16
14 T R R R 14
12 T R R R R 12
10 T R R R R R 10
00
8 T R R R R R R 8
6 T R R R R R R R 6
4 T R R R R R R R R 4
2 T P P R R R R R R R R 2
1½ T T H H H H H H H H H H 1½
1 T T H H H H H H H H H H H 1
¾ T T T
T T H H H H H H H H H H H ¾
½ T T T T H H H H H H H H H H H ½
T
½ ¾ 1 1½ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

CODE DESCRIPTION
T TEES SW / SCRD H HALF COUPLING
TEES B.W. (REF NOTE
E
BELOW)
PIPE TO PIPE
P
CONNECTION
R REINFORCED
IF REDUCING TEE IS NOT AVAILABLE (AS PER B16.9), USE COMBINATION OF TEE & REDUCER
NOTE:
(ONE OR MORE THAN ONE).

Word

PIPING CLASS: A51 BASE MATERIAL: CARBON STEEL RATING : CLASS900#
TEMPERATURE -29 38 93 149 204 260 316 343 371 399 427
(° C)
PRESSURE 156.08 156.08 142.37 138.5 133.58 126.2 115.3 113.19 112.49 106.16 86.83
(Kg/Cm²_g)
DESIGN CODE: ANSI B31.3 SERVICE: GENERAL PROCESS.
SIZE RANGE
MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
(INCH)
PIPE ½ -¾ S160 (BE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
1 - 1½ XS (BE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
02 - 03 XS (BE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
04 - 08 S120 (BE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
10- 14 CALC (BE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
16- 24 CALC (BE, E.F.S.W) B-36.10 ASTM A 672 GR.B 60 CL.12
NIPPLE ½ - 1½ M (PBE SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
FLANGES: -
FLANGE.WN ½ - 02 M (1500,RTJ/63AARH) B-16.5 ASTM A105
03 - 24 M (900,RTJ/63AARH) B-16.5 ASTM A105
FLANGE.BLIND ½ - 02 1500,RTJ/63AARH B-16.5 ASTM A105
03 - 24 900,RTJ/63AARH B-16.5 ASTM A105
FLANGE.FIG.8 ½- 04 900,RTJ/63AARH ASME-B16.48 ASTM A105
SPCR& BLIND 06- 24 900,RTJ/63AARH ASME-B16.48 ASTM A105
FITTINGS:-
90.ELBOW ½ - 14 M (BW, R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
16 - 24 M (BW, R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W
45.ELBOW ½ - 14 M (BW, R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
16 - 24 M (BW, R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W

Word

SIZE RANGE
MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
(INCH)
EQUAL TEE ½ - 14 M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
16 - 24 M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W
T.RED ½ - 14 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
REDUC.CONC. ½ - 14 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
REDUC.ECC. ½ - 14 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
CAP ½ - 24 M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
WELDOLET ½ - 20 M, M BW MSS-SP97 ASTM A105
VALVES: -
BODY. ASTM A105

VALVE.GATE ½ - 1½ BW, 1500, B- 16.25 API-6D TRIM-STELLITED STEM 13%
CR. STEEL
BODY. ASTM A 105 / A216
02 - 08 BW, 900, B- 16.25 API-6D GR.WCB. TRIM-STELLITED,
STEM- 13% CR. STEEL
BODY. ASTM A105
VALVE.GLOBE ½ - 1½ BW, 1500, B- 16.25 ANSI-B16.34 TRIM-STELLITED STEM 13%
CR. STEEL
02 - 04 BW, 900, B- 16.25 ANSI-B-16.34 GR.WCB. TRIM-STELLITED,

STEM- 13% CR. STEEL
BW, 1500# , B16.25 BODY-ASTM A 105, TRIM-

VALVE.BALL ½ - 1½ API-6D
BODY SEAT-RPTFE
BW, 900#, B16.25 BODY-ASTM A 216 GR. WCB,

2-10 API-6D
TRIM-BODY SEAT-RPTFE

½ - 1½ BW, 1500, B- 16.25 BS-5352
TYPE) STELLITED
VALVE.CHECK BODY. ASTM A105 / A216 GR.

02 - 08 BW, 900, B- 16.25 API-6D
(SWING TYPE) WCB. TRIM-STELLITED

Word

SIZE RANGE
MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
(INCH)
BOLT: A193 GR.B7.

BOLTS & NUTS ½ - 24 B-18.2
NUT: A194 GR.2H
B-16.20
GASKET ½ - 2½ OCT-RING, 1500 SOFT IRON
ANSI B 16.5
B-16.20
03 – 24 OCT-RING, 900 SOFT IRON
ANSI B 16.5

Word

24 T 24

20 T T 20
18 T T T 18
16 T T T T 16
14 T T T T T 14
12 T T T T T T 12
10 T T T T T T W 10
8 T T T T T W W W 8
6 T W W W W W W W W 6
4 T W W W W W W W W W 4
3 T W W W W W W W W W W 3
2 T W W W W W W W W W W W 2
1½ T T W W W W W W W W W W W 1½
1 T T W W W W W W W W W W W W 1
¾ T T T W W W W W W W W W W W W ¾
½ T T T T W W W W W W W W W W W W ½
½ ¾ 1 1½ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
CODE DESCRIPTION
T TEES
W WELDOLETS

Word

PIPING CLASS: A71 BASE MATERIAL: CARBON STEEL RATING : CLASS2500#
CORROSION ALLOWANCE: 3 mm SPECIAL REQUIREMENT : NON IBR
TEMPERATURE
(DEG C)
7 38 70 - - - -
PRESSURE
(KG/Cm2g)
150 233.65 320 - - - -
DESIGN CODE: ANSI B31.3 SERVICE: GENERAL PROCESS
SIZE RANGE
MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
(INCH)
PIPE ½ - 1½ XXS (BE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
02 - 02 XXS (BE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B
FLANGES: -
FLANGE.WN ½-4 M (2500,RTJ/63AARH) B-16.5 ASTM A105
FLANGE.BLIND ½-4 2500,RTJ/63AARH B-16.5 ASTM A105
FLANGE.FIG.8 ½- 04 2500,RTJ/63AARH ASME-B16.48 ASTM A105
FITTINGS
90.ELBOW ½-4 M (BW, R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
45.ELBOW ½-4 M (BW, R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
EQUAL TEE ½-4 M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
T.RED ½-4 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB

Word

SIZE RANGE
MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
(INCH)
REDUC.CONC. ½-4 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
REDUC.ECC. ½-4 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
CAP ½-4 M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB
O’LET GROUP: -
WELDOLET ½-4 M, M BW MSS-SP97 ASTM A105
SWEEPOLET 02 - 04 M, M BW MNF’STD ASTM A105
ELBOWLET ½ - 04 M, M BW MNF’STD ASTM A105
LATROLET ½ - 04 M, M BW MNF’STD ASTM A105
VALVES: -
BODY. ASTM A105
VALVE.GATE ½ - 1½ BW, 2500, B- 16.25 API-6D TRIM-STELLITED STEM 13%
CR. STEEL
02 - 04 BW, 2500, B- 16.25 API-6D GR.WCB. TRIM-STELLITED,
STEM- 13% CR. STEEL
BODY. ASTM A105
VALVE.GLOBE ½ - 1½ BW, 2500, B- 16.25 ANSI-B-16.34 TRIM-STELLITED STEM 13%
CR. STEEL
BODY. ASTM A 216 GR.WCB.
02 - 04 BW, 2500, B- 16.25 ANSI-B-16.34 TRIM-STELLITED, STEM- 13%
CR. STEEL
½ - 1½ BW, 2500, B- 16.25 BS 5352
TYPE) STELLITED
VALVE.CHECK BODY. ASTM A 216 GR. WCB.
02 - 04 BW, 2500, B- 16.25 API-6D
(SWING TYPE) TRIM-STELLITED
BODY-ASTM A 216 GR. WCB.

VALVE.BALL 02 - 04 BW, 2500, B- 16.25 API-6D
TRIM- BODY SEAT - RPTFE
BOLT: A193 GR.B7.

BOLTS & NUTS ½ - 04 B-18.2 NUT: A194 GR.2H

Word

SIZE RANGE
MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
(INCH)
B-16.20
GASKET ½ - 04 OCT-RING, 2500 SOFT IRON (90 BHN)
ANSI B 16.5
STRNR.PERM ½ - 1½ M (BW, Y-TYPE) MNF’STD B:A105 ; INT : SS304
02 - 04 M (BW, Y-TYPE) MNF’STD B:A216 GR.WCB;INT:SS304

Word

4 T 4
3 T W 3
2 T W W 2
1½ T T W W 1½
1 T T W W W 1
¾ T T T W W W ¾
½ T T T T W W W ½
½ ¾ 1 1½ 2 3 4
CODE DESCRIPTION
T TEES
W WELDOLETS

Word

16-QMP-05-3A
PIPING SPEC: B15 BASE MATERIAL: CARBON STEEL (GALV) RATING: CLASS 150#
CORROSION ALLOWANCE: 0 mm SPECIAL REQUIREMENT: NONE
PRESSURE
10.55 10.55
(KG/Cm2)
TEMP
0 65
( DEG C)
DESIGN CODE: ASME B31.3 SERVICE: INSTRUMENT AIR (BELOW 2”)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIPE
½- 1½ SEAMLESS, SCH.XS (Surd. Ends, Galv.) ASME B36.10 ASTM A 106 Gr. B
FITTINGS ½ - 1½ FORGED CARBON STEEL Scrd. ASME B16.11 ASTM A105(GALV)

FITTINGS, CLASS 3000#
90 / 45 DEG. ELBOWS, EQUAL &
COUPLINGS, UNIONS, CAP, PLUG (SOLID).
FLANGES ½ - 1½ FORGED CARBON STEEL, Scrd. ASME B16.5 ASTM A105(GALV)

FLANGE, FF, CLASS 150. Galv.
(THICKNESS & BORE TO
MATCH THAT OF PIPE)
BLIND ½ - 1½ FORGED CARBON STEEL, ASME B16.5 ASTM A105(GALV)

FLANGE BLIND,FF, CLASS 150.
GASKETS ALL SIZES FULL FACE, 150, 2MM ASME B 16.21 IS: 2712 GR. WB
BOLTING ALL SIZES STUD BOLT FULLY THREADED ASME B18. 2 ASTM A307 Gr. B
WITH TWO HEX. NUTS ASME B18. 2 ASTM A307 Gr. B
(HOT DIP GALV.)
GATE VALVE ½ - 1½ SCRF,800,3000 API-602 BODY: ASTM A105

TRIM: 13 % Cr. STEEL
GLOBE VALVE ½ - 1½ SCRF,800,3000 B-16.34 BODY : ASTM A105

TRIM: 13 % Cr. STEEL
CHECK VALVE ½ - 1½ SCRF,800,3000 BS : 5352 BODY : ASTM A105

PISTON LIFT TRIM : 13 % Cr. STEEL

PIPING MATERIAL Number
B15 2
SPECIFICATION
Word
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Sheet 1 of 3

Ltd., New Delhi
16-QMP-05-3A
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALL VALVE ½ - 1½ FORGED CARBON STEEL BODY, BS : 5351 BODY : ASTM A105
REDUCED BORE, , FIRE SAFE BALL: SS 316L,
DESIGN WITH ANTISTATIC TEFLON SEAT & SEAL
DEVICE, Scrd ENDS,
CLASS 800
NEEDLE VALVE ½ - 1½ FORGED CARBON STEEL BODY, BS : 5352 BODY : ASTM A105
OS &Y, BOLTED BONNET, Scrd ENDS, TRIM :13% Cr.STEEL
RISING STEM CLASS 800

PIPING MATERIAL B15 2
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. SPECIFICATION
16-QMP-05-3A
BRANCH REINFORCEMENT TABLE
LEGEND:
S = SOCKOLET/ ELBOLET
W = WELDOLET
T = TEE
R = REDUCED TEE
1-1/2 T
HEADER SIZES (INCHES)
1 T T
3/4 T T T
½ T T T T
1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2

BRANCH SIZES (INCHES)

Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. SPECIFICATION
PIPING CLASS: B17 BASE MATERIAL : CS (Galv.) RATING: CLASS 150
CORROSION ALLOWANCE : 0 mm SPECIAL REQUIREMENT : NON IBR
TEMPERATURE (Deg. C) AND PRESSURE ( Kg/Sq. cm g ) RATINGS
PRESSURE
10.55 10.55 10.55
(KG/Cm2)
TEMP
0 38 65
( DEG C)
DESIGN CODE: ANSI B31.3 SERVICE: DRINKING WATER (ABOVE GROUND ONLY), FIRE WATER- SPRINKLER
SYSTEM AFTER ORIFICE, UNDERGROUND (COOLING WATER, FIRE WATER
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM SIZE RANGE DESCRIPTION STANDARD MATERIAL
(NPS) (INCH) SPECIFICATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIPE ½ -6 SCR(M), WELDED, SCH-HVY IS : 1239-1 IS : 1239 (GALV)
NIPPLE ½ - 1½ SCH-HVY, (SCR’D) IS : 1239-1 IS : 1239 (GALV)
FITTINGS ½ - 1½ SCR(F) ASME B16.11 ASTM A105 (GALV)

90 / 45 DEG. ELBOWS, EQUAL & CLASS 3000
COUPLINGS, UNIONS. & CAPS
2 -6 SCR(F) IS : 1239 PART-II IS-1239

90 / 45 DEG. LONG RADIUS HVY (GALV)
ELBOWS, CONC. / ECC. REDUCERS,
EQUAL & REDUCING TEES, CAPS.
FLANGES ½ -6 SCR’D, CLASS 150, FF125 AARH ASME B16.5 ASTM A105 (GALV)
BLIND ½ -6 CLASS 150, FF125 AARH ASME B16.5 ASTM A105 (GALV)
FLANGE
FIG 8 SPECTACLE ½ -6 CLASS 150, FF125 AARH ASMEB16.48 ASTM A105 (GALV)
BLIND
SWAGE ½ -3 M,M, TBE , Sch – HVY BS-3799 ASTM A105 (GALV)
GASKETS ½ -6 FULLFACE, 150, 2 MM ANSI B16.5 BUTYL RUBBER

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM SIZE RANGE DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
(NPS) (INCH) STANDARD SPECIFICATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M/C BOLT ALL SIZES BOLT:A307,GR.B(GALV) ASME B-18. 2 A307 Gr. B (GALV)
NUT NUT:A563GR.B(GALV) ASME B-18. 2 A563 Gr. B (GALV)
GATE VALVE ½ - 1½ SCRF, CL.2, 3000, B-1.20.1, IS: 778 CL.2 BODY-IS 318 GR.2
LEADED TIN
. BRONZE,TRIM, - IS-320
ALLOY HT2
2 -6 FLGD, PN1.6, B16.1, FF125AARH IS:780 IS 210 GR. FG200,

TRIM – IS 320
ALLOY HT2
GLOBE VALVE ½ - 1½ SCRF, CL.2, 3000, B-1.20.1, IS:778 CL.2 BODY-IS 318 GR.2
LEADED TIN
ALLOY HT2
2 -6 CAST CARBON STEEL BODY, BS 1873 BODY: ASTM A216 Gr.

OS & Y, BOLTED BONNET, WCB
SCRD F.F, TRIM:13 % Cr. STEEL+ST
CLASS 150, 125 AARH
CHECK VALVE ½ - 1½ SCRF, CL.2, 3000, B-1.20.1, IS : 778 CL.2 BODY-IS 318 GR.2
LEADED TIN
ALLOY HT2
2 -6 FLGD, PN1.6, B16.1, FF125AARH IS:5312 (PT-1) IS 210 GR. FG200,

TRIM – IS 320
ALLOY HT2
BALL VALVE ½” - 6 CAST CARBON STEEL BODY, BS : 5351/ API 6D BODY : ASTM A216 Gr
FULL BORE, WCB
SCRD BALL: SS 316
FF CLASS 150, 125AARH SEAT, SEAL: PTFE
SPECIFICATION Rev.
PIPING MATERIAL
B17 2

6 T 6
4 T T 4
3 T T T 3
2 T T T T 2
1½ T T T T T 1½
1 T T T T T T 1
¾ T T T T T T T ¾
½ T T T T T T T T ½
T
½ ¾ 1 1½ 2 3 4 6
CODE DESCRIPTION
S SOCKOLETS
NOTE: IF REDUCING TEE IS NOT AVAILABLE (AS PER B16.9), USE COMBINATION OF TEE
& REDUCER (ONE OR MORE THAN ONE).
SPECIFICATION Rev.
PIPING MATERIAL
B17 2
PIPING CLASS: F24 BASE MATERIAL: STAINLESS STEEL RATING : CLASS300#
CORROSION ALLOWANCE: 0 mm SPECIAL REQUIREMENT : NON IBR
TEMPERATURE -29 38 93 149 204 260 316 343 371 399 427
(° C)
PRESSURE 42.1 42.1 35.5 31.99 29.17 26.71 25.31 24.6 24.25 23.55 23.2
(Kg/Cm²_g)
DESIGN CODE: ANSI B31.3 SERVICE: CHEMICAL SERVICES.
SIZE RANGE
MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
(INCH)
PIPE ½ -¾ S80 (PE, SEAMLESS),SW B-36.19 ASTM A312 TP316L
1 - 1½ S40 (PE, SEAMLESS),SW B-36.19 ASTM A312 TP316L
02 - 02 S40 (BE, SEAMLESS),BW B-36.19 ASTM A312 TP316L
03 - 06 S10 (BE, SEAMLESS),BW B-36.19 ASTM A312 TP316L
NIPPLE ½ - 1½ M (PBE SEAMLESS) B-36.19 ASTM A312 TP316L
FLANGES: -
FLANGE.WN ½ - 1½ M (300,RF/125AARH) B-16.5 ASTM A182 GR.F316L
02 - 06 M (300,RF/125AARH) B-16.5 ASTM A182 GR.F316L
FLANGE.BLIND ½ - 06 300,RF/125AARH B-1 6.5 ASTM A182 GR.F316L
FLANGE.FIG.8 ½- 06 300,RF/125AARH B-16.48 ASTM A182 GR.F316L
FITTINGS:-
90.ELBOW ½ - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A182 GR.F316L
02 - 06 M (BW, R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 403 GR.WP316L-S
45.ELBOW ½ - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A182 GR.F316L
02 - 06 M (BW, R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 403 GR.WP316L-S

PIPING MATERIAL F24 2
Word

SIZE RANGE
MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
(INCH)
EQUAL TEE ½ - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A182 GR.F316L
02 - 06 M , BW B-16.9 ASTM A 403 GR.WP316L-S
T.RED ½ - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A182 GR.F316L
02 - 06 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 403 GR.WP316L-S
REDUC.CONC. 02 - 06 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 403 GR.WP316L-S
REDUC.ECC. 02 - 06 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 403 GR.WP316L-S
SWAGE CONC. ½ - 1½ M, M PBE BS-3799 ASTM A182 GR.F316L
SWAGE ECC. ½ - 1½ M, M PBE BS-3799 ASTM A182 GR.F316L
CAP 02 - 06 M , BW B-16.9 ASTM A 403 GR.WP316L-S
HALF COUPLING. ½ - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A182 GR.F316L
FULL COUPLING. ½ - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A182 GR.F316L
VALVES: -
BODY. ASTM A182 GR.F316L

VALVE.GATE ½ - 1½ SW, 800, 3000 , B- 16.11 API 6D TRIM-STELLITED ,STEM –
SS316L
BODY. ASTM A 351 GR.CF3M.
02 - 06 FLGD. 300, B- 16.5,RF/125AARH API 6D
STEM- SS316L.
BODY. ASTM A105
VALVE.GLOBE ½ - 1½ SW, 800, 3000 , B- 16.11 ANSI-B16.34 TRIM-STELLITED STEM 13%
CR. STEEL
02 - 06 FLGD. 300, B- 16.5,RF/125AARH ANSI-B16.34
STEM- SS316L.

02 - 06 FLGD. 300, B- 16.5,RF/125AARH ANSI-B16.34
STEM- SS316L.

Word

SIZE RANGE
MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
(INCH)
BODY-ASTM A 351 CF8M,
FLGD., 300# , B16.5
VALVE.BALL ½ - 1½ BS-5351 TRIM-ASTM A182 F316 , PTFE
REINFORCED
FLGD., 300#, B16.5
02 - 06 API-6D ASTM A182 F316 , PTFE
REINFORCED
BODY. ASTM A105
VALVE.CHECK ½ - 1½ SW, 800, 3000 , B- 16.11 BS-5352 TRIM-STELLITED STEM 13%
CR. STEEL
VALVE.CHECK 02 - 06 FLGD. 300, B- 16.5,RF/125AARH API 6D
STEM- SS316L.
BOLT: A193 GR.B7.

BOLTS & NUTS ½ - 06 B-18.2
NUT: A194 GR.2H
B-16.20
GASKET ½ - 06 SPIRAL , 300 SP. WND , SS316L + GRAFIL
ANSI B 16.5
BODY. ASME B: A182

STRNR. PERM ½ - 1½ SW, 800, Y-TYPE MNF’STD. GR.F316L
INT:- SS316L
BODY. ASME B: A403WP316L-
02 - 06 M BW, T-TYPE MNF’STD.
S, INT: SS316L.

Word

24 24
20 20
18 18
16 16
14 14
12 12
10 10
8 8
6 T 6
4 T R 4
3 T R R 3
2 T P R R 2
1½ T T H H H 1½
1 T T H H H H 1
¾ T T T H H H H ¾
½ T T T T H H H H ½
½ ¾ 1 1½ 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
CODE DESCRIPTION
T TEES
H HALF COUPLING
P PIPE TO PIPE
R REINFORCED

Word

FOR SIZES UP 4" FOR SIZES UP 4"
FOR SIZES 6" THRU 24" FOR SIZES 6" THRU 24"
SYMBOL SYMBOL
A
A
FOR PIPE 2" THRU 12" VIEW A-A
FOR PIPE 14" THRU 24" VIEW A-A
SYMBOL
0 23.09.02 ISSUED FOR IMPLEMENTATION. SHB DKD MEGH

16-QSP-05-3B
TECHNICAL NOTES
FOR
PIPES
0 15.02.08 ISSUED FOR BID VD HSH DPS

ww

TECHNICAL NOTES
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., FOR PIPES 9473-03-TS-001 0
word
New Delhi
Sheet 1 of 5
16-QSP-05-3B
CONTENTS
1.0 GENERAL
2.0 HYDROSTATIC TEST
3.0 MARKING AND DESPATCH

TECHNICAL NOTES 9473-03-TS-001 0
FOR PIPES
Word
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd.,

16-QSP-05-3B
TECHNICAL NOTES FOR PURCHASE OF PIPES
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 All pipes and their dimensions, tolerances, chemical composition, physical properties, heat
treatment, hydrotest and other testing and marking shall conform to the codes and standards
specified in the material requisition. Deviation(s), if any, shall be clearly highlighted in the
offer.
1.2.1 Test reports shall be supplied for all mandatory tests as per the applicable material
specifications. Test reports shall also be furnished for any supplementary tests as specified
in the material requisition & Cl. 1.10 & 1.11 & 1.12.
1.2.2 Material test certificates (physical property, chemical composition & heat treatment report)
shall also be furnished for the pipes supplied.
1.3.1 Steel made by acid Bessemer process shall not be acceptable.
1.3.2 All longitudinally welded pipes other than IS 3589 should employ only automatic welding.
Vendor must confirm the same. However, manual welding may be accepted in case the
quantity is less. Vendor shall indicate specifically the technique of welding employed.
1.4 Pipe shall be supplied in single or double random length of 5 to 7 and 7 to 14 meters
respectively.
1.5 Seamless and E.R.W. pipes shall not have any circumferantial seam joint in a random length.
However, Incase of E.F.S.W. pipe in one random length one welded circumferantial seam of
same quality as longitudinal weld is permitted which shall be at least 2.5 M from either end.
The longitudinal seams of the two portions shall be staggered by 90 Deg. Single random
length in such cases shall be 5 to 7 m.
1.6 Pipes with screwed ends shall have external taper pipe threads conforming to ASME/ANSI B
1.20.1 (Up to 1.5 in Nominal Bore) & IS 554 (From 2 IN to 6-IN Nominal Bore).
1.7 Pipe with beveled ends shall be in accordance with ASME-B-16.25. Weld contours shall be
as follows:
MATERIAL WALL THICKNESS WELD CONTOUR
Carbon Steel Upto 22 MM. Figure 2 Type A
(Except Low Temp > 22 MM. Figure 3 Type A

C.S.)
Alloy Steel, S.S. UP TO 10 MM Figure 4

& Low Temp. > 10 MM UPTO 25 MM Figure 5 Type A
C.S. > 25 MM. Figure 6 Type A

FOR PIPES
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
1.8 Galvanized Pipes shall be coated with Zinc by Hot Dip Process conforming to IS 4736/
ASTM A153 or by Electrogalvanizing.
1.9 All austenitic stainless steel pipes shall be supplied in solution annealed condition.
1.10 For all austenic stainless steel pipes intergrannular corrosion test shall be conducted as per
ASTM A 262 Practice “B” (unless specifically mentioned otherwise) with acceptance
criteria corrosion rate of 60 mils / year. Two sets of samples shall be drawn from each heat
treatment lot, one set corresponding to highest carbon content and other set corresponding to
highest pipe thickness.
1.11 All welded pipes indicated as ‘CYRO’ & ‘LT’ in MR shall be impact tested per requirement
and acceptance criteria of ASME B31.3. The impact test temp shall be -196 deg cen., -101
deg cen. & -45 deg cent for stainless steel, 3-1/2 NI steel and carbon steel respectively
unless specifically mentioned otherwise in MR.
1.12 Specified heat treatment for carbon steel and alloy steel & stainless steel pipes shall be
carried out after weld repairs, number of weld repairs at same spot shall be restricted to
maximum two by approved repair procedure.
2.0 HYDROSTATIC TEST
2.1 All pipes shall be hydrostatically tested.
2.2 The test pressure shall be determined as per clause “HYDROSTATIC TEST
REQUIREMENT” of ASTM A530, considering pipe wall stress as 75% of the minimum
specified yield strength at test temperature.
2.3 Test duration shall be as per clause 6.4 of ASTM A530.
3.1 All pipes shall be marked in accordance with the applicable codes, standards and
specifications. In addition the purchase order no. & special conditions like “IBR”,
“NACE”,”CRYO” etc. shall also be marked.
3.2 Pipes under “IBR”, “CRYO” & “NACE” shall be painted in red strips, light purple brown
strips & canary yellow strips respectively longitudinally throughout the length for easy
identification. Width of strips shall be 25 mm.
3.3 Paint or ink for marking shall not contain any harmful metal or metallic salts such as Zinc,
Lead or Copper which causes corrosive attack on heating.
3.4 Pipes shall be dry, clean and free from moisture, dirt and loose foreign materials of any kind.

FOR PIPES
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
3.5 Pipes shall be protected from rust, corrosion and mechanical damage during transportation,
shipment and storage.
3.6 Rust preventive used on machined surfaces to be welded shall be easily removable with a
petroleum solvent or shall not be harmful to welding.
3.7 Both ends of the pipe shall be projected with the following material :
PLAIN END : PLASTIC CAP

BEVEL END : WIRE, METAL OR PLASTIC COVER
THREADED END : METAL OR PLASTIC THREADED CAP
3.8 End protectors to be used on beveled ends shall be securely and tightly attached with belt or
wire.
3.9 Steel end protectors to be used on galvanized pipes shall be galvanized.

FOR PIPES
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
TECHNICAL NOTES
FOR
VALVES

ww

TECHNICAL NOTES
FOR VALVES
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., 9473-03-TS-002 0
word
New Delhi
Sheet 1 of 7
16-QSP-05-3B
CONTENTS
1.0 GENERAL
2.0 OPERATION
3.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING
4.0 RADIOGRAPHY OF CAST VALVES
5.0 MARKING
6.0 DISPATCH

TECHNICAL NOTES
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., FOR VALVES 9473-03-TS-002 0
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 2 of 7
16-QSP-05-3B
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Valves shall be designed, manufactured, tested, inspected and marked as per the
manufacturing standards, design codes and standards (latest editions) indicated in the
respective valve specification sheets. Any conflict between the requisition,
enclosures, specification sheets and referred standards / codes shall be brought to the
notice of Purchaser for clarifications, but the specification sheets and enclosures of
the requisition shall in general govern. Any deviations to specifications / standards
shall be clearly listed in the quotation.
1.2 For heavy valves, (above 50 Kg) provision for lifting shall be made by way of lugs,
eyebolts or similar standard devices.
1.3 Unless otherwise stated, all flanged valves shall have end flanges integral with valve
body. Flange welded on valve body is not acceptable. Flange finish shall be serrated
finish 250 Ra to 500 Ra for class 150 valves. Flange surface finish of 125 Ra to 250
Ra are to be used for flanges with spiral wound gasket (for class 300 and above).
1.4 For all butt weld end valves, the ends shall be beveled as per ASME B16.25. The
bevel shall be as follows :
Carbon Steel Upto 22 mm Figure 2 Type A

(Except Low Temp. > 22 mm Figure 3 Type A
Carbon Steel)
Alloy Steel, Upto 10 mm Figure 4

Stainless Steel > 10 mm to 25 mm Figure 5 Type A
& Low Temp. Carbon > 25 mm Figure 6 Type A
Steel
1.5 All check valves 3” NB and larger shall have drain boss at location “G” (Refer Fig
No. 1 of ASME B 16.34). A tapped drain hole with plug shall be provided as per
ASME B 16.34.
1.6 If an overlay weld-deposit is used for the body seat ring seating surface, the seat ring
base material shall be at least equal to the corrosion resistance of the material of the
shell.
1.7 For valve body / bonnet forgings are acceptable where castings are specified, but not
vice versa.
1.8 Material of construction of yoke shall be as a minimum equivalent to body / bonnet

material.
1.9 Stem shall be forged or machined from a forged bar. Castings are not permitted
except that integral stem cast stainless steel ball valve is acceptable.
1.10 Stelliting / hardfacing by deposition shall have minimum 1.6 mm thickness.

TECHNICAL NOTES
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 3 of 7
16-QSP-05-3B
1.11 Ball valves, plug valves, and butterfly valves shall be supplied with a lever / wrench
for valve operation except for gear operated / motor operated valves.
1.12 SW end ball valves shall have a 100 m long seamless pipe nipple (compatible to body
material) welded to each end of the valve. The nipples shall be welded prior to
assembling the elastomeric seats / seals. Thickness of pipe used for nipples shall be
indicated in the valve specification sheet.
1.13 Face to face dimensions of all ball valves shall be same as those of gate valves of the
corresponding ASME Class except 12” onward in Class 150 where dimensions shall
be as per API 6D long pattern.
2.0 OPERATION
2.1 Valves shall be supplied with gear operations based on the following requirements :
Valves will be operated by means of reduction gears in the following cases :
Gate Valves : 150 # & 300 # 14” & larger.

600 # 12” & larger.
900 # 6” & larger.
1500 # & 2500 # 3” & larger.
Globe Valves : 900 # 6” & larger.

1500 # & 2500 # 3” & larger.
Plug Valves : 150 # & 300 # 6” & larger.

600 # 4” & larger.
900 # 6” & larger.
1500 # & 2500 # 3” & larger.
Ball Valves : 150 # & 300 # 6” & larger.

600 # 4” & larger.
900 # 6” & larger
1500 # & 2500 # 3” & larger.
Butterfly Valves : 150 # & 300 # 6” & larger.
For pressure balanced plug valves gear operations shall be provided as per
manufacturer's recommendations.
2.2 Gear operator shall be as under, with position indicators for open / close positions,
with limit stops.
For Gate / Globe : Totally enclosed bevel gear in grease

case with grease nipples or plugs.
For Ball / Plug / : Totally enclosed helical worm gear in grease

Butterfly valves case with grease nipples or plugs.
TECHNICAL NOTES
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 4 of 7
16-QSP-05-3B
2.3 Gear operators shall be so designed to operate effectively with the differential
pressure across the closed valve equal to the cold non-shock pressure rating.
2.4 Ball, plug and butterfly valves even with wrench or level operators shall have “open”
and “closed” position inidcators with limit stops.
2.5 Handwheel diameter shall not exceed 750 mm and lever length shall not exceed 500
mm on either side and effort to operate shall not exceed 35 kg at hand wheel
periphery. In case these limits cannot be satisfied for any valve, a gear operator shall
be provided.
3.1 All valves and valve operators shall be subject to stagewise and final inspection by
Purchaser. Minimum 15 days notice shall be given to Purchaser for all shop
inspection and testing.
3.2 All the mandatory shop tests and inspection required by the respective codes and data
sheets, etc. shall be carried out by the manufacturer.
3.3 The extend of inspection by Purchaser shall be as under. However, the exact extent
with hold points shall be decided during review of the inspection plan to be submitted
to Purchaser as part of the post-order documentation.
FORGED VALVES
ο Visual and dimensional inspection.
ο Review of material test certificates.
ο Any mandatory of supplementary test.
ο Hydrostatic test of all valves.
ο Strip check on 1% of total ordered quantity of valves at random to verify

compliance with specification requirements.
CAST STEEL VALVES
ο Visual and dimensional inspection.
ο Review of material test certificates.
ο Review of radiographs / radiographic reports and reports of any other NDT tests,
wherever applicable as per data sheets.

TECHNICAL NOTES
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 5 of 7
16-QSP-05-3B
ο Any mandatory or supplementary tests.
ο Hydrostatic test 100% for body.
ο Strip check on 1% of total ordered quantity of valves at random to verify

compliance with specification requirements.
4.0 RADIOGRAPHY OF CAST VALVES
4.1 Valves under critical, very highly critical, lethal and toxic services shall be
radiographed as specified in respective data sheets. When specifically not mentioned
in individual data sheets, valve castings shall undergo radiographic examination as
specified hereunder :
MATERIAL RATING SIZE RANGE RADIOGRAPHY
ALL 150 # 24” AND BELOW NIL

150 # 26” AND ABOVE 100%
300 # 16” AND BELOW NIL
300 # 18” AND ABOVE 100%
600 # ALL SIZES 100%
& ABOVE
4.2 Radiography procedure, areas of casting to be radiographed shall be as per ASME B-

16.34 and acceptance criteria shall be as per ASME B16.34 Annexure – B. However,
for areas of casting to be radiographed for types of valve not covered in ASME B
16.34, vendor shall enclose details of areas to be radiographed in line with ASME
B16.34
5.0 MARKING
5.1 Valve markings, symbols, abbreviations, etc. shall be in accordance with MSS-SP-25
or the standard referred to in the specification sheets, as applicable. Vendor’s name,
valve, size and rating, material designation, direction of flow (if any), etc. shall be
integral on the body.
5.2 Each valve shall have a corrosion resistant tag giving size and valve tag / code no.
securely attached on the valve body.
5.3 Paint or ink used for marking shall not contain any harmful metal or metal salts such
as zinc, lead or copper which may result in corrosive attach on heating.
5.4 Carbon steel valves shall be painted with two coats of red oxide, zinc chromate
primer.
TECHNICAL NOTES
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 6 of 7
16-QSP-05-3B
6.0 DISPATCH
6.1 Valves shall be dry, clean and free from moisture, dirt and loose foreign materials of
any kind.
6.2 Valves shall be protected from rust, corrosion and any mechanical damage during
transportation, shipment and storage.
6.3 Rust preventive applied on machined surfaces to be welded shall be easily removable
with a petroleum solvent or shall not be harmful to welding.
6.4 Each end of valves shall be protected as follows :
Flange Face : Wood, metal or plastic cover
Bevelled End : Wood, metal or plastic cover
SW / Screwed End : Plastic cap
6.5 End protectors to be used on flange faces shall be attached by at least bolts or wires
through bolt holes and shall not be smaller than the outside diameter of the flange.
Plastic caps for SW / Screwed end valves shall be press fit type.
6.6 End protectors to be used on beveled end shall be securely as well as tightly attached.

TECHNICAL NOTES
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 7 of 7
16-QSP-05-3B
TECHNICAL NOTES
FOR
GASKETS

ww

TECHNICAL NOTES
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., FOR GASKETS 9473-03-TS-003 0
word
New Delhi
Sheet 1 of 3
16-QSP-05-3B
TECHNICAL NOTES FOR GASKETS
1.0 The process of manufacture, dimensions and tolerances not specified in material
requisition shall be in accordance with the requirement of the manufacturer’s
standards for the flange type, rating and size.
2.0 All gaskets shall conform to the codes / standards and specifications given in the
requisition. Deviation (s), if any shall be clearly highlighted in the quotation.
3.0 a) Test reports shall be supplied for all mandatory tests for CAF gaskets as per
the standards specified in the requistion.
b) Chemical composition of RTJ gaskets shall also be furnished in the form of

test reports on samples.
4.0 Full face gaskets shall have bolt holes punched out.
5.0 Manufacturers test certificate for filler material and spiral material shall be given as
per the relevant material specifications for spiral wound gaskets.
6.0 Asbestos filler for spiral wound gaskets shall not have any color or dye.
7.0 a) All spiral wound gaskets shall be supplied with low C.S. outer centering
ring except for gasket material description suffixed as “(540+)” “(CYRO)”.
In these cases outer centering ring shall be of SS 304 / 316.
b) Inner compression ring of S.S. shall be provided for the following, unless
mentioned otherwise.
i) For gasket size 26” and above.

ii) For gasket ratting 900# and above.
iii) For gasket material description suffixed as “(425+)” or “(CYRO)” or
"(540 +)".
8.0 Hardness of metallic RTJ gaskets shall not exceed the value specified below :-
RING GASKET MATERIAL MAXIMUM HARDNESS (BHN)
Soft Iron 90
Low C.S. 120
5 Cr. 1 / 2 Mo 130
Type 304, 316, 347 140
Type 304L, 316L 120

FOR GASKETS
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
9.0 Face finish of metallic RTJ gaskets shall be 32 to 63 AARH.
10.0 Gaskets of different types and sizes shall be placed in separate shipping containers
and each container clearly marked with the size, rating and material specification.
11.0 All items shall be inspected and approved by STEP inspector or any other agency
authorized by STEP.
12.0 Any additional requirements specified in the requisition, shall be fully complied with.

FOR GASKETS
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
TECHNICAL NOTES
FOR
FITTINGS

ww

TECHNICAL NOTES
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., FOR FITTINGS 9473-03-TS-004 0
word
New Delhi
Sheet 1 of 6
16-QSP-05-3B
CONTENTS
1.0 GENERAL

TECHNICAL NOTES
9473-03-TS-004 0
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., FOR FITTINGS
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
TECHNICAL NOTES FOR BUTT WELDED

SOCKET WELDED AND SCREWED FITTINGS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Chemical composition, physical properties, Tests, Dimensions and Tolerances, Heat
treatment and Marking shall conform to the applicable latest codes / standards /
specifications as specified in the material requisition, any deviation shall be
highlighted on a separate sheet by the vendor in the quotation itself.
1.2 Test reports shall be supplied for all mandatory tests as per the material
specifications. Test reports shall also be furnished for any supplementary tests as
specified in the material requisition, Cl. 1.11, Cl. 1.12 & Cl. 1.12.1. Material test
certificates (Physical property, chemical composition & heat treatment report) shall
also be furnished for fittings supplied.
1.3 All fittings shall be seamless in construction unless otherwise specified.

If fittings are specified as welded the same shall conform to clause 1.7 . Seamless
fittings can be supplied in place of welded fittings but with maximum negative
tolerance of 0.3 mm (max.) on wall thickness. But welded fittings shall not be
acceptable in place of seamless fittings.
1.4 Outside diameters and wall thickness (unless otherwise mentioned) of Butt weld
fittings shall be in accordance with ASME B36.10 and ASME 36.19 as applicable.
1.5 For reducing Butt-weld fittings having different wall thicknesses at each end. The
greater wall thickness of the fitting shall be employed and inside bore at each end
shall be matched with the specified inside diameter.
1.6 Bevelled ends for all fittings shall conform to ASME B16.25. Contour of bevel shall
be as follows :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Carbon Steel
Alloy Steel Upto 10 mm Figure 4
Stainless Steel & > 10 mm. & upto 25 mm Figure 5 Type A
Low Temp. Carbon > 25 mm Figure 6 Type A
Steel
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.7 All welded fittings indicated in MR as “CYRO” & “LT” shall meet impact test
requirement of ASME B31.3. The impact test temperature shall be –196 Deg. C., -
80 Deg. C & -45 Deg. C for stainless steel, 3 ½ Ni steel & carbon steel respectively,
unless specifically mentioned in otherwise otherwise in MR.

TECHNICAL NOTES
9473-03-TS-004 0
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
1.8 Thickness / schedule lower or higher than specified shall not be accepted.
1.9 Threaded ends shall have NPT Taper threads in accordance with ASME B2.1 upto
1.5 in NB & IS 554 from 2 inch to 6 inch NB.
1.10 Special fittings like weldolet, sockolet etc., which are not covered in ASME, MSS-SP
shall be as per manufacturer’s standard. Contours of these fittings shall meet the
requirements of ASME B31.3 . Manufacturer shall submit drawings / catalogue of
these items along with the offer.
1.11 All seamless pipes employed for manufacturing of fittings shall be required to have
undergone hydrotest to ASTM A530. Welded pipes employed for manufacture of
fittings shall be tested as per addendum.
1.12 All stainless steel fittings shall be supplied in solution heat-treated condition.
1.12.1 For all stainless steel fittings (Seamless & Welded) Inter Granular Corrosion (IGC)
test shall have to be conducted as per ASTM A 262 Practice “E”.
1.13 Abbreviations for ends of swages and nipples shall be as follows :
PBE : PLAIN BOTH ENDS

TBE : THREADED BOTH ENDS
TOE : THREADED ONE END
TSE : THREADED SMALL END
TLE : THREADED LARGE END
2.1 Each fitting shall be legibly and conspicuously stamped in accordance with the
requirements of applicable standards along with special condition like CRYO, NACE
etc.
2.2 Steel die marking shall not be permitted on body of Butt weld fittings. The same
should be marked by before dispatching.
2.3 Paint or Ink for marking shall not contain any harmful metal or metal salts such as
Zinc, Lead or Copper which causes corrosive attack on heating.
2.4 Fittings shall be dry, clean and free of moisture, dirt and loose foreign materials of
any kind.
2.5 Fittings shall be protected from rust, corrosion and mechanical damage during
2.6 Rust preventive used on machined surfaces to be welded shall be easily removable
with a petroleum solvent and the same shall not be harmful to welding.

TECHNICAL NOTES
9473-03-TS-004 0
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
2.7 Fittings under “CRYO”, “NACE” shall be painted in light purple, canary yellow
strips respectively for easy identification, width of the strip shall be 25 mm.
2.8 Each end of fitting shall be protected with a wood, metal or plastic cover.
2.9 Each size of fitting shall be supplied in separate packagings marked with the
Purchase Order No., Material specification, size, and Schedule / Thickness / Rating.

TECHNICAL NOTES
9473-03-TS-004 0
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
ANNEXURE – I
WELDED PIPE EMPLOYED FOR MANUFACTURE OF WELDED FITTINGS
ASTM A 671 GR. C65, 70 (CL 32) : P = 2ST / D
ASTM A 672 GR. C60, 65, 70 (CL12, 22) : S = 90% OF SMYS
ASTM A 671 GR. CF60, 65, 70, 66 (CL32) : T = NOM. WALL THK
ASTM A 691 GR. 1/2CR, 1CR, 1-1/4CR

2 – 1 / 4CR, 5CR, 9CR (CL 42) : D = O.D. OF PIPE
API 5 L : P = 2ST/D
ASTM A 358 TP 304, 304L, 304H, 318 : S = 854 OF SMYS
318L, 318H, 321, 347 (CL1, 3, 4) : T = NOM. WALL THK
D = O.D. OF PIPE
ASTM B725 : ASTM B725
ASTM B517 : ASTM B517
ASTM B 514 : ASTM B514

TECHNICAL NOTES
9473-03-TS-004 0
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
TECHNICAL NOTES
FOR
FLANGES, SPECTACLE

ww

TECHNICAL NOTES
FOR
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., FLANGES, SPECTACLE
9473-03-TS-005 0
word
New Delhi BLINDS, AND DRIP RINGS

Sheet 1 of 5
16-QSP-05-3B
CONTENTS
1.0 GENERAL
2.0 MARKING AND DISPATCH
TECHNICAL NOTES Standard Number Rev.

FOR
9473-03-TS-005 0
FLANGES, SPECTACLE
Word

New Delhi BLINDS, AND DRIP RINGS Sheet 2 of 5
16-QSP-05-3B
TECHNICAL NOTES FOR PURCHASE OF FLANGES, SPECTACLE

1.0 GENERAL
1.1 All items, their dimensions, Tolerances, Chemical composition, Physical properties,
Heat treatment and Testing etc. shall conform to the codes and standards specified in
the requisition. Deviations, if any, shall be clearly highlighted on a separate sheet by
the vendor in the quotation itself.
1.2.1 Test reports shall be supplied for all mandatory tests as per the relevant material
specifications. Test reports shall also be furnished for any supplementary tests as
specified in the requisition & Cl. 1.11, Cl. 1.12 & Cl. 1.14.
1.2.2 Material test certificates (Physical property, chemical composition & Heat treatment
report) shall also be furnished for the flanges supplied.
1.3 Ends of weld neck flanges shall be beveled to suit the schedule / thickness of
matching pipe, as specified in the requisition.
1.4 Bevel end details for welding neck flanges shall be as per ASME B16.25. Contour of
bevel end shall be as follows :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Carbon Steel
Alloy Steel Upto 10 mm Figure 4

Stainless Steel & > 10 mm. &
Upto 25 mm Figure 5 Type A
Low Temp. Carbon > 25 mm Figure 6 Type A
Steel
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.5 Bore of socket weld flanges & reducing blind flanges shall suit the outside diameter
and schedule / thickness of matching pipe.
1.6 Bore of slip on flanges shall suit the outside diameter of matching pipe.
1.7 Flange face finish shall be normally specified in the requisition as serrated finish, 125
AARH etc. the interpretation for range of face finish shall be as follows :-
Serrated Finish : Sarrations with 250 to 500 AARH

125 AARH : Sarrations with 125 to 200 AARH
63 AARH : 32 to 63 AARH

FOR
9473-03-TS-005 0
FLANGES, SPECTACLE
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
1.8 Galvanized flanges shall be coated with zinc by hot dip process conforming to IS :
4736 / ASTM A 153 or by electrogalvanizing. Threaded portion shall be suitably
protected during galvanizing.
1.9 Ends of screwed flanges, unless otherwise specified shall have taper threads as per
ASME B 1.20.1 upto 1.5” NB & IS : 554 for 2“ to 6” NB.
1.10 For ring joint flanges, blinds and spacers the hardness shall be as follows :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FLANGE MATERIAL MIN. HARDNESS OF GROOVE (BHN)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CARBON STEEL 140
1% CR. TO 5% CR. 150
TYPE 304, 316, 347,321 160
TYPE 304L, 316L 140
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.11 For ring joint flanges, blinds and spacers, the hardness shall be recorded on the test
report.
1.12 Flanges, spectacle blinds, drip rings under “NACE” category shall meet the
requirements of NACE.
1.13 All austenitic stainless steel flanges shall be supplied in solution annealed condition.
1.14.1 For all austenitic stainless steel flanges, blinds, drip rings & spectacle Blinds
intergranular corrosion test shall have to be conducted as per follows :-
- ASTM A 262 practice ‘B’ with acceptance criteria of 60 mils / year (max.)”.
Or
- ASTM A 262 practice ‘E’ with acceptance criteria of “No cracks as observed
from 20X magnification” & “Microscopic structure to be observed from 250
X magnification”.
1.14.2 When specifically asked for in MR for high temperature application of some grades
of austenitic stainless steel (Like SS 309, 310, 316, 316H etc.) ASTM A 262 practice
‘C’ with acceptance criteria of “15 MILS/YEAR” shall have to be conducted. When
testing is conducted as per practice ‘E’, Photograph of microscopic structure shall be
submitted for record.
1.14.3 For the IGC test as described in 1.14.1 & 1.14.2 two sets of samples shall be drawn
from each solution treatment lot, one set corresponding to highest carbon content and
other set corresponding to the highest rating / thickness.

FOR
9473-03-TS-005 0
FLANGES, SPECTACLE
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
2.0 MARKING AND DISPATCH
2.1 All items shall be legibly and conspicuously stamped in accordance with the
requirements of applicable ANSI, API and MSS Standards. In addition special
conditions like “IBR”, “CYRO” & “NACE” etc. shall also be stamped.
2.2 All items coming under purview of “IBR”, “CRYO” & “NACE” shall be painted in
red strips, light purple strips & canary yellow strips (25 MM. Width) respectively for
easy identification.
2.3 Paint or Ink for marking shall not contain any harmful metal or metal salts such as
Zinc, Lead or Copper which cause corrosive attack on heating.
2.4 All items shall be dry, clean and free from moisture, dirt and loose foreign material of
any kind.
2.5 All items shall be protected from Rust, Corrosion and Mechanical damage during
2.6 Rust preventive on machined surfaces to be welded shall be easily removable with a
petroleum solvent, and the same shall not be harmful to welding.
2.7 Each end of flange shall be protected with the following materials :
Flange face : Wood, Metal or Plastic Cover

Beveled end : Wood, Metal or Plastic Cover
Threaded end : Plastic Plug
Socket welding end : Plastic Cover or Plug
2.8 Each size of flanges, blinds etc. shall be supplied in separate packagings marked with
the Purchase Order No., Material specification, Size and Rating.

FOR
9473-03-TS-005 0
FLANGES, SPECTACLE
Word

16-QMP-05-3A
TECHNICAL NOTES
FOR
FASTENERS
0 15.02.08 Issued For Bid VD HSH DPS

TECHNICAL NOTES
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., FOR FASTENERS 9473-03-TS-006 0
New Delhi
Sheet 1 of 4
16-QMP-05-3B
CONTENTS
1.0 TECHNICAL NOTES FOR FASTENERS 2
TECHNICAL NOTES
FOR FASTENERS 9473-03-TS-006 0
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 2 of 4
16-QMP-05-3B
1.0 TECHNICAL NOTES FOR FASTENERS
1.1 The process of manufacture, heat treatment, chemical and mechanical requirements and
marking for all stud bolts, M/c bolts, Jack screws and nuts shall be in accordance with the
codes / standards and specifications given in the requisition. Deviation (s), if any, shall be
clearly highlighted in the quotation. The applicable identification symbol in accordance with
the material specification shall be stamped on each bolt & nut.
1.2 a) Test reports shall be supplied for all mandatory tests as per the relevant material
specifications
b) Material test certificate shall also be furnished. (Heat Analysis, Product Analysis &
Mechanical Requirement)
1.3 All bolting shall be as per ASME B 18.2.1 for studs, M/c bolts and jackscrews and ASME B
18.2.2 for nuts.
1.4 Threads shall be unified (UNC for ≤ 1” dia and 8 UN for > 1” dia) as per ASME B 1.1
with class 2A fit for studs, M/c bolts and jack screws and class 2B fit for nuts.
1.5 Stud bolts shall be threaded full length with two heavy hex. nuts. Length tolerance shall be
in accordance with the requirement of table F2 of Annex F of ASME B16.5.
1.6 The nuts shall be double chamfered, semi-finished, heavy hexagonal type and shall be
made by the hot forged process and stamped as per respective material specification.
1.7 Heads of jack screws and M/C bolts shall be heavy hexagonal type. Jackscrew end shall be
rounded.
1.8 Each size of studs & M/c bolts with nuts and jackscrews shall be supplied in separate
containers marked with size and material specifications.
1.9 All items shall be inspected and approved (stage wise) by STEP inspector or any other
agency authorized by STEP.
1.10 The heat treatment for stud bolts & nuts shall be as per code unless mentioned otherwise.
1.11 Any additional requirements specified in the requisition shall be fully complied with.
1.12 Stud bolts, M/c Bolts, Nuts & Jackscrews shall be impact tested wherever specified in the
material specification and also where the material specification is indicated as “CRYO”.
For S.S. nuts and bolts minimum impact energy absorption shall be 27 Joules and test
temperature shall be –196 deg. C unless mentioned otherwise in code. For other materials
impact energy and test shall be as per respective code.
TECHNICAL NOTES
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 3 of 4
16-QMP-05-3B
1.13 Bolts / nuts of material of construction B7M / 2HM shall be 100% Hardness tested
as per supplementary requirement S3 of ASTM A193.
1.14 When specified as galvanized, the studs, M/c bolt and nuts shall be hot dip zinc coated in
accordance with requirements of Class C of ASTM A 153.
TECHNICAL NOTES
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 4 of 4
16-QMP-05-3A
SPECIFICATION FOR
EARTHWORK FOR
UNDERGROUND PIPING

SPECIFICATION FOR
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., EARTHWORK 9473-03-TS-007 0
New Delhi FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING
Sheet 1 of 5
16-QMP-05-3B
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE 2
2.0 MATERIAL 2
3.0 EARTHWORK IN EXCAVATION FOR TRENCHES FOR PIPELINES 2
4.0 BACKFILLING AROUND VALVE PITS AND TRENCHES 2
5.0 TRANSPORTATION OF SURPLUS EARTH 2

SPECIFICATION FOR
EARTHWORK 9473-03-TS-007 0
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 2 of 5
16-QMP-05-3B
1.0 SCOPE
This specification deals with earthwork and underground piping in all locations covered
under the tender.
2.0 MATERIAL
All workmanship and material shall conform to the provisions of the following codes and
standards specifications IS : 1200 (Part - I) and IS : 3764.
3.0 EARTHWORK IN EXCAVATION FOR TRENCHES FOR PIPELINES
3.1 Trenching work shall be carried out in all classes of soil including soft rock and excluding
hard rock.
3.2 The trench shall be cut true to the line and level as per drawings.
3.3 If the trench is excavated below the required level indicated in the drawing, the extra depth
shall be filled with concrete or approved equivalent materials as directed by the engineer-
in-charge at no extra cost to the owner.
3.4 In case of pressure piping, the trench shall be excavated generally as to provide a cover
1000 mm or diameter of pipe whichever is more. In case of gravity sewers / pipes, the
trench shall be excavated to conform to invert levels as per drawings. However in certain
cases the pipes may run shallower levels or at deeper levels depending upon drawings, site
condition etc. No rebate for lesser excavations not extra payment due to deeper
excavations shall be admissible in those cases where pipeline laying rates are inclusive of
earthwork items. The rates quoted shall be deemed to cover all work connected with
trenching, whether trenches with single pipeline or pipelines in common trenches including
road cutting.
3.4.1 The width of the trench shall be sufficient to give free working space on each side of the
pipe. The free working space shall conform to IS : 783. Generally it shall not be less than
150 mm on either side or 1/3 diameter of the pipe whichever is greater.
3.5 When pipelines are running parallel whether the trenching shall be individual or common
shall be decided by the engineer-in-charge and such decision shall be final and binding on
the contractor. No extra payment shall be payable for common excavations.
3.6 All earthwork involved in excavations of all types of manholes, catchpits, valve chamber,
inspection chambers, chambers for instrumentation tappings etc., which are coming on the
alignment of underground piping or defined by drawings as a point of the underground
piping work is deemed to have been covered in the rate for pipe laying.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 3 of 5
16-QMP-05-3B
3.7 All types of shoring and strutting, wherever necessary, shall be adopted to with-hold the
face of earth or cutting in slope as per site requirements, and as directed by the engineer-in-
charge. Earthwork in excavation includes dewatering if required, for which no extra
payment will be made.
3.8 Excavated materials shall not be deposited within 1.5 m from the top edge of excavations,
or within a distance equal to the depth of excavation, whichever is higher.
3.9 Any obstacle encountered during excavation shall be reported immediately to the engineer-
in-charge and shall be dealt with as instructed.
3.10 The contractor shall maintain excavated pit in a dry and trim condition.
3.11 Necessary barricading and protection of slopes against slips due to traffic shall be provided
to the satisfaction of engineer-in-charge. Also necessary warning flags and lights shall be
provided to caution traffic.
3.12 In case of road cutting, all material i.e. metal soling stone etc., shall be taken out carefully
and kept separately for reuse and road work shall be done up to the original level prior to
cutting the road with the excavated road materials after laying and testing of the pipeline
within ten days from the date of starting this work at the cost of the contractor. The
contractor shall provide suitable warning signs and barricade to prevent accidents. He
shall also provide reasonable bye pass at his own cost when a road is cut for laying
pipeline. Tankage dykes, cut due to laying of the pipes, shall be redone conforming to the
original specifications by the Contractor at his own cost.
3.13 Dewatering shall be done in advance of the installation of the pipe to allow adequate
inspection of padding of the bottom if required and dewatering shall be continued
throughout during installation and backfilling.
In muddy or slushy ground, the bed shall be provided with a layer of sand or 1 : 5 :
10 concrete as directed by the engineer-in-charge at no extra cost.
The trench shall follow the gradient of pipeline as specified in the drawing. The contractor
shall keep the trench in good condition until the pipe is laid and tested and no extra claim
shall be entertained due to its caving or setting down either before or after the pipe is laid.
In case pipe is lowered in caved trench and backfilled before being inspected by engineer-
in-charge, the contractor shall re-excavate the trench for inspection and backfill at his own
cost.
4.0 BACKFILLING AROUND VALVE PITS AND TRENCHES
4.1 The soil used should be selected and approved by engineer-in-charge. Suitable material
can be extracted from available excavated material. The soil should be free from rubbish,
grass, organic matter, stones, building waste etc. It should be free from clods and hard
lumps.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 4 of 5
16-QMP-05-3B
4.2 The filling should commence only after approval of engineer-in-charge is obtained and
after structures or pipes getting buried are tested and approved. Otherwise, if required,
contractor shall uncover buried portion and refill at his own cost.
4.3 Filling should be done in layers. Each layer should be not more than 20 cm thick when
loose and should be well rammed with necessary watering, to obtain at least 90% of
maximum laboratory dry density.
4.4 Care must be exercised to protect cables, pipes, joints and other features from damage due
to back filling and consolidation.
4.5 Filling should extend up to the level of original ground surface or as per drawings or as
directed by engineer-in-charge. The finished surface should be properly trimmed and
dressed. The adjoining area should be cleaned and no heaps of surplus earth should be left
out.
5.0 TRANSPORTATION OF SURPLUS EARTH
All surplus earth generated due to pipe having valve chamber, and manhole constructions
etc., which included in the tender shall be transported to an area, designated by the
engineer-in-charge, up to a maximum lead of 2 Km. The surplus earth to be transported
shall include the earth generated due to voids in the back filled volume of earth. The
removal of surplus earth shall include excavation, loading, transportation, dumping,
stacking or spreading as per the directions of engineer-in-charge.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 5 of 5
16-QSP-05-3B
SPECIFICATION
FOR
INSPECTION, FLUSHING
AND TESTING OF PIPING

ww

SPECIFICATION FOR
INSPECTION, FLUSHING AND 9473-03-TS-008 1
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., TESTING OF PIPING
word
New Delhi
Sheet 1 of 9
16-QSP-05-3B
SPECIFICATION FOR INSPECTION, FLUSHING AND TESTING OF PIPING
INDEX
1.0 SCOPE
2.0 INSPECTION
3.0 FLUSHING
4.0 TESTING

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
1.0 SCOPE
This specification covers the general requirements for inspection, flushing and
testing of piping systems.
Flushing and testing of all piping systems shall be witnessed by the Engineer-in-
Charge.
2.0 INSPECTION
During various stages and after completion of fabrication and erection, the piping
system shall be inspected by the Engineer-in-charge to ensure that :-
Proper piping material has been used.
Piping has been erected as per drawings and instructions of Engineer-in-Charge.
All supports have been installed, correctly as per the pipe support index and
instructions of Engineer-in-Charge.
Test preparations mentioned in this specification have been carried out.
3.0 FLUSHING
Flushing of all lines shall be done before pressure testing.
Flushing shall be done by fresh potable water or dry compressed air, wherever water
flushing is not desirable, to clean the pipe of all dirt, debris or loose foreign material.
Required pressure for water flushing shall meet the fire hydrant pressure or utility
water pressure.
For air flushing the line / system will be pressurized by compressed air at the
required pressure but to a maximum of 50 psig. The pressure shall then be released
by quick opening of a valve, already in line or installed temporarily for this purpose.
This procedure shall be repeated as many times till inside of the pipe are fully
cleaned.
In line instruments like control valves, orifice plates, rotameters, safety valves and
other instruments like thermowells which may interfere with flushing instrument
shall not be included in flushing circuit.
During flushing temporary strainers shall be retained. These shall be removed,

cleaned and reinstalled after flushing but before testing.
From all permanent strainers the screens / meshes shall be removed before flushing.
Screen / meshes shall be reinstalled after flushing out and before testing.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
In case an equipment such as column, vessel, exchanger etc. forms part of a piping
circuit during flushing, this shall be done with the approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
However equipments thus included in the circuit, shall be completely drained and
dried with compressed air, after flushing is completed.
During flushing discharged water / air shall be drained to the places directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge. If necessary, proper temporary drainage shall be provided by
the contractor.
The contractor shall carry out all the activities required before, during and after the
flushing operation, arising because of flushing requirements, such as but not limited
to the following :
Dropping of valves, specials, distance pieces, and inline instruments any other piping
part before flushing. The flanges to be disengaged for this purpose shall be
envisaged by the contractor and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. These flanges
shall be provided with temporary gaskets at the time of flushing.
Care shall be taken during flushing so as not to damage / spoil work of other
agencies. Precautions shall also be taken to prevent entry of water, foreign matter
into equipments, electric motors, instruments electrical installations etc. In the
vicinity of lines being flushed.
After flushing is completed and approved, the valve distance pieces, piping specials
etc. shall be reinstalled by the contractor with permanent gaskets. However, flanges
at equipment nozzles and other places where isolation is required during testing, only
temporary gaskets shall be provided.
Records in triplicate shall be prepared and submitted by the contractor for each
piping system for the flushing done.
4.0 TESTING
4.1 Extent of Testing
With the exclusion of instrumentation, piping systems fabricated or assembled in the

field shall be tested irrespective of whether or not they have been pressure tested
prior to site welding of fabrication.
To facilitate the testing of piping systems, vessels and other equipments may be
included in the system with the prior approval of Engineer-in-Charge if the test
pressure specified is equal to or less than that for the vessels and other equipments.
Pumps, compressors and other rotary equipments shall not be subjected to field test
pressure.
Lines which are directly open to atmosphere such as vents, drains, safety
valves discharge need not be tested, but all joints shall be visually inspected
wherever necessary such line shall be tested by continuous flow of fluid to

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
eliminate the possibility of blockade. However, such lines if provided with block
valve shall be pressure tested up to the first block valve.
Seats of all valves shall not be subjected to a pressure in excess of the maximum cold
working pressure of the valve. Test pressure applied to valves shall not be greater
than the manufacturer’s recommendation nor less than that required by the applicable
code. Where allowable seat pressure is less than test pressure, test shall be made
through an open valve.
Instruments in the system to be tested, shall be excluded from the test by isolation or
removals, unless approved otherwise by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Restrictions, which interfere with filling, venting and draining such as orifice plates
etc. shall not be installed unless testing is complete.
Control valves shall not be included in the test system. Where bypasses are provided
test shall be performed through the bypass end / or necessary spool shall be used in
place of control valve.
Pressure gauges, which are part of the finished system, but cannot withstand test
pressure shall not be installed until the system has been tested. Where piping
systems to be tested are directly connected at the battery limits to piping for which
the responsibility rests with other agencies, the piping to be tested shall be isolated
from such piping by physical disconnection such as valve or blinds.
4.2 General Requirements / Test Preparation for Testing
Testing shall be carried out with permanent gaskets installed unless specified
otherwise or instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
No pressure test shall be carried out against close valve unless approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
The Engineer-in-Charge shall be notified in advance by the contractor of the testing

sequence and programmer, to enable him to be present for witnessing the test.
Before testing, all piping shall be cleaned by flushing to make it free from dirt, loose
scale, debris and other loose foreign materials.
All piping systems to be hydrostatically tested shall be vented at the high points and
the systems purged of air before the test pressure is applied.
Wherever in the line any void is existing due to any reasons, for absence of control
valves, safety valves, check valves etc. it shall be filled with temporary spools.
All joints welded, screwed or flanged shall be left exposed for examination during
the test. Before pressurizing the lines, each weld joints shall be cleaned by wire
brush to free it from rust and any other foreign matter.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
Where a system is to be isolated at a pair of companion flanges, a blank shall be

inserted between the companion flanges. Minimum thickness of the blank shall be
designed in accordance with applicable design code.
Open ends of piping system where blanks cannot be used, such as pumps,
compressors, turbines or whenever equipment or pipe spool have been recovered or
disconnected prior to hydrostatic testing, shall be blinded-off by using standard blind
flanges of same rating as the piping system being tested.
Pressure gauges used in testing shall be installed as close as possible to the lowest
point in the piping system to be tested, to avoid overstressing of any of the lower
portion of the system. For longer lines and vertical lines, two or more pressure
gauges shall be installed at locations decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
For lines containing check valves any of the following alternatives shall be adopted
for pressure testing :
Whenever possible pressurize up-stream side of valve.
Replace the valve by temporary spools and reinstall the valve after testing.
Provide blind on valve flanges and test the upstream and downstream of the line
separately and remove the blind after testing. At these flanges, temporary gaskets
shall be provided during testing and shall be replaced by permanent gaskets
subsequently.
For check valves in lines 1 ½” and below flapper or seat shall be removed during
testing (if possible). After completion of testing the flapper / seat shall be refitted.
Gas lines when hydrostatically tested shall be provided with additional temporary
supports during testing as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Piping which is spring or counter – weight supported shall be temporarily supported,

where the weight of the fluid would overload the support. Retaining pins for spring
supports shall be removed only after testing is completed and test fluid is completely
drained.
When testing any piping system, air or steam of approximately 2 Kg / Sq. cm (g)
may be used as preliminary test to detect missing gaskets etc. as this avoids the
necessity of draining the line to make repairs. However, steam shall not be used for
this purpose, if the steam temperature is more than the design temperature of the line.
For jacketed pipes, testing of core pipes shall be done on individual pieces where the
pipe is continuously jacked, before it is jacketed. The outer jacket shall be tested
separately as a system for piping with discontinuous jacketing, the core pipe and the
jacket shall be tested as separate continuous systems.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
4.3 Testing Media, Test Pressure and Test Pressure Gauges
4.3.1 Testing Media
In general all pressure test shall be hydrostatic using Iron free water, which is clean
and free of silt. Maximum Chlorine content in water for hydrostatic testing for SS
piping shall be 10 – 20 ppm.
Air shall be used for testing only if water would cause corrosion of the system or
overloading of supports etc. in special cases as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
Where air / water test are undesirable substitute fluid such as gas, oil, kerosene,
methanol etc. shall be used as the testing medium, with due consideration to the
hazards involved. These test fluids shall be specified in the line list given to the
contractor.
4.3.2 Test Pressure
The hydrostatic / pneumatic test pressure shall be as indicated in the line list or as per
the instruction of Engineer-in-Charge.
The selection of the piping system for one individual test shall be based on the
following :
Test pressure required as per line list.
Maximum allowable pressure for the material of construction of piping depending

upon the above requirements and based on construction progress, maximum length
of piping shall be included in each test.
4.3.3 Test Pressure Gauge
All gauges used for field-testing shall have suitable range so that the test pressure of
the various systems falls in 40% to 80% of gauge scale range. Gauge shall be of a
good quality and in first class working condition.
Prior to the start of any test or periodically during the field test program, all test
gauges shall be calibrated using a standard dead weight gauge tester or other suitable
approved testing apparatus. Any gauge showing an incorrect zero reading or error of
more than ± 2% of full-scale range shall be discarded. The Engineer-in-Charge shall
check the accuracy of master pressure gauge used for calibration.
4.4 Testing Pressure
4.4.1 Hydrostatic Test
All vents and other connections used as vents shall be left open while filling the line
with test fluid for complete removal of air. In all lines for pressurizing and

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
depressurizing the system, temporary isolating valves shall be provided if valves

vents, drains do not exist in the system.
Pressure shall be applied only after the system / line is ready and approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
Pressure shall be applied by means of suitable test pump or other pressure source
which shall be isolated from the system as soon as test pressure is reached and
stabilized in the system.
A pressure gauge shall be provided at the pump discharge for guidance in bringing
the system to the required pressure.
The pump shall be attended constantly during the test by an authorized person. The
pump shall be isolated from the system whenever the pump is to be left unattended.
Test pressure shall be maintained for a sufficient length of time to permit through
inspection of all joints for leakage or signs of failure. Any joint found leaking during
a pressure test should be retested to the specified pressure after repair. Test period
shall be maintained for a minimum of three hours.
The pumps and the piping system to be tested are to be provided with separate
pressure indicating test gauges. These gauges are to be checked by the standard test
gauge before each pressure test.
Care shall be taken to avoid increase in the pressure due to temperature variation
during the test.
4.4.2 Air Test
When testing with air, pressure shall be supplied by means of a compressor. The
compressor shall be portable type with receiver, after cooler and oil separator.
Piping to be tested by air shall have joints covered with a soap and water solution so
that the joints can be examined for leaks.
All other details shall be same as per hydrotesting procedure (specified above).
4.5 Completion of Testing
After the hydrostatic test has been completed, pressure shall be released in a manner
and at a rate so as not to endanger personnel or damage equipments.
All vents and drains shall be opened before the system is to be drained and shall
remain open till all draining is complete, so as to prevent formation of vacuum in the
system. After draining, lines / systems shall be dried by air.
After testing is completed the test blinds shall be removed and equipment / piping
isolated during testing shall be connected using the specified gaskets, bolts and nuts.
These connection shall be checked for lightness in subsequent pneumatic tests to be

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
carried out by the contractor for complete loop / circuit including equipments (except
rotary equipments).
Pressure test shall be considered complete only after approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge. Defects, if any, noticed during testing shall be rectified immediately and
retesting of the system / line shall be done by the contractor at his cost.
4.6 Test Records
Records in quadruplicate shall be prepared and submitted by the contractor for each
piping system, for the pressure test done.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
SPECIFICATION
FOR
FABRICATION AND ERECTION
OF PIPING

ww

SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION

Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., AND ERECTION OF PIPING 9473-03-TS-009 0
word
New Delhi
Sheet 1 of 14
16-QSP-05-3B
SPECIFICATION FOR FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF PIPING
INDEX
1.0 SCOPE
2.0 SCOPE OF WORK OF CONTRACTOR
3.0 BASIS OF WORK
4.0 FABRICATION
4.1 Piping Material
4.2 Dimensional Tolerances
4.3 Pipe Joints
4.4 Butt Welded and Socketed Welded Piping
4.5 Screwed Piping
4.6 Flange Connections
4.7 Branch Connections
4.8 Bending
4.9 Forging and Forming
4.10 Mitre Bends and Fabricated Reducers
4.11 Cutting and Trimming of Standard Fittings
4.12 Galvanized Piping
4.13 Jacketed Piping
4.14 Shop Fabrication / Pre-Fabrication
4.15 Miscellaneous
5.0 ERECTION
5.1 Cleaning of Piping before Erection
5.2 Piping Routing
5.3 Cold Pull
5.4 Slopes
5.5 Expansion Joints
5.7 Vents & Drains
5.8 Valves

SPECIFICATION FOR
FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF 9473-03-TS-009 0
Word
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., PIPING

16-QSP-05-3B
5.9 Instruments
5.10 Line Mounted Equipments / Items
5.11 Bolts and Nuts
5.12 Pipe Supports

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
1.0 SCOPE
This specification covers general requirements of fabrication and erection of above

ground and trench piping system at site. The specification covers the scope of work
of contractor, basis of work to be carried out by contractor and standards,
specifications and normal practice to be followed during fabrication and erection by
the contractor.
2.0 SCOPE OF WORK OF CONTRACTOR
Generally the scope of work of contractor shall include the following :
2.1 Transportation of required piping materials (as described in Cl. 2.1.1), pipe support
material (as described in Cl. 2.3) and all other necessary piping materials from
Owner’s storage point or contractor’s storage point (in case of contractor’s scope of
supply) to work site / shop including raising store requisitions for issue of materials
in the prescribed format and maintaining an account of the materials received from
Owner’s stores.
2.1.1 Piping materials include the following but not limited to the same.
a. Pipes (All sizes and schedule)

b. Flanges (All sizes, types and pressure ratings)
c. Fittings (All sizes, types and schedule)
d. Valves (All sizes, types and Ratings)
e. Gaskets (All sizes, types and Ratings)
f. Bolts, Nuts or M/C Bolts.
g. Expansion Joint / Bellows
h. Speciality items like online filters, ejectors, sample cooler, strainers etc.
i. On line instruments like control valve, orifice flange, rotameter, safety valves
etc.
2.2 Shop and field fabrication and erection of piping in accordance with documents
listed under Clause 3.0 i.e. ‘BASIS OF WORK’ including erection of all piping
materials enumerated above.
2.3 Fabrication and erection of pipe supports like shoe, saddle, guide, stops, anchors,
clips, cradles, hangers, turn buckles, supporting fixtures, bracket, cantilevers, struts,
teeposts including erection of spring supports and sway braces.
2.4 a. Fabrication of piping specials likes special radius bends, reducers, mitres etc.
b. Fabrication of plain and threaded nipples from pipes as required during

erection.
c. Fabrication of swage nipples as and when required.
d. Fabrication of odd angle elbow like 60 deg., 30 deg., or any angle from 90/45
deg. elbows as and when required.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
e. Fabrication of flange, reducing flange, blind flange, spectacle binds as and

when required.
f. Fabrication of stub-in connection with or without reinforcement.
g. Grinding of edges of pipes, fittings, flanges etc. to match mating edges of

uneven / different thickness wherever required.
2.5 Modifications like providing additional cleats, extension of stem of valve, locking
arrangement of valves etc. as and when required.
2.6 Preparation of Isometrics, bill of materials, supporting details of all lines within the
unit battery limit and get subsequent approval from Engineer-in-Charge as and when
called for.
2.7 Obtaining approval for drawings prepared by contractor from statutory authority, if
required.
2.8 Spun concrete lining of the inside pipes 3"NB and above including fittings and
flanges as required, in accordance with specification.
2.9 Rubber lining inside pipes, fittings, flanges as and when required, in accordance with
specification.
2.10 Radiography, stress relieving, dye penetration, magnetic particle test etc. as required
in specification.
2.11 Casting of concrete pedestals and fabrication and erection of small structures for pipe
supports including supply of necessary materials.
2.12 Providing insert plates from concrete structures and repair of platform gratings
around pipe openings.
2.13 Making material reconciliation statement and return of Owner's supply left over
materials to owner's storage.
2.14 Flushing and testing of all piping systems as per standard specification for
inspection, flushing and testing of piping systems.
2.15 Pickling (as and when applicable) as per relevant standards for chemical cleaning of
C.S. suction piping of compressors.
2.16 Submission of job execution procedure for review and approval of Engineer-in-
Charge covering all above activities.
3.0 BASIC OF WORK
3.1 The complete piping work shall be carried out in accordance with the following :-
a. “Approved for Construction” drawings and sketches issued by the consultant

to the contractor – plans and / or Isometrics.
SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
b. “Approved for Construction” drawings and sketches issued by the Turn-key

bidders to the contractor – plans and / or Isometrics.
c. Drawings, sketches and documents prepared by contractor duly approved by

consultant / Engineer-in-Charge (such as isometrics of small bore piping and
offside piping etc.)
d. Approved construction job procedures prepared by contractor as stipulated in

2.16.
e. Consultants specifications / documents as below:
i) Process and Instrument diagram.
ii) Piping Material Specification
iii) Piping support standards
iv) Line list
v) Piping support indices (only in offsites), if supports are not shown in PLAN.
vi) Standard specification of examination of welding
vii) General welding specification for piping
viii) Specification for welding of carbon steel piping
ix) Specification for welding of stainless steel piping
x) Any other specifications attached with piping Material Specification or

special condition of contract (such as standard for cement lining of pipe,
standard of jacketed piping, Dimensional Tolerances etc.)
f. Following codes, standards and regulations :
a. ASME B 31.3 : Process piping
b. ASME SEC. VIII : Code for unfired pressure vessel.
c. IS : 823 : Code for procedure for Manual Metal

arc welding of Mild Steel (for structural
steel).
d. NACE STD. MR-01-75 : Code for Sour Services material

Requirement.
Note : All codes referred shall be latest edition, at the time of award of contract.
3.2 Deviations

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
Where a deviation from the “Basis of Work” and approved job procedure described
above is required or where the basis of work does not cover a particular situation, the
matter shall be brought to the notice of Engineer-in-Charge and the work carried out
only after obtaining written approval from him in each case.
4.0 FABRICATION
4.1 Piping Material
Pipe, pipe fittings, flanges, valves, gaskets, studs, bolts etc. used in a given piping
system shall be strictly as per the “Piping Material Specification” for the “Pipe
Class” specified for that system. To ensure the above requirement, all piping
material supplied by the Owner / Contractor shall have proper identification marks as
per relevant standards & STEP specifications. Contractor shall provide identification
marks on left over pipe lengths wherever marked up pipe lengths have been
fabricated / erected.
For the purpose of common understanding the construction job procedure, to be

submitted by the contractor shall include proposal for
- Maximizing prefabrication, inspection and testing at fabrication shop with

minimum field joints.
- Positive material identification, handling, storage and preservation.
4.2 Dimensional Tolerances
Dimensional tolerances for piping fabrication shall be as per STEP standard. The
contractor shall be responsible for working to the dimensions shown on the
drawings. However, the Contractor shall bear mind in that there may be variations
between the dimensions shown in the drawing and those actually existing at site due
to minor variations in the location of equipments, inserts structures etc. To take care
of these variations “Field Welds” shall be provided during piping fabrication. An
extra pipe length of 100 mm over and above the dimensions indicated in the drawing
may be left on one side of the pipe at each of the field welds. During erection, the
pipe end with extra length at each field weld, shall be cut to obtain the actual
dimension occurring at site. Isometrics, if supplied may have the field welds marked
on them. However, it is the responsibility of the contractor to provide adequate
number of field welds. In case no extra claims will be entertained from the
contractor on this account. Wherever error / omissions occur in the drawings and
Bills of Materials it shall be the contractor’s responsibility to notify the Engineer-in-
Charge prior to fabrication or erection.
4.3 Pipe Joints
4.3.1 The piping class of each line specifies the type of 2” and above in process and utility
piping shall be accomplished by butt welds. Joining of lines 1 – ½” welding /
threaded joints as specified in “Piping Material Specifications”. However, in piping
1 – ½” and below where socket welding / threaded joints are specified butt-welds
may be used with the approval of Engineer-in-Charge for pipe to pipe joining in long
runs of piping. This is only applicable for non-galvanized piping without lining.
SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
4.3.2 Flange joints shall be used at connections to Vessels, Equipments, Valves and where
required for ease of erection and maintenance as indicated in drawings.
4.4 Butt Welded and Socket Welded Piping
End preparation, alignment and fit-up of pipe pieces to be welded, welding, pre-
heating, post heating and heat treatment shall be as described in the welding
specification and NDT specification.
4.5 Screwed Piping
In general galvanized piping shall have threads as per IS: 554 or ANSI B2.1 NPT as
required to match threads on fittings, valves etc. All other piping shall have threads
as per ANSI B2.1, tapered unless specified otherwise.
Threads shall be clean cut, without any burrs or stripping and the ends shall be
reamed. Threading of pipes shall be done preferably after bending, forging or heat
treating operations. If this is not possible, threads shall be gauge checked and chased
after welding heat treatment etc.
During assembly of threaded joints, all threads of pipes and fittings shall be
thoroughly cleaned of cuttings, dirt, oil or any other foreign matter. The male thread
shall be coated with sealant and the joint tightened sufficiently for the threads to
seize and give a leakproof joint.
Threaded joints to be seal-welded shall be cleaned of all foreign matter, including

sealant and made up to full thread engagement before seal welding.
All flange facings shall be true and perpendicular to the axis of pipe to which they
are attached. Flanged bolt holes shall straddle the normal centerlines unless different
orientation is shown in the drawing.
Wherever a spectacle blind is to be provided, drilling and tapping for the jackscrews
in the flange, shall be done before welding it to the pipe.
4.7 Branch Connections
Branch connections shall be as indicated in the piping material specifications. For

end preparation, alignment, spacing, fit-up and welding of branch connections refer
welding specifications. Templates shall be used wherever required to ensure
accurate cutting and proper fit-up.
For all branch connections accomplished either by pipe to pipe connections or by

using forged tees the rates quoted for piping shall be inclusive of this work.
Reinforcement pads shall be provided wherever indicated in drawings /

specifications etc.
4.8 Bending

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
Bending shall be as per ASME B31.3 except that corrugated or creased bends shall
not be used.
Cold bends for lines 1. ½” and below, with a bend radius of 5 times the nominal
diameter shall be used as required in place of elbows wherever allowed by piping
specifications. Bending of pipe 2” and above may be required in some cases like
that for headers around heaters, reactors etc.
The completed bend shall have a smooth surface, free from cracks, buckles,
wrinkles, bulges, flat spots and other serious defects. They shall be true to
dimensions. The flattening of a bend, as measured by the difference between the
maximum and minimum diameters at any cross-section, shall not exceed 8% and 3%
of the nominal outside diameter, for internal and external pressure respectively.
4.9 Forging and Forming
Forging and forming of small bore fittings, like reducing nipples for piping 1 – ½"
and below, shall be as per ASME B 31.3.
4.10 Mitre Bends and Fabricated Reducers
The specific application of welded mitre bends and fabricated reducers shall be
governed by the piping material specifications. Generally all 90 deg. Mitres shall be
4 piece 3-weld type and 45 deg. Mitres shall be 3-piece 2-weld type as per STEP
standard unless otherwise specified. Reducers shall be fabricated as per directions of
Engineer-in-Charge. The radiographic requirements shall be as per Material
Specifications for process and utility systems and NDT Specification.
4.11 Cutting and Trimming of Standard Fittings and Pipes
Components like pipes, elbows, couplings, and halfcouplings etc. shall be

cut/trimmed/edge prepared wherever required to meet fabrication and erection
requirements, as per drawings and instructions of Engineer-in-Charge. Nipples as
required shall be prepared from straight length piping.
4.12 Galvanized Piping
Galvanized carbon steel piping shall be completely cold worked, so as not to damage
galvanized surfaced. This piping involves only threaded joints and additional
external threading on pipes may be required to be done as per requirement.
4.13 Shop Fabrication / Pre-Fabrication
The purpose of shop fabrication or pre-fabrication is to minimize work during

erection to the extenT possible. Piping spool, after fabrication, shall be stacked with
proper identification marks, so as to facilitate their withdrawal at any time during
erection. During this period all flange (gasket contact faces) and threads shall be
adequately protected by coating with a removable rust preventive. Care shall also be
taken to avoid any physical damage to flange faces and threads.
4.14 MISCELLANEOUS
SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
4.14.1 Contractor shall fabricate miscellaneous elements like flash pot, seal pot, sample
cooler, supporting elements like turn buckles, extension of spindles and interlocking
arrangement of valves, operating platforms as required by Engineer-in-Charge.
4.14.2 Spun concrete Lining
The work of inside spun concrete lining of pipes and specials of diameter 3” and
above shall be done as per material specifications and special condition of contract.
Pipes shall be fabricated at site as and when required as per the relevant
specifications and the actual piping material specification.
5.0 ERECTION
5.1 Cleaning of piping before Erection
Before erection all pre-fabricated spool places, pipes, fittings etc. shall be cleaned
inside and outside by suitable means. The cleaning process shall include removal of
all foreign matter such as scale, sand, weld spatter chips etc. by wire brushes,
cleaning tools, etc. and blowing with compressed air or flushing out with water.
Special cleaning requirements for some services, if any shall be as specified in the
piping material specification or isometric or line list. S.S. jacketed piping requiring
pickling shall be pickled to remove oxidation and discolouring due to welding.
5.2 Piping Routing
No deviations from the piping route indicated in drawings shall be permitted without
the consent of Engineer-in-Charge.
Pipe to pipe, pipe to structure / equipments distances / clearances as shown in the

drawings shall be strictly followed as these clearances may be required for the free
expansion of piping / equipment. No deviations from these clearances shall be
permissible without the approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
In case of fouling of a line with other piping, structure, equipment etc. the matter
shall be brought to the notice of Engineer-in-Charge and corrective action shall be
taken as per his instructions.
5.3 Cold Pull
Wherever cold pull is specified, the Contractor shall maintain the necessary gap, as
indicated in the drawing. Confirmation in writing shall be obtained by the
Contractor from the Engineer-in-Charge, certifying that the gap between the pipes is
as indicated in the drawing, before drawing the cold pull. Stress relieving shall be
performed before removing the gadgets for cold pulling.
5.4 Slopes

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
Slopes specified for various lines in the drawings / P & ID shall be maintained by the
Contractor. Corrective action shall be taken by the Contractor in consultation with
Engineer-in-Charge wherever the Contractor is not able to maintain the specified
slope.
5.5 Expansion Joints / Bellows
Installation of Expansion Joints / Bellows shall be as follows :
5.5.1 All expansion joints / bellows shall be installed in accordance with the specification
and installation drawings, supplied to the Contractor.
5.5.2 a. Upon receipt, the Contractor shall remove the Expansion Joints / Bellows
from the case(s) and check for any damage occurred during transit.
b. The contractor shall bring to the notice of the Engineer-in-Charge any

damage done to the bellows / corrugations, hinges, tie-rods, flanges / welds
ends etc.
c. Each expansion Joint / Below shall be blown free of dust / foreign matter
with compressed air or shall be cleaned with a piece of cloth.
5.5.3 a. For handling and installation of Expansion Joints, great care shall be taken
while aligning. An Expansion Joint shall never be slinged from bellows
corrugations / external shrouds, tie rods, angles.
b. An expansion joint / bellow shall preferably be aligned from the end pipes /
flanges or on the middle pipe.
5.5.4 a. All expansion joints shall be delivered to the contractor at 'Installation length'
maintained by means of shipping rods, angles welded to the flanges or weld
ends or by wooden or metallic stops.
b. Expansion Joints stop blocks shall be carefully removed after hydrostatic

testing. Angles welded to the flanges or welds ends shall be trimmed by saw
as per manufacturer's instructions and the flanges or weld end shall be ground
smooth.
5.5.5 a. The pipe ends in which the Expansion Joint is to be installed

shall be perfectly aligned or shall have specified lateral deflection as noted
on the relevant drawings.
c. The pipe ends / flanges shall be spaced at a distance specified in the

drawings.
5.5.6 The expansion joint shall be placed between the mating pipe ends / flanges and shall
be tack welded / bolted. The mating pipes shall again be checked for correct
alignment.
5.5.7 Butt-welding shall be carried out at each end of the expansion joint. For flanged
Expansion Joint, the mating flanges shall be bolted.
SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
5.5.8 After the expansion joint is installed the Contractor shall ensure that the mating pipes
and Expansion Joints are in correct alignment and that the pipes are supported and
guided.
5.5.9 The joint shall not have any lateral deflection. The contractor shall maintain
parallelism of restraining rings or bellows convolutions.
5.5.10 Precautions
a. For carrying out welding, earthing lead shall not be attached with the
Expansion Joint.
b. The expansion bellow shall be protected from arc weld spot and welding
spatter.
c. Hydrostatic Testing of the system having Expansion Joint shall be performed

with the shipping lugs in position. These lugs shall be removed after testing
and certification is over.
While fitting up mating flanges, care shall be exercised for trueness, so that faces of
the flanges can be pulled together, without inducing any stresses in the pipes and the
equipment nozzles. Extra care shall be taken for flange connections to pumps,
turbines, compressors, cold boxes, air coolers etc. The flange connections to these
equipments shall be checked for misalignment, excessive gap etc. after the final
alignment of the equipment is over. The joint shall be made up after obtaining
approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Temporary protective covers shall be retained on all flange connections of pumps,

turbines, compressors, and other similar equipments, until the piping is finally
connected, so as to avoid any foreign material from entering these equipments.
The assembly of a flange joint shall be done is such a way that the gasket between
these flange faces is uniformly compressed. To achieve this the bolts shall be
tightened in a proper sequence. All bolts shall extend completely through their nuts
but not more than ¼”.
Steel to C.I. flange joints shall be made up with extreme care, tightening the bolts
uniformly after bringing flange flush with gaskets with accurate pattern and lateral
alignment.
5.7 Vents and Drains
High point vents and low point drain shall be provided as per the instructions of
Engineer-in-Charge, even if these are not shown in the drawings.
The rating of vent and drain connections shall be as per piping material specification.
Size of vent and drain valve shall be chosen in accordance with the characteristics of
the liquid. In any case, these will not be less than :

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
Line Size Vent / Drain Size
1 - ½" NPS or less ½" NPS

2" NPS or more ¾" NPS
5.8 Valves
Valves shall be installed with spindle / actuator orientation / position as shown in the
layout drawings. In case of any difficulty in doing this or if the spindle orientation /
position is not shown in the drawings, the Engineer-in-
Charge shall be consulted and work done as per his instructions. Care shall be
exercised to ensure that globe valves, check valves and other unidirectional valves
are installed with the Flow Direction arrow” on the valve body pointing in the
correct direction. If the direction of the arrow is not marked on such valves, this
shall be done in the presence of Engineer-in-Charge before installation.
Fabrication of stem extensions, locking arrangements and interlocking arrangements

of valves (if called for), shall be carried out as per drawings / instructions of
Engineer-in-Charge.
5.9 Instruments
Installation of in-line instruments such as restriction orifices, control valves, safety

valves, relief valves, rotameters, orifice flange assembly, venturimeters, flowmeters
etc. shall form part of piping erection work.
Fabrication and erection of piping upto first block valve / nozzle / flange for
installation of offline Instruments for measurement of level, pressure, temperature,
flow etc. shall also form part of piping construction work. The limits of piping and
instrumentations work will be shown in drawings / standards / specifications.
Orientations / locations of take-offs for temperature, pressure, flow, level
connections etc. shows in drawings shall be maintained.
Flushing and testing of piping systems which include instruments mentioned above
and the precautions to be taken are covered in inspection, flushing & testing of
piping. Care shall be exercised and adequate precautions taken to avoid damage and
entry of foreign matter into instruments during transportation, installation and
testing, etc.
5.10 Line Mounted Equipment / Items
Installation of line mounted items like filters, strainers, air trap, desuperheaters,
ejectors, samples coolers, mixers, flame arrestors, sight glasses, etc. including their
supporting arrangements shall form part of piping erection work.
5.11 Bolts and Nuts

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
The contractor shall apply molycoat grease mixed with graphite powder (unless
otherwise specified in piping classes) on all bolts and nuts during storage, after
erection and wherever flange connections are broken and made-up for any purpose
whatsoever. The grease and graphite powder shall be supplied by the Contractor
within the rates for piping work.
5.12 Pipe Supports
Pipe supports are designed and located to effectively sustain the weight and thermal
effects of the piping system and to prevent its vibration / dislocation. Contractor
shall locate and design pipe supports in line with STEP standards and obtain
approval of STEP / Engineer-in-Charge on drawings prepared by Contractor, before
erection. However, any extra supports desired by Engineer-in-Charge shall also be
installed.
No pipe shoe / cradle shall be offset unless specifically shown in the drawings.
Hanger rods shall be installed inclined in a direction opposite to the direction in

which the pipe move during expansion.
Present pins of all spring supports shall be removed only after hydrostatic testing and
insulation is over. Springs shall be checked for the range of movement and adjusted
if necessary to obtain the correct positioning in cold condition. These shall be
subsequently adjusted to hot setting in operating condition. The following points
shall be checked after installation with the Engineer-in-Charge and necessary
confirmation in writing obtained certifying that :
• All restraints have been installed correctly.

• Clearances have been maintained as per support drawings.
• Insulation does not restrict thermal expansion.
• All temporary tack welds provided during erection have been fully removed.
• All welded supports have been fully welded;

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QMP-05-3A
SPECIFICATION
FOR
CHOKE VALVE

SPECIFICATION
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., FOR CHOKE VALVE 9473-03-TS-011 0
New Delhi
Sheet 1 of 5
16-QMP-05-3B
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE 3
2.0 BASIS OF BIDDING 3
3.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 3
4.0 VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENTS 3
5.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING 3
6.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY 4
7.0 GUARANTEE 4
SPECIFICATION
FOR CHOKE VALVE 9473-03-TS-011 0
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 2 of 5
16-QMP-05-3B
SPECIFICATION FOR CHOKE VALVE
1.0 SCOPE
This specification defines the Purchaser’s requirements for the supply of manually
adjustable choke valves to be installed on process lines.
2.0 BASIS OF BIDDING
Bidder shall quote for the manually adjustable choke valve based on the requirements given
in this specification and the attached data sheets.
3.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
3.1 Valves offered shall comply with the requirements shown in the tags sheets.
3.2 The choke valve and accessories shall be provided with permanently attached tags of SS
316.
3.3 Painting shall be as per specification no. 03-TS-024.
4.0 VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENTS
Bidder shall furnish drawings and documents with bid and after order as per the attached
“Vendor Data Requirements” sheet.
5.1 The choke valve shall be subjected to stagewise and final testing and inspection by Bidder
at their shop.
5.2 Bidder shall give minimum 15 days prior notice to Purchaser for shop inspection and tests.
These tests will be witnessed by purchaser / representative.
5.3 The valve shall be tested as indicated in the respective valve data sheets (as broadly listed
below) -
5.3.1 Visual and dimensional inspection.

5.3.2 Review of material test certificates.
5.3.3 Any mandatory or supplement test.
5.3.4 Hydrostatic test of body at 1.5 times the design pressure.
5.3.5 Seat leak test at design differential pressure.
5.3.6 Calibration of choke valve.
SPECIFICATION
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 3 of 5
16-QMP-05-3B
6.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
6.1 Bidder’s scope of supply include the manually adjustable choke valves complete with
accessories as specified and quantified in the data sheets.
6.2 Bidder shall provide spare parts needed for start-up and commissioning.
6.3 Bidder shall also recommend and separately quote for the spare parts (with itemwise prices)
needed for two years normal operation and maintenance.
7.0 GUARANTEE
Bidder shall guarantee the choke valve along with accessories against any deficiency or
defects in design, materials, workmanship and performance as per the terms of the general
purchase conditions.
SPECIFICATION
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 4 of 5
16-QMP-05-3B
After Purchase Order

No. of For
Prints For Record
S.No. Description Approval
with No. of No. of
Proposal No. of Prints Reprodu Prints
cibles
Leaflets / Catalogues (Main
01. Equipment and Auxiliary 6 - - -
Equipments)
Catalogues for components
02. 6 - - -
Vendor’s scope
03. List of Deviations 6 - - -
Completed Data Sheets (Main /
04. 6 6 2 6
Auxiliary Equipments)
05. Auxiliary Equipment Sheets 6 6 2 6
G.A. Drawing including auxiliary,
all piping including valving and
06. - 6 2 6
other accessories, and purchasers
piping connections.
Parts list with cross-sectional
Drawing giving main critical
07. - 6 2 6
clearances for main and auxiliary
equipments.
08. Component outline Drawings 6 6 2 6
Test Certificates / records for all
non-destructive tests specified in
09. - 6 2 6
specification / data sheets such as
radiography, ultrasonic etc.
Inspection and Test Reports (i.e.
10. Hydrostatic test performance test - 6 2 6
etc.)
Manufacturer’s Test Certificates for
11. - 6 2 6
Suborder items.
12. Vendor quality assurance practices 6 6 2 6
13. Installation / Operating Instructions - 6 2 6

List of Spare parts recommended
14. 6 6 2 6
for two years operation.
SPECIFICATION
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 5 of 5
16-QSP-05-3B
SPECIFICATION
FOR
PAINTING

ww

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., PAINTING
word
New Delhi
Sheet 1 of 24
16-QSP-05-3B
SPECIFICATION FOR PAINTING
INDEX
1. GENERAL
2. SCOPE
3. CODES & STANDARDS
4. EQUIPMENT
5. SURFACE PREPARATION
6. PAINT MATERIALS
7. STORAGE
8. COLOUR CODE FOR PIPING
9. IDENTIFICATION
10. PAINTING FOR CIVIL DEFENCE REQUIREMENTS
11. INSPECTION AND TESTING
12. GUARANTEE
13. SCHEME FOR COLOUR CODING FOR PIPING, VESSELS, COLUMNS,

DRUMS, HEAT EXCHANGERS AND MACHINERY ETC.
14. COLOUR CODE FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL
15. STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR PRIMERS AND FINISH COATS

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 These technical specifications shall be applicable for the work covered by this bid
package, over and above and without prejudice to the various codes of practice,
standard specifications, etc. it being specifically understood that bidder shall carry
out the work in all respects with the best quality of materials and workmanship and
in accordance with the best engineering practice and instructions of Engineer-in-
Charge.
1.2 Wherever it is stated in the specification that a specific material is to be supplied or a

specific work is to be done, it shall be deemed that the same shall be supplied or
carried out by the bidder at his own cost.
2.0 SCOPE
2.1 Scope of work covered in this specification shall include, without being limited to
the following :
2.1.1 This specification defines the requirements for surface preparation, selection and
application of paints on external surfaces of equipment, vessels, machinery, piping,
ducts, steel structures etc.
2.2 Extent of Works
2.2.1 The following surfaces and materials shall require painting.
a) All uninstalled equipment like columns, vessels, drums, storage tanks, heat
exchangers, pumps etc.
b) All uninsulated carbon steel piping, fittings and valves (including painting of
identification marks).
c) Equipment and piping contained in a package unit as necessary.
d) All structural steel work, pipe structural steel supports, walkways, handrails,
ladders, platforms etc.
e) MS chimneys with or without refractory lining.
f) Identification colour bands on all piping as required including insulated

aluminium clad, galvanized, SS and nonferrous piping.
g) Identification lettering / numbering on all painted surfaces of equipment /

piping.
h) Hazardous content marking / identification signs on painted surfaces of

equipment / piping.
i) All uninsulated carbon steel piping furnaces, ducts, stacks etc. for
temperatures 80 deg. - 400 deg C.

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
2.2.2 The following surfaces and materials shall not require painting :
a) Non - ferrous materials.
b) Austenitic stainless steel.
c) Insulated surface of equipments and pipes except colour coding wherever

required.
d) Painted equipment like pumps, valves etc. with finishing coats in good
condition and with matching colour code.
2.3 Documents
2.3.1 The bidder shall perform the work in accordance with the following documents :
a) Bill of materials prepared by bidder on the basis of the drawings and

documents supplied by the consultant.
b) Painting specifications including special civil defence requirements.
2.4 Pipes and equipment shall be painted only after the mechanical completion, testing as
well as after completion of purging wherever required.
3.0 CODES & STANDARDS
3.1 Without prejudice to the provision of clause 1.0 above and the detailed specifications
of the contract, the following codes and standards shall be followed for the work
covered by this contract :
IS - 5 Colours for ready mixed paints and enamels.
IS - 101 Methods of test for ready mixed paints and enamels.
IS - 161 Heat resisting paints.
IS - 2074 Specifications for ready mixed paint, red oxide zinc chrome priming.
IS - 2339 Aluminium paint for general purposes in dual container.
IS - 2379 Colour code for Identification of pipelines.
IS - 2932 Specification for enamel, synthetic, exterior
a) Undercoating b) Finishing

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
3.2 Surface Preparation Standards
Following standards shall be followed for surface preparations :
3.2.1 Swedish Standard Institution - SIS – 05-5900 - 1967 (Surface preparation standards
for painting Steel surfaces).
3.2.2 Steel Structures painting council, U.S.A. (Surface Preparation Specification)

SSPC-SP
3.2.3 British Standards Institution (Surface Finish of Blast cleaned for painting) BS-4232.
3.2.4 National Association of Corrosion Engineers. U.S.A. (NACE)
3.3 The Bidder shall arrange, at his own cost to keep a set of latest edition of above
standards and codes at site.
3.4 The paint manufacturer's instructions shall be followed as far as practicable at all
times. Particular attention shall be paid to the following :-
a) Proper storage to avoid exposure as well as extremes of temperature.
b) Surface preparation price to painting.
c) Mixing and thinning.
d) Application of paints and the recommended limit on time intervals between

coats.
3.5 Any painting work (including surface preparation) on piping or equipment shall be
commenced only after the system tests have been completed and clearance for taking
up painting work is given by the Engineer-in-Charge, who may, however, at his
discretion authorize in writing, the taking up of surface preparation or painting work
in any specific location : even prior to completion of system test.
4.0 EQUIPMENT
4.1 All tools, brushes, rollers, spray guns, blast material, hand power tools for cleaning
and all equipment, scaffolding material, shot / sand blasting equipment and air
compressors etc. required to be used shall be suitable for the work and all in good
order and shall be arranged by the bidder at site and in sufficient quantity.
4.2 Mechanical mixing shall be used for paint mixing operations in case of two pack
systems except that the Engineer-in-Charge may allow the hand mixing of small
quantities at his discretion.
5.0 SURFACE PREPARATION
5.1 General

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
5.1.1 In order to achieve the maximum durability, one or more of the following methods of
surface preparation shall be followed, depending on condition of steel surface and as
instructed by Engineer-in-Charge. Adhesion of the paint film to surface depends
largely on the degree of cleanliness of the metal surface. Proper surface preparation
contributes more to the success of the paint protective system :
a) Manual or hand tool cleaning.

b) Mechanical or power tool cleaning.
c) Blast cleaning.
5.1.2 Mill scale, rust rust scale and foreign matter shall be removed full to ensure that a
clean and dry surface is obtained. The minimum acceptable standard in case of
manual or hand tool cleaning shall be ST. 2 equivalent, in case of mechanical or
power tool cleaning it shall be St. 3 and in case of blast cleaning it shall be Sa 2-½ as
per Swedish Standard SIS-055900-1967 or equivalent. Where highly corrosive
conditions exist then blast cleaning shall be Sa3 as per Swedish Standard.
Remove all other contaminants, oil, grease etc. by use of an aromatic solvent prior to
surface cleaning.
5.1.3 Blast cleaning shall not be performed where dust can contaminate surfaces
undergoing such cleaning or during humid weather conditions having humidity
exceed 85%.
5.1.4 Irrespective of the method of surface preparation, the first coat of primer must be
applied by brush on dry surface, this should be done immediately and in any case
within 4 hours of cleaning of surface. However, at times of unfavorable weather
conditions, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the liberty to control the time period,
at his sole discretion and / or to insist on recleaning, as may be required, before
primer application is taken up. In general, during unfavorable weather conditions,
blasting and painting shall be avoided as far as applicable.
5.2 Procedure of Surface Preparation
5.2.1 Manual tool cleaning normally consists of the following :
a) Hand descaling and / or hammering.
b) Hand Scraping
c) Hand wire brushing
Rust, mill scale spatters, old coatings and other foreign matter, shall be removed by
hammering, scraping tools, emery paper cleaning, wire brushing or combination of
the above methods. On completion of cleaning, loose material shall be removed
from the surface by clean rags and the surface shall be brushed, swept, dedusted and
blown off with compressed air to remove all loose matter.

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
5.2.2 Mechanical or Power tool cleaning
Power tool cleaning shall be done by mechanical striking tools, chipping hammers,
grinding wheels or rotating steel wire - brushes. Excessive brushing of surface shall
be avoided as it can reduce paint adhesion. On completion of cleaning, the detached
rust mill scale etc. shall be removed by clean rags and / or washed by water or steam
and thoroughly dried with compressed air jet before application of paint.
5.2.3 Blast cleaning :
The surface shall be blast cleaned using one of the abrasives : sand or chilled cast
iron or malleable iron and steel at pressure of 7 Kg/cm2 at appropriate distance and
angle depending on nozzle size maintaining constant velocity and pressure. Chilled
cast iron, malleable iron and steel shall be in the form of shot or grit of size not
greater than 0.055" maximum in case of steel and malleable iron and 0.04" maximum
in case of chilled iron, compressed air shall be free from moisture and oil. On
completion of sand blasting operation, the blasted surface shall be clean and free
from any scale or rust and must show a grey white metallic lusture, primer or first
coat of paint shall be applied within 4 hours of surface preparation. Blast cleaning
shall not be done outdoors in bad weather without adequate protection or when there
is dew on the metal which is to be cleaned or humidity exceeding 85% surface
profile shall be uniform to provide good key to the paint (i.e. 25 to 35 microns).
5.3 Rub down and touch up of primer
The shop coated surfaces shall be rubbed down thoroughly with emery paper to
remove all dust, rust and other foreign matters, washed with degreasing solvent
(white spirit) to completely remove grease etc. then cleaned with warm fresh water
and air dried. The portions, where from the shop coat has peeled off, shall be
touched up and allowed to dry before giving one coat of primer.
The compacitibility between shop coat and field primer should be ascertained from
paint manufacturer. In case degreasing with white spirit is not effective, the surface
should be finally wiped clean with an aromatic solvent like xylol or light naphtha.
5.4 Non-Compatible shop coat primer
The compatibility of finishing coat should be confirmed from the paint manufacturer.
In the event of use of primer such as Zinc Rich epoxy, Inorganic Zinc Silicate etc. as
shop coat, the paint system shall depend on condition of shop coat. If the shop coat
is in satisfactory condition showing no major defects, the shop coat shall not be
removed. The touch up prime and finishing coat (s) shall be identified for
application by Engineer-in-Charge.
5.5 Shop coated (coated with primer & finishing coat) equipment should not be repainted
unless paint is damaged or if the colour code / shade is different from the specified.
5.6 Shop primed equipment and surfaces will only be 'spot' cleaned in damaged areas by
means of power tool brush cleaning or hand tool cleaning and then spot primed
before applying one coat of field primer unless otherwise specified. If shop primer is

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
not compatible with field primer then shop coated primer should be completely
removed before application of selected paint system for particular environment.
5.7 For package units / equipment, shop primer should be as per the paint system given
for particular environment.
TABLE
SURFACE PREPARATIONS STANDARDS
For
Sl. Service
Description Various International Standard (Equivalent)
No. Conditions
Swedish USA NACE British

Standard SSPC-SP Standard
SIS-05-5900 BS-4232
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1. MANUAL OR ST 2 SSPC-SP-2 - - This method
HAND TOOL Equivalent is applied
CLEANING when the
surface is
Removal of loose rust, exposed to
loose mill scale and normal atmo-
loose paint to degree spheric
specified by hand conditions
Chipping, Scrapping, when other
Sanding and wire methods
brushing. Surface cannot be
should have faint adopted and
metallic shine also for spot
cleaning
during
maintenance
painting.
2. MECHANICAL OR ST. 3 SSPC - SP-3 - - -
POWER TOOL
CLEANING
Removal of loose rust,

mill scale and loose
paint to degree
specified by power
tool chipping,
descaling, sanding,
wire brushing and
grinding. After
removal of dust,
surface should have a
pronounced metallic
shine.
3. BLAST CLEANING
There are four

common grades of
blast cleaning.

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
Sl. Description Various International Standard (Equivalent) For Service

No. Conditions
Swedish USA NACE British

Standard SSPC-SP Standard
SIS-05-5900 BS-4232
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3.1 White Metal
Blast cleaning nearly Sa 2-1/2 SSPC-SP-10 NACE-2 Second The min.

to white metal Quality requirement
cleanliness until at for
least 95% of each chemically
element of surface area resistant paint
is free of all visible systems such
residues (for high as epoxy,
humidity, chemical vinyl,
atmosphere sarine or polyurethane
other corrosive based and In-
environment). organic zinc
silicate
paints. Also
for
conventional
paint systems
used under
fairly
corrosive
conditions to
obtain desired
life of paint
system.
3.3 Commercial Blast
Blast cleaning until at Sa - 2 SSPC-SP-6 NACE-3 Third For steel

least two-thirds of each Quality required to be
element of surface area painted with
free of all visible conventional
residues (For rather paints for
severe conditions of exposure to
exposure) mildly
corrosive
atmosphere
for longer life
of the paint
systems.
3.4 Brush-off Blast
Blast cleaning of all Sa - 1 SSPC -SP - 1 NACE-4 - -

except tightly adhering
residues of mill scale
rust and coatings,
exposing numerous
evenly distributed
flecks of underlying
metal

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
6.0 PAINT MATERIALS
Manufacturers shall furnish the characteristics of all paints indicating the suitability
for the required service conditions. Primer and finish coats shall be of class-I quality
and shall conform to the following:
6.1 Primer
6.1.1 Primer (P-1)
Red oxide Zinc Chromate Primer
Type Single pack
Composition Modified phenolic alkyd

Medium pigmented with
Redoxide and zinc chromate
Volume solid 30 - 35%
DFT 25 micron / coat (min)

Covering capacity 12 - 13 M2 / lit / coat
6.1.2 Primer (P-5)

Epoxy Zinc Chromate Primer
Type Two pack
Composition Polyamide cured epoxy resin
Medium pigmented with Red Oxide
And Zinc Chromate
Volume solids 40% (min.)
DFT 35 MICRONS / COAT (MIN.)
Covering Capacity 11 - 12 M2 / WC / Coat
6.1.3 Primer (P - 8)
Epoxy Red Oxide zinc phosphate primer
Type Two pack
Composition Polyamine cured epoxy resin medium
Pigmented with Red Oxide and Zinc
Phosphate
Volume Solids 42% (min.)
DFT 30 microns / coat (min.)

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
6.2 Finish Coats

6.2.1 Finish Coat (F-1)
Synthetic Enamel
Type Single pack
Composition Alkyd medium pigmented with
Superior quality water & weather
Resistant pigments.
Volume solids 30 - 40%
DFT 20 - 25 microns / coat
6.2.2 Finish Coat (F - 2)
Acrylic Polyurethane paint
Type Two pack
Composition Acrylic resin and isocynate

Hardener suitably pigmented.
6.2.3 Finish Coat (F - 7)
High build coat Tan Epoxy
Type Two pack
Composition Polyamine cured epoxy resin

Blended with coal tar
Covering capacity 6.0 - 6.5 M2 / lit / coat

Notes :

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
A. Covering capacity and DFT depends on method of application. Covering capacity

specified above are theoretical. Allowing the losses during application, min
specified DFT should be maintained.
B. All primers and finish coats should be cold cured and air drying unless otherwise
specified.
C. All paints shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for surface
preparation, intervals, curing & application. The surface preparation, quality and
workmanship should be ensured.
D. Technical data sheets for all paints shall be supplied at the time of submission of
quotations.
6.3 Manufacturers
The paints shall conform to the specification given above and class I quality in their
products range of any of the following manufacturers.
i) Asian Paints (India) Ltd.
ii) Bombay Paints
iii) Berger Paints India Ltd.
iv) Goodlass Nerolac Paints Ltd.
v) Garware Paints
vi) Jenson & Nicholson
vii) Shalimar Paints
7.0 STORAGE
7.1 All paints and painting material shall be stored only in rooms to be provided by
bidder and approved by Engineer-in-Charge for the purpose. All necessary
precautions shall be taken to prevent fire. The storage building shall preferably be
separate from adjacent building. A signboard bearing the words "PAINT STORAGE
- NO NAKED LIGHT - HIGHLY INFLAMMABLE" shall be clearly displayed
outside.
8.0 COLOUR CODE FOR PIPING
8.1 For identification of pipelines, the colour code as per ANNEXURE-II shall be used.
8.2 The colour code scheme if intended for identification of the individual group of the
pipeline. The system of colour coding consists of ground colour and colour bands
superimposed on it.

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
8.3 Colours (ground) as given in ANNEXURE-II shall be applied throughout the entire
length for uninsulated pipes. For insulated pipes on the metal cladding & on surfaces
covered by clause 2.2.2 ground colour coating of minimum 2 m length or of adequate
length not to be mistaken as colour band shall be applied at places requiring colour
bands. Colour band(s) shall be applied at the following location.
a) At battery limit points
b) Intersection points & change of direction points in piping ways.
c) Other points, such as midway of each piping way, near valves, junction joints
of service appliances, walls on either side of pipe culverts.
d) For long stretch / yard piping at 50 M interval.
e) At start and terminating point.
8.4 Identification Sign
8.4.1 Flow direction shall be indicated by an arrow in the location stated in para a, b, c & d
and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
8.4.2 Colour of arrows shall be black or white and in contrast to the colour on which they
are superimposed.
8.4.3 Product names shall be marked at pump inlet, outlet and battery limit in a suitable
size as approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
8.5 Colour Bands
8.5.1 As a rule minimum width of colour band shall conform to the following table.
Nominal Pipe Size Width : L (mm)
3" NB and below 25 mm
Over 4" NB up to 6" NB 50 mm
Over 3" NB up to 12" OD 75 mm
Over 14" OD & Over 100 mm
Note : * For insulated pipes, nominal pipe size means the outside diameter of insulation.
Nominal pipe size figures are to be in inches.
8.5.2 Colour band(s) shall be arranged in the sequence shown in ANNEXURE-II and the
sequence follows the direction of flow. The relative proportional width of the first
colours band to the subsequent bands shall be 4 : 1, minimum width of any band
shall be as per clause 8.5.1.

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
8.6 Whenever it is required by the Engineer-in-Charge to indicate that a pipeline carries

a hazardous material, a hazard marking of diagonal stripes of block and golden
yellow as per IS : 2379 shall be painted on the ground colour.
9.0 IDENTIFICATION OF VESSELS, PIPING ETC.
9.1 Equipment number shall be stenciled in black or white on each vessel, column,
equipment & machinery (insulated or unisulated) after painting. Line number in
black or white shall be stenciled on all the pipelines of more than one location as
directed by Engineer-in-Charge. Size of letters printed shall be as below :-
Column & vessels - 150 mm (high)
Pump, compressor - 50 mm (high)

& other machinery
Piping - 25 - 150 mm
9.2 Identification of storage tanks : The storage tanks shall be marked as detailed in the
drawing.
10.0 PAINTING FOR CIVIL DEFENCE REQUIREMENTS (IF SPECIFIED)
10.1 Following items shall be painted for camouflaging
a) All columns c) Large vessels
b) All tanks in Offsites d) Spheres
10.2 Two coats of selected finishing paint as per defence requirement shall be applied in a
particular pattern as per 10.3 and as per the instruction Engineer-in-Charge.
10.3 METHOD OF CAMOUFLAGING
10.3.1 Disruptive painting for camouflaging shall be done as per pattern of Army's
Prevailing norms. (ANNEXURE - 1)
11.1 All painting materials including primers & thinners brought to site by bidder for
application shall be procured directly from manufacturers as per specifications and
shall be accompanied by manufacturer's test certificates. Paint formulations without
certificates are not acceptable.
11.2 Engineer-in-Charge at his discretion, may call for tests for paint formulations.
Bidder shall arrange to have such tests performed including batch wise test of wet

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
paints for physical & chemical analysis. All costs there shall be borne by the
contractor.
11.3 The painting work shall be subject to inspection by Engineer-in-Charge at all times.
In particular, following stage wise inspection will be performed and bidder shall
offer the work for inspection and approval of every stage before proceeding with the
next stage. The record of inspection shall be maintained in the registers. Stages of
inspection are as follows :
a) Surface preparation
b) Primer application.
c) Each coat of paint.
In addition to above, record should include type of shop primer already applied on
equipment e.g. Red oxide zinc chromate or zinc chromate or Red lead primer etc.
Any defect noticed during the various stages of inspection shall be rectified by the
bidder to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge before proceeding further.
Irrespective of the inspection, repair and approval at intermediate stages of work,
contractor shall be responsible for making good any defects found during final
inspection / guarantee period / defect liability period as defined in general condition
of the contract. Dry film thickness (D F T) shall be checked and recorded after
application of each coat and extra coat of paint should be applied to make up the
DFT specified without any extra cost to owner.
11.4 Primer application:
After surface preparation, the primer should be worked by brush application to cover
the crevices, corners, sharp edges etc. in the presence of inspector nominated by
Engineer-in-Charge.
11.5 The shades of successive coats should be slightly different in colour in order to
ensure application of individual coats. The thickness of each coat and complete
coverage should be checked as per provision of this specification. This should be
approved by Engineer-in-Charge before application of successive coats.
11.6 The bidder shall provide standard thickness measurement instrument with
appropriate range(s) for measuring dry film thickness of each coat, surface profile
gauge for checking the surface profile in case of sand blasting. Holiday detectors
and pinhole detector and protector whenever required for checking in case of
immerse conditions.
11.7 Prior to application of paints on surfaces of chimney, the thickness of the individual
coat shall be checked by application of each coat of same paint on test M.S. panel.
The thickness of paint on test panel shall be determined by using thickness gauge
such as Elcometer. The thickness of each coat shall be checked as per provision of
this specification. This shall be approved by Engineer-in-Charge before application
of paints on the surface of chimney.

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
11.8 At the discretion of Engineer-in-Charge. The paint manufacturer must provide the
expert technical service at site as and when required. This service should be free of
cost and without any obligation to the owner, as it would be in the interest of the
manufacturer to ensure that both surface preparation and application are carried out
as per their recommendation.
11.9 Final inspection shall include measurement of paint dry film thickness, check of
finish and workmanship. The thickness should be measured at as many points /
locations as decided by Engineer-in-Charge and shall be within +10% of the dry film
thickness.
12.0 GUARANTEE
12.1 The bidder shall guarantee that the chemical and physical properties of paint
materials used are in accordance with the specifications contained herein / to be
provided during execution of work.
12.2 The bidder shall produce test reports from manufacturer regarding the quality of the
particular batch of paint supplied. The Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to
test wet samples of paint of random for quality of same as stipulated in clause 11
above. Batch test reports of the manufacturer's for each of paints supplied shall be
made available by the bidder.
Note :
1. Primers & finish coats for any particular paint systems shall be from same
manufacturer in order to ensure compatibility.

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
13.0 SCHEME FOR COLOUR CODING FOR PIPING, VESSELS, COLUMNS,

DRUMS, HEAT EXCHANGES AND MACHINERY ETC.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SL. CONTENT GROUND 1ST COLOUR 2ND COLOUR
NO. COLOUR BAND BAND
===================================================================
1. ALL KIND OF WATER
a) Drinking Water Sea Green French blue Signal Red
b) De-mineralized
Water do Light orange -
c) Cooling Water do French Blue -
d) boiler feed do Gulf Red -

Water
e) Fire Water Fire Red Signal Red -
f) Condensate Sea Green Light Brown -
2. STEAM
a) Very high Aluminium to Silver Grey -

Pressure IS: 2339
Steam (VHP)
b) High-pressure do French Blue -

steam (SH)
c) Medium Pressure
Steam (SM) do Gulf Red -
d) Low Pressure
Steam (SL) do Canary yellow -
3. COMPRESSED AIR
a) Plant air Sky Blue Silver Grey -
b) Instrument
Air do French Blue -

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
4. GASES
a) Hydrogen Canary Yellow Signal Red French Blue
b) Nitrogen - do - Black -
c) Flare cases - do -
d) Hydrogen - do - Gulf Red -

sulphide
e) Sulphur Dark Violet Brilliant Green -

di-oxide
f) Ammonia - do - - -
g) Chlorine - do - Signal Red -
h) HCN - do - French Blue -
i) Butane Canary Yellow
j) Ethylene Oxide - do - Dark Violet Brilliant

Green
k) Ethylene - do - - do - Signal
Red
l) Methane - do - Signal Red Lt.Brown
m) Propane - do - - do - Black
n) Oxygen - do - white
o) Hexane - do - Signal Red Brilliant

Green
5. ACIDS
a) Sulphuric Acid Dark Brilliant Green Light

Orange
b) Nitric Acid - do - French Blue - do -
c) Hydrochloric
Acid - do - Signal Red Light
Orange
d) Acetic - do - Silver Grey -

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
6. HYDRO CARBONS
a) Naphtha Dark Grey
b) Propylene F.P. - do - Brilliant -

(liq.) Green
c) Propylene C.G.
(Liq.) - do - - do - Smoke Grey
d) Ethylene Glycol - do - - do - -
e) Ethylene di-chloride - do - Gulf Red -
f) Benzene - do - Canary Yellow -
g) Butadiene - do - Black -
7. Oils - all kinds Light Brown
8. Alkalis-all kinds Smoke Grey
9. All liquids gases which Black

do not need individual
identification
14.0 COLOUR CODE FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL
14.1 Gantry girder & monorail Dark Green

14.2 Gantry girder & monorail stopper Signal Red
14.3 Building structural steel columns, brackets Dark admiralty
Beams, bracings, roof truss, purlins, grey
Sidegirts, louvers, stringers
14.4 Pipe rack structure & trestle Dark admiralty
grey
14.5 Chequered Plate (Plain Face) Black
14.6 Grating Black
14.7 Ladder Rungs-black
verticals & cage- red.
14.8 Hand railing Hand rail )
Middle Rail ) Signal Red
Toe Plate )
Vertical Post : Black

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
15.0 STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR PRIMERS AND FINISH COATS
Sl. Description Temp. Range Surface Primer Min. Total DFT. Remarks
No. Deg. C Preparation Finish in microns
Coat
15.1 Uninsulated Up to 65 deg C Manual /
columns, upon Mechanical
heat exchangers, Two Coats Two coats 90
towers, piping, P-1 F-1
pumps, blowers, 25 microns 20 microns / coats
compressors & / coat (min.) (min.)
all structural steel
works
15.2 Uninsulated Upto 80 deg C. Blast cleaning Two coats Two coats 130
petroleum P- F-2
product storage 33 microns / 30 microns / coat
tanks. coat (min.) (min.)
15.3 Internal Up to 80 deg. C Blast Cleaning Two coats Two coats 260
protection of P-8 F-7
fixed roofs and 30 microns/ 100 microns / coat
300 mm ht. Of Coat (min.) (min.)
shell from top of
crude oil /
products
15.4 Up to 80 deg. C Blast - - Sand
Cleaning blasting
Underside of
shall be
Tank bottom
done to
(soil side)
remove
storage tanks
mills scale
etc.
Attachment :
1) Annexure - 1 - 1 Sheet - 9124-03-SP-318/01

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
ANNEXURE - I
1. All outer surfaces of vessels, of vessels, tanks, building, walls etc. will have
disruptive paint as per practice followed by armed forces. The following colours are
approved by the Army for the above.
i) Sand / Peach Colour
ii) Olive green
iii) Ruse colour.
2. All piping will have send colour paint. Long piping (20 - 30 mm) will have
disruptive pattern. Colour code in piping for easy identification by operating staff is
acceptable e.g. red colour in fire water header or as per the colour mentioned in this
specification.
Except for the colour mentioned above all other specifications remain mandatory as
mentioned in this specification.

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
ANNEXURE – II

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B

SPECIFICATION
FOR 9473-03-TS-012 1
Word

SPECIFICATION
FOR
EXAMINATION OF PIPING
WELDING

ww

SPECIFICATION FOR
EXAMINATION OF PIPE 9473-03-TS-013 1
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., WELDING
word
New Delhi
Sheet 1 of 12
16-QSP-05-3B
SPECIFICATION FOR EXAMINATION OF PIPING WELDING
INDEX
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Scope
1.2 Definitions
1.3 Approval of the procedures
1.4 Personnel concerned with examinations
1.5 Documents
2.0 VISUAL EXAMINATION
2.1 General requirements
3.0 RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION
3.1 Definitions
3.2 Extent of the Examination
3.3 Technique and modalities
3.4 Evaluation of Radiographs
4.0 ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION
4.1 When applied and technique
5.0 LIQUID PENETRANT EXAMINATION
5.1 When applied
5.2 Technique
5.3 Evaluation
6.0 MAGNETIC PARTICLE EXAMINATION
6.1 When applied
6.2 Technique
6.3 Evaluation
7.0 HARDNESS CHECKS
7.1 When applied
7.2 Technique

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
WELDING
16-QSP-05-3B
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Scope
1.1.1 This specification covers the non-destructive examinations to be performed on field

or shop welds of piping and tube systems.
1.1.2 This specification is to be considered together with specification No. 9473-03-TS-

015 and with the piping welding specifications relevant to the various materials.
1.1.3 The type and extent of the examinations are established according to the piping class,
indicated in the piping drawing or otherwise specified, and to the type of material.
The inspector is entitled to request additional examinations in particular cases.
1.2 Definitions
1.2.1 For the definition of some terms used here in after, specification No. 9473-03-TS-
015 applies.
As concerns the definition of the welding defects ASME code B 31.3 applies and, in
particular fig. 327.4.1 of this code.
For the definition of the “welds likely to be radiographed” see para 3.1.2 of this
specification.
1.3 Approval of the examination procedures
1.3.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Inspector, for approval, detailed written
procedures and technique to be applied during examinations.
The Inspector can request further details, or the execution of the tests.
1.4 Personnel concerned with the examinations
1.4.1 Non-destructive examination personnel shall have an adequate competence and

experience in the techniques used.
The Inspector is entitled to ascertain the above, through interview and / or practical
tests to be agreed with the Contractor.
1.4.2 The radioactive isotope shall be handled only by authorized personnel, following
proper safety criteria.
1.5 Documents
1.5.1 For each examination performed, the Contractor shall draw up relevant records,
issuing a preliminary judgement to be indicated, for instance, on attached non official
forms or directly on film’s covers for radiographic examination. The final judgement

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
WELDING
16-QSP-05-3B
on the results of examination shall be issued by the Inspector in the space which
pertains to him.
1.5.2 The Contractor, moreover, shall furnish to the Inspector the drawings necessary to
identify the location of the radiographed welds.
1.5.3 Except otherwise specified the radiographs and the relevant reference drawings, as
well as the original of all records, shall be filed by Contractor in rooms deemed
suitable by Inspector for the whole duration of the works and will remain the
Employer’s property.
1.5.4 Each record must be signed by the Inspector.
2.0 VISUAL EXAMINATION & QUALITY CONTROL
2.1 General Requirements
2.1.1 The visual examination shall ascertain that the welds are in compliance with the
codes and specification as concerns.
- regularity, dimensions and cleanness of the weld face.
- undercuts
- surface defects
- presence of welder’s stamp (where required)
- absence of spatters or weld residues, of tearing on base metal, as well as of

any other not allowable irregularity on the pipe.
2.1.2 Visual weld examination shall be carried out in accordance with the above
specification. The Inspector can request that welds not conforming to specification
will be repaired.
The examination shall concern all welds.
2.1.3 In particular cases, when there are doubts about the presence of unacceptable surface
defects, the Inspector may request a liquid-penetrate or magnetic particle
examination, as an integration of the visual examination.
NDT jobs should be carried out by Level-II certificate holder inspector for quality
control should be at least Diploma Engineer. For radiography examination necessary
BARC permission should be taken before commencing the work.
3.0 RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION
3.1 Definitions

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
WELDING
16-QSP-05-3B
3.1.1 By radiographic examination is meant an examination performed by X-rays or

radioactive isotopes.
In both cases the exposed film will be called “radiograph”.
3.1.2 “Welds likely to be radiographed” shall be considered to mean all butt-welds, as well
as the branch connection welds having a nominal diameter not less than 2”.
The welds of half couplings, weldolets, etc. will be considered not likely to be
radiographed.
3.2 Extent of the examination
3.2.1 On the welds likely to be radiographed (as per para 3.1.2), the extent of radiograph
examination shall be as indicated here below :
a) Class 1 and 2 piping : full examination on 100% of the welds.
b) Class 3 and 4 piping : random examination of the whole circumference on 5%

of the welds and in addition what is provided under para 3.2.2.
3.2.2 On class 3 and 4 piping, for each weld judged to be repaired or to be cut, two
additional welds performed by the same welder shall be radiographed and they shall
not be calculated in the percentage of 5%.
3.2.3 The radiographic examination, as per para. 3.2.1 b) shall be properly distributed
among the welders, according to the welds performed and to relevant repairs.
For this purpose, the Inspector shall draw-up, and weekly up-date a table which shall
indicate the amount of welds likely to be radiographed performed by each welders,
the amount of radiographed welds and number of repairs.
Moreover, during selection of the welds to be radiographed, position and

accessibility as well as appearance of the weld shall be taken into account.
3.2.4 The selection of welds to be radiographed, shall pertain to the Inspector.
The radiographs shall be performed within the next working day after notification is
given.
3.3 Technique and Modalities
3.3.1 Before beginning the work, the Contractor shall furnish to the Inspector, for
approval, a written procedure for the execution of the radiographs, as per ASME
sect. V para T – 221.2.
3.3.2 The only isotope allowed is Tridium 192, with source size not over 3 x 2 mm.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
WELDING
16-QSP-05-3B
The isotope Cobalt 60 is allowed only in particular cases, and subjected to

Employer's authorization.
The Contractor, for every isotope utilized, shall be able to produce to the Inspector
the certificate of origin issued by the supplier, with the following indications :
- Type of Isotope
- Source size
- Source activity on the date when certificate was issued.
ISOTOPE underground storage pit & dark room for film developing should be
available.
3.3.3 As a rule, the double wall exposure with single wall viewing shall be used.
The elliptical technique (double wall viewing) can be used when the nominal pipe
diameter is not over 3 in. (90 mm). The technique with source inside the pipe may
be allowed only provided Inspector’s authorization is given, alter performing
satisfactory tests.
3.3.4 Where the double wall exposure with single wall viewing technique is used for welds
to be examined 100%, four exposures at least are required when the ratio thickness /
diameter of the pipe exceeds 1.12, otherwise three exposures may be used. In any
case an overlap of at least 25 mm shall be provided for adjacent films.
Where the elliptical technique (double wall viewing) is used for welds to be
examined 100%, two exposures at 90 Deg from one another will be performed.
3.3.5 When isotopes are used, the films both for class 1 piping and for chromium
molybdenum steel piping shall be “very fine grain” type, corresponding to Agfa /
Geveaert D4 or Kodak M. types, unless otherwise agreed with employer.
For class 2, 3 and 4 piping, or when X-Rays are used, films corresponding to
Agfa/Gevaert D7 or Kodak AA type may be allowed provided that, in the Inspector’s
judgement, satisfactory results (according to specification) are obtained.
For the weld examination of branch connections, and of elbows having diameter less
than 4” and radius equal to the diameter, single – package type films (with
incorporated screen) will preferably be used, with a width not over 60 mm.
3.3.6 The films shall have commercial size, which shall be specified for the various cases
in the written procedure as per para 3.2.1., and anyhow shall have a minimum length
of 150 mm for pipes up to 8”, and of 300 mm for pipes having a diameter over 8"”
3.3.7 The development shall be performed in compliance with the indications given by the
suppliers of the films and chemicals used, and in accordance with ASME Sect. V
recommended practice SE-94 part III> The use of different procedures shall be
previously authorized by the Inspector.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
WELDING
16-QSP-05-3B
3.3.8 The intensifying screens shall be of lead type and shall bear a progressive number
stamped in one corner, for identification (the defective ones shall be replaced).
Saline or fluorescent screens are not allowed, unless in special cases Inspector’s prior
authorization is given after satisfactory qualification tests.
3.3.9 Suitable image quality indicators (penetrameters) shall be used to verify the
sensitivity of the radiographs. Radiographs without penetrameters are allowed only
for welds having diameter less than 2” examined with double wall exposure single
wall viewing, provided that a proper radiograph is used as a reference.
3.3.10 When elliptical technique (double wall viewing) is used, the penetrameter shall be
placed at the source side.
When Isotope inside the pipe is used, four penetrameter at least shall be placed,
source side, 90 deg. one from the other.
3.3.11 Wire-type penetrameters, according to DIN-54109, shall be generally used.
The image of the wire indicated in the following table, according to the thickness “t”
crossed by rays, shall be visible on the radiographs (in compliance with DIN 54109)
Thickness crossed by Type of wire according Diameter of the wire

rays (mm) to DIN 54109 (mm)
t< 6 14 0.16
6< t < 8 13 0.20
8 < t < 10 12 0.25
10 < t < 16 11 0.32
16 < t < 25 10 0.40
25 < t < 32 9 0.50
32 < t < 40 8 0.63
40 < t < 60 7 0.80
60 < t < 80 6 1.00
80 < t < 150 5 1.25
In the case of branch connections a lower sensitivity than that indicated above can be
allowed, considering the unavoidable distros on.
Different penetrameters from those indicated above shall not be used, unless
authorized by the Employer.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
WELDING
16-QSP-05-3B
3.3.12 As a check of back scattered radiations, a lead symbol “S” or “B”, having above 1.5
mm thickness and about 10 mm height, shall be attached to the back of each film
holder (as per ASME Sect. V para T-223).
3.3.13 In order to identify the location of the radiographs on the weld, a graduated band
shall be wrap round the pipe, with lead marketers with 100 mm spacing or a fraction
thereof.
Furthermore, the zero and the winding directing of the bank shall be stamped on the
pipe, according to a criterion approved by the Inspector.
3.3.14 An identification number shall be assigned to each radiographed weld, which shall
appear on the relevant radiographs and the indicated on a copy of the piping drawing
(according to specification No. 9473-03-TS-015)
This number shall also be written with paint beside the weld, and a circumferential
band shall be drawn beside the weld (in order to find it more easily).
3.3.15 In addition to the penetrameters and location markers each radiograph shall clearly
show, beside the weld seam, the following indications (attached to the film holder):
- weld identification number

- rounded off value of the pipe wall thickness (beside the parameter)
- in the case of repeated radiograph, the previous judgement (as per para 3.4.6),
H or the symbol TM when the weld has been already radiographed and then
cut due to site necessities or line modifications.
3.3.16 The Contractor shall give a progressive number to each exposed film.
For each radiographed weld, the relevant films shall be kept in the same cover, on
which the Contractor shall indicate the following :-
- Name of the Contractor performing the welds.

- Weld number (as per para 3.3.15)
- Progressive number of the films contained in the cover
- Film location on the joint, for single exposure (as per para 3.3.14)
- Drawing number of the piping
- Welder stamp
- Piping class
- Pipe material, except in case of carbon steel
- Pipe diameter
- Previous judgement, if any (for repeated radiographs)
- Date of forwarding to the Inspector for the judgement
3.4 Evaluation of radiographs
3.4.1 The Inspector’s judgement shall concern both the radiograph quality (definition,
sensitivity blackening, etc.) and the weld defects.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
WELDING
16-QSP-05-3B
3.4.2 Each radiograph shall have a sensitivity complying with the requirements of para
3.3.11, and density in the area of interest (weld and base metal shown on the
radiograph) shall be 1.8 minimum for radiographs made with X-Ray source and 2.0
minimum for radiographs made with gamma ray source. For composite viewing of
multiple film exposures, each film shall have a minimum density of 1.3. The
maximum density shall be 4.0 for all cases.
3.4.3 As a rule, defects with blackening exceeding that of the base metal with lowest
thickness will not be accepted, except for slight external undercuts. The evaluation
of the defects shall be made by the Inspector, case by case. The length and width, or
the diameter are indicated in mm for each type of defect. Moreover, for elongated
inclusions and for porosity, the maximum defect concentration (total or area) is
specified.
3.4.4 For class 1 piping, and whenever the design temperature is < 10 Deg C, it is
particularly required that the root pass be regular, free from undercuts and from
significant discontinuities (such as drops, excessive penetration, restart defects) and
without a spongy aspect denoting oxidation.
For the other piping classes some irregularities can be allowed, which in the
Inspector’s Judgement, do not cause excessive discontinuity.
3.4.5 In case different types of defects are present in a length of 150 mm, their evaluation
shall be made by the Inspector case by case, considering all above defects are being
of the worse type found.
3.4.6 The judgement on radiographs will be expressed by symbols having the following :
A - Acceptable
NR - Weld to be repaired
NT - Weld to be cut
NX - Radiograph to be repeated due to film quality
RX - Radiograph to be repeated for doubts about its interpretation
EX - The examination is to be extended at site.
3.4.7 Radiographic examination records shall be drawn up by Contractor, on form

STD/W-130 (supplied by Employer), listing the exposed films (one per line)
according to their progressive number (see par. 3.3. 16.).
The space reserved to the Inspector’s judgement shall be left empty.
3.4.8 As an alternative to what specified at points 3.4.6. and 3.4.7 a different system of
radiographic examination records may be forwarded by the Contractor for
Inspector’s approval.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
WELDING
16-QSP-05-3B
3.4.9 Where face irregularities on the weld can impair, in particular cases, a correct
evaluation of the radiograph, the Inspector is entitled to request the grinding of the
welds face, before a new radiograph is performed.
4.0 ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION
4.1 When applied and technique
4.1.1 For thickness equal or above 40 mm. of piping classes 1 and 2 and when
radiographic examination is not deemed suitable to assure what foreseen by this
specifications, the Inspector may require ultrasonic examination as an integration of
the radiographic examination.
4.1.2 Ultrasonic examinations shall be carried out as per code ASME B. 31-3 para 336.4.6.
4.1.3 The extent of the ultrasonic examination shall be as foreseen for radiographic
examination.
5.0 LIQUID PENETRANT EXAMINATION
5.1 When applied
5.1.1 The liquid penetrate examination shall be performed whenever prescribed by the
welding specifications relevant to the various materials, or requested by the
Inspector.
It may also be carried out instead of the magnetic particle examination, as per para
6.1.2.
5.2 Technique
5.2.1 The Contractor shall submit to Inspector, for approval, a written procedure as per
ASME Sect. V Article 6 T – 621.
5.2.2 The examination will be performed taking into account the instructions of the liquid
penetrate vendor, as well as the provisions of ASME Sect. V para SE-165.
5.2.3 For austenitic stainless steel, products free from chlorides shall be used.
5.2.4 At the time of inspector, the weld shall be dry and properly clean, Decreasing with
solvents or, where oxide or paint are present, pickling with a suitable compound and
subsequent waterwash shall be performed.
When the liquid penetrates is applied, the weld temperature shall not be over 50 Deg
C or less than 10 Deg C (unless remain on the weld the time indicated by the
Manufacturer and anyway atleast 10 minutes

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
WELDING
16-QSP-05-3B
A careful removal of liquid excess, drying and subsequent application of developer

shall follow. Usually, non-fluorescent liquids will be used.
5.3 Evaluation
5.3.1 The defects will be evaluated only after the prescribed developing time.
5.3.2 The examination shall show no defects on welds of piping : Class 1 and 2.
For thickness greater than 4.8 mm, small rounded defects may be allowed for classes
3 and 4, provided they have a diameter not over 1 mm and a concentration not
exceeding the one prescribed for porosity in the radiographic examination (for the
relevant piping class)
In no case will indications which suggest the presence of cracks or lack of fusion be
accepted. In the event of doubtful indications, the Inspector may require local
grinding of the weld face.
5.3.3 Should any unacceptable defects be detected, these shall be removed and the
examination will then be repeated before rewelding, in order to make sure that the
defect has been completely removed. The examination will be repeated on
completion of the repair.
5.3.4 As the examinations are performed, the Contractor shall draw up the relevant
records, indicating the number of examined welds subdivided according to type of
material, type of weld (likely to be radiographer or no) and piping class.
For each of the above subdivisions all records shall indicate the result of the
examinations and the number of welds repaired.
6.0 MAGNETIC PARTICLE EXAMINATION
6.1 When applied
6.1.1. The magnetic particle examination shall be performed whenever prescribed by the
welding specifications relevant to the various materials, or requested by the
Inspector.
6.1.2 The Inspector may authorize that the magnetic particle examination be replaced by
the liquid penetrate examination.
6.2 Technique
6.2.1 The magnetic particle examination shall be carried out as per code ASME V Art. 7.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
WELDING
16-QSP-05-3B
6.2.2 The Contractor shall submit to the Inspector, for approval, a written procedure as per
ASME Sec V para T – 721 (specifying the material of prod. Cups, if any).
6.2.3 The magnetic particle examination shall be carried out taking into account the
provisions of ASME Sect. V para SE-709, as well as any indications given by the
vendor of the magnetic powders and equipment.
6.3 Evaluation
6.3.1 As per Point 5.3.2

7.0 HARDNESS CHECKS
7.1 When applied
7.1.1 Hardness checks, performed by portable tester, shall be carried out whenever
prescribed by the piping welding specifications of the various materials.
7.1.2 On each weld, one point at least on each metre of weld (or fraction thereof) shall be
checked.
7.1.3 In any case furnace heat treatment, the hardness checks may be carried out on 10%
of the welds treated at the same time, instead of on each one of these.
7.2 Technique
7.2.1 The Contractor shall provide a written procedure, specifying the weld surface
preparation.
7.2.2 The hardness checks will be carried out on a suitably leveled area, in the center of the
weld, by means of grinding and finishing with fine gained file
7.2.3 Where the percussion device (POLDI type), with 10 mm sphere and reference bar is
used, the impression on bars calibrated at 70 Kg / mm shall not be lower than 3
mm.
Two readings at 90 Deg shall be made on each impression and the average value will
be considered.
7.2.4 The hardness values, expressed BRINELL degrees, shall be indicated by the
Contractor on the heat treatment records as per specification SPC.WL.ES.300 para
6.2.1
7.2.5 The Inspector will have the right to check the proper execution of the tests personally
and to have any examinations carried out in an unreliable manner, repeated.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
WELDING
16-QSP-05-3B
SPECIFICATION
FOR
WELDING OF CARBON
STEEL PIPING

ww

SPECIFICATION FOR
WELDING OF 9473-03-TS-014 1
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., CARBON STEEL PIPING
word
New Delhi
Sheet 1 of 9
16-QSP-05-3B
SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING OF CARBON STEEL PIPING
INDEX
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Scope
2.0 PREPARATION FOR WELDING
2.1 Edge Preparation
2.2 Cleaning
2.3 Fitup alignment and spacing
2.4 Hot Adjustments
3.0 WELDING
3.1 Welding procedure qualification
3.2 Preheating
3.3 Root pass
3.4 Weld completion
3.5 Post heating
4.0 HEAT TREATMENT
4.1 Cases when treatment is required.
4.2 Heat treatment technique
5.0 EXAMINATIONS
5.1 Radiographic Examination
5.2 Magnetic Particle / Liquid Penetrate Examination
5.3 Hardness Tests

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Scope
1.1.1. This specification provides the welding prescriptions for carbon steel piping with
minimum tensile strength not higher than 480 Mpa (71 Ksi) and design temperature
not lower than – 10 Deg C.
1.1.2 This specification is to be read together with general welding for piping specification
no. 9473-03-TS-015, which provides the general prescriptions for piping welding,
irrespective of the piping material.
1.1.3 Some typical materials having minimum tensile strength not higher than 480 Mpa
(71 Ksi) are indicated hereunder for information :
• ASTM A 53 Gr. A&B

• A 105
• A 106 Gr. A, B&C
• A 133 Gr. 1&6
• A 155 Gr. C 50, KC 60, KC 70, KCF 5, KCF 60 & KCF70
• A 161 LC
• A 181 Gr. I&II
• A 216 Gr. WCA & WCB
• A 234 Gr. WPA, WPB& WPC
• A 285 Gr. A, B&C
• A 350 Gr. LF2
• API 5L Gr. A&B
• API 5L Gr. X 42, 46&52
2.1.1 The preparation of edges to be welded shall be made by machining or by

oxyacetylene cutting. In the latter case, all grooves and irregularities and all
oxidation shall be ground of filed off.
2.1.2 The end preparation for butt joints shall be as indicated below :
a) for piping with thickness up to 26 mm, the preparation shall be “V” type,
with 37 Deg 30 min ± 2 Deg 30 min. beveling and root face of 1.6 ± 0.8
mm.
b) for piping with thickness over 26 mm, the preparation shall conform to ANSI
B. 31.3, or shall be of another type approved by Employer.
2.1.3 The preparation of branch connections shall be as per Figs. No. 1 to 5 (In
specification no. 9473-03-TS-015) anyway, shall ensure full penetration.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
Half couplings shall be beveled and fitted according to the surface of the pipe on
which they are to be welded.
2.1.4 Reinforcing pads, when required shall be of the same material and thickness as the
pipe that is to be reinforced. Preparation shall be as per Fig No. 5 (in specification
9473-03-TS-015) and shall be authorized by Employer.
2.2 Cleaning
2.2.1 The edges to be welded shall be properly cleaned. In particular, any oil, grease,
paint and bitumen shall be removed by flame or solvents.
Rust, oxide, earth, sand and any other material which could be detrimental to the
weld shall be removed by means of a wire brush and / or by grinding.
2.2.2 For welds performed with GTAW and GMAW processes, the cleaning shall be
extended for about 10 mm from the edge on the internal pipe surface by grinding.
2.3 Fit-up, alignment and spacing
2.3.1 Components to be welded shall be aligned, spaced and fitted up so as to hold the
edges, during welding, at a proper distance to obtain full root penetration.
The root opening shall range from 2 to 4 mm for SMAW process and 1.5 to 3 mm for
GTAW process.
2.3.2 Any misalignment between the edges to be welded shall not exceed 1.5 mm, and care
shall be taken to distribute it along the circumference.
Should the misalignment be over 1.5 mm, the end of the pipe with the smaller I.D.
shall be internally machined or ground, so as to reduce the misalignment to the
prescribed value.
The machined areas shall be tapered with a slope not greater than 1 : 3.
2.3.3 In case of butt joints and branch connections, the fitup of the ends to be welded shall
be performed as indicated below :
a) for thickness over 8 mm : by yokes (bridge clamps) or pipe couplers

(according to para. 2.3.4)
b) for thickness between 2.5 mm and 8 mm : by yokes, pipe couplers or, except
where otherwise indicated, by tack welding performed with a procedure and
filler material allowed for the pipe weld, provided such tacks be removed
during the execution of the root pass. Where required by the Inspector such a
tacks will be performed without melting the root of the edges.
c) for thickness less than 2.5 mm : by tack welding performed with the same
procedure and filler material provided for the root pass.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
Where such tack welding is not performed by a qualified welder, the tacks shall be
removed during the execution of the root pass.
2.3.4 In case yokes are used, they shall be welded on one side only, using electrodes
allowed for the weld completion (except where otherwise indicated)
For piping thickness less than 8 mm, 2.5 mm size electrode to be used and care shall
be taken to avoid undercuts on pipe.
When welding the yokes, preheating shall be performed following the provisions
given for the pipe welds (see the welding specifications for the various materials).
The removal of the yokes shall be such as to avoid damages on the pipe. Any
possible damage on pipe shall be properly repaired by grinding and, if necessary, by
weld surfacing using electrode and following the provisions provided for the weld
completion.
Any surface irregularities shall be ground off and filed.
2.3.5 For fillet welds (slip-on flanges, socket welds, etc.) tack welding is permitted, using
the electrodes allowed for the weld execution, with preheating when required for the
pipe welds.
The tacks shall be removed or molten during welding : in the latter case, the tacks
shall be checked to be sure they are free from defects.
In socket welds, a gap of 2 mm between the end of the pipe and the socket bottom,
shall be provided.
2.3.6 It will not be allowed to weld temporary supports or anchorage’s to the piping, unless
this is authorized by the Inspector.
Any temporary welds, anyway, shall be made following the same precautions used
for the pipe welds and shall be within 100 mm from other welds.
2.3.7 Preventive strains or constraints, if necessary, may be provided to balance the effects
of weld shrinkage, particularly on welded branches.
2.4 Hot adjustments
2.4.1 Hot adjustments on pipes may be allowed only in the cases and with the precautions
indicated in the welding specifications of the various materials.
3.0 WELDING
3.1.1 The welding procedure shall be previously qualified according to the requirements of
ASME BPVC Sect. IX or as per API 1104.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
Should hardness limitations be required by operating conditions (e.g. for piping under
provisions of NACE Standard – MR – 01 – 75 “Sulphide stress cracking resistant
metallic materials for oil field equipment”), qualification tests shall include Vickers
hardness survey Hvlo (98 N test load) on a transverse macro section of test joint.
Hardness measurement locations shall be aligned along three traverse lying not more
than 1 mm below the inner and outer surfaces and at mid thickness of macro test
specimen.
On each traverse line, the measurements shall be performed as follows :
No. 1 in the central axis of the weld metal
No. 3 on each heat affected zone, equally distributed starting from the fusion
boundary.
No. 2 in the parent metal, symmetrically located on the mid thickness traverse.
3.2 Preheating
3.2.1 When the thickest component at the joint is over 25 mm, preheating to 100 – 150 Deg
C shall be made.
3.2.2 When the ambient temperature is lower than 5 Deg C, preheating to atleast 50 Deg C
shall be made.
3.2.3 In special cases, preheating may be requested by the Inspector, as in the case of welds
near large cold pieces (larger flanges, valves, special fittings) which could affect the
cooling rate of the weld, or in the case of castings or forgings having C ≥
0.30%.
3.3. Root Pass
3.3.1 For butt joints without back welding, and for branch connections, the root pass shall
be performed with the welding processes and the filler materials listed below
(welding consumables are classified according to ASME BPVC Sect. II part C 1983
and Addenda Summer 84).
Class Process Welding Consumables
1;2;3;4 GTAW SFA 5. 18 EF70S-3

2;3;4 SMAW SFA 5.1 E6010 / 11
3;4 GMAW 1) SFA 5.18 ER70S-6
NOTE 1) GMAW “Short-arc” with rolled technique and only for thicknesses ≤
15 mm
3.3.2 Downward technique is not allowed, unless Inspector’s authorization is given for
special cases not concerning the process lines, taking also into consideration the
regularity that can be obtained in the edge preparation and in alignment and spacing.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
3.3.3 Whenever back welding is performed, the root pass and back welding shall be carried
out with one of the processes and with the filler material allowed for the weld
completion (as per para 3.4.1)
Before performing the back welding, grinding or gouging shall be carried out up to
sound metal.
3.3.4 Covered electrodes different from high cellulose types listed at para 3.3.1 may be
used in particular cases, provided Employer's authorization is obtained.
3.4 Weld Completion
3.4.1 The completion of the joints as per para 3.3.1 and the execution of the types of
welded joints (e.g. filletwelds) shall be performed with the welding processes and
filler materials listed below (welding consumables are classified according to ASME
BPVC Sect. II Part C 1983 and Addenda Summer 84)
Class Process Welding consumables
1,2,3,4 SMAW SFA 5.1 E7015.16.18

” SAW 1), 2) SFA 5.17 EXXX-EXXX
” GTAW SFA 5.18 ER70S-3
2;3;4 SMAW 3) SFA 5.1 E 6010 / 11
3;4 GMAW 4) SFA 5.18 ER70S-6
3;4 FCAW 5) SFA 5.20 E71T-1/8
Notes :
1) With basic agglomerated non alloyed fluxes for multipass welding and suitable rods
to ensure a weld metal tensile strength not lower than the minimum required by
parent metal material specification both for as welded or post weld heat treated
conditions if any.
2) 27 joule impact strength for weld metal shall be ensured at a temperature not above –
18 Deg. C
3) Only for piping having a maximum thickness of 15 mm and provided the components
to be welded are not
3.4.2 For the SMAW process the electrode size not be greater than 4 mm, or 5mm in the
case of rolled techniques.
3.4.3 Non low hydrogen electrodes other high cellulose types listed at para 3.4.1. may be
used under the same or further restrictions, provided prior authorization is obtained
by the employer.
3.4.4 As concerns the downward techniques para 3.3.2 will apply.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
3.4.5 Welding processes other than those listed at para. 3.3.1 may be proposed to the
Employer for approval, provided the achieved experience is properly documented.
3.5 Post heating
3.5.1 In the case of pipes having a thickness over 30 mm, a post heating shall be performed
as soon as the welding has been completed, by heating the joint up to a uniform
temperature of about 250 Deg C over the whole length for at least 30 minutes.
4.0 HEAT TREATMENT
4.1 Cases when treatment is required
4.1.1 For butt welds, the Post Weld Heat Treatment shall be carried out when the nominal
thickness of the thickest to the joined is over 19 mm.
4.1.2 For joint configuration other than butt weld (e.g. full penetration branch connections
and fillet welds), the material thickness requiring post weld heat treatment shall be
assessed as per ANSI B 31.3 par. 331.3.6 a) and b).
4.1.3 Moreover, the heat treatment shall be carried out when it is indicated in the piping
drawing or when otherwise required.
4.2 Heat treatment technique
4.2.1 The heating rate, measured at 100 Deg C intervals, shall not be higher than 200 Deg
C / hour and the maximum temperature difference between the various
thermocouples shall not exceed 50 Deg C at any time. When heating is performed
with induction equipment, a maximum heating rate of 350 Deg C / hour is allowed.
4.2.2 The weld shall be held at the soaking temperature of 600 Deg C for one hour every
25 mm of pipe wall thickness, and in no case for less than one hour (interpolating is
allowed for the intermediate thicknesses above 25mm).
4.2.3 Cooling down to 40 Deg C shall be performed at a controlled rate which shall not
exceed the values indicated for heating.
The weld shall then be let to cool down under coating or in still air, if temperature is
mild.
5.0 EXAMINATIONS
5.1.1 Radiographic examination

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
5.1.2 The radiographic examination shall be carried out according to the provisions of
specification No. 9473-03-TS-013 and may be done before post Weld Heat
Treatment, whenever applied.
5.2 Magnetic - particle / liquid – penetrate examination
5.2.1 This examination is required only for class 1 and 2 piping on the non radiographed
welds, after heat treatment if any.
5.3 Hardness Tests
5.3.1 Should hardness limitations be required by operating conditions, Brinell hardness

tests shall be carried out on all fabrication welds by means of suitable portable
equipment.
Hardness measurements shall be taken in weld metal and, as far as practicable, in the
heat affected zone. Hardness values greater than 240 HB are not allowed unless more
stringent requirements are applicable.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
GENERAL WELDING
SPECIFICATION FOR PIPING

ww

GENERAL WELDING
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., SPECIFICATION FOR PIPING 9473-03-TS-015 1
word
New Delhi
Sheet 1 of 20
16-QSP-05-3B
GENERAL WELDING SPECIFICATION FOR PIPING
INDEX
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Scope
1.2 Definitions
2.2 Cleaning
2.4 Hot adjustments
3.0 WELDING
3.1 Welding process and equipment
3.2 Filler material and shielding gas
3.4 Welder performance qualification
3.5 Weather conditions
3.6 Preheating
3.7 Root pass
3.8 Weld completion-fillet welds
3.9 Post Heating
4.0 HEAT TREATMENT
4.1 General provisions
4.2 Treatment techniques
5.0 INSPECTION AND EXAMINATION
5.1 Inspection and visual examination
5.2 Other examinations
5.3 Repairs of defects
6.0 DOCUMENTS
6.1 Qualification certificates
6.2 Records and other documents

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Scope
1.1.1 This specification covers field and shop welding for piping and tube systems.
This specification provides general requirements to be followed independently of

pipe material, and shall be considered jointly with the piping welding specification
for the various materials, shown herein below or otherwise indicated:
1.1.2 This specification, together with the other above mentioned specifications, are to be
considered as an addition to ANSI B 31.3, other required Codes, or as a
modification thereof in case of conflict (except for regulations required by law).
1.1.3 In the event of conflict between the various technical documents, the following
order of priority will apply:
1) Any regulations required by law

2) Employer’s drawings and specifications
3) ANSI B 31.3
4) ASME Code Sect. V and IX, or API 1104.
1.1.4 The edition of the codes and specifications, if not otherwise specified, is that in
force on the date of contract signature.
1.1.5 In the application of the welding specifications and in performance of weld

examinations, the piping class must be considered as indicated on the relevant
isometric drawing, on the line tabulation sheet or otherwise specified.
As a rule, class 1 cover piping or tube systems in particularly severe service

conditions, classes 2 and 3 covers process piping and other piping in similar service
conditions, class 4 covers normal utilities (steam excepted) and interconnecting in
non-severe service conditions. After the class number, the addition of letter T
indicates that postweld treatment is required for any thickness, the addition of letter
H indicates that the pipe or tube is in hydrogen service.
1.2 Definitions
1.2.1 The following terms used in the welding specifications shall be understood
to mean:
EMPLOYER : The company that awards the contract.
INSPECTOR : The person entrusted by the Employer

with the welding inspection and
supervision.
CONTRACTOR : A company that has undertaken to

perform the work.

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
WELDER : A person qualified to carry out

Welding, using manual, semi-
automatic or automatic process.
1.2.2 For the welding terms, the definitions given in ASME Code Sect. IX para.
QW-492 apply.
2.1.1 The preparation of edges to be welded shall be made by machining or by

oxyacetylene cutting. In the latter case, all grooves and irregularities and all
oxidation shall be ground or filed off.
2.1.2 The end preparation for butt joints shall be as indicated below :
a) for piping with thickness up to 26 mm, the preparation shall be “V” type,
with 37 Deg 30 min. ± 2 Deg 30 min. beveling and root face of 1.6 ± 0.8
mm.
b) for piping with thickness over 26 mm, the preparation shall conform to
ANSI B 31.3., or shall be of another type approved by employer.
2.1.3 The preparation of branch connections shall be as per Figs. No. 1 to 5, anyway,
shall ensure full penetration.
Half couplings shall be beveled and fitted according to the surface of the pipe on
which they are to be welded.
2.1.4 Reinforcing pads, when required shall be of the same material and thickness as the
pipe that is to be reinforced. Preparation shall be as per Fig No. 5 and shall be
authorized by Employer.
2.2 Cleaning
2.2.1 The edges to be welded shall be properly cleaned. In particular, any oil, grease,
paint and bitumen shall be removed by flame or solvents.
Rust, oxide, earth, sand and any other material which could be detrimental to the
weld shall be removed by means of a wire brush and / or by grinding.
2.2.2 For welds performed with GTAW and GMAW processes, the cleaning shall be
extended for about 10 mm from the edge on the internal pipe surface by grinding.
2.3.1 Components to be welded shall be aligned, spaced and fitted up so as to hold the
edges, during welding, at a proper distance to obtain full root penetration.

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
The root opening shall range from 2 to 4 mm for SMAW process, and 1.5 to 3 mm
for GTAW process.
2.3.2 Any misalignment between the edges to be welded shall not exceed 1.5 mm, and
care shall be taken to distribute it along the circumference.
Should the misalignment be over 1.5 mm, the end of the pipe with the smaller I.D.
shall be internally machined or ground, so as to reduce the misalignment to the
prescribed value.
The machined area shall be tapered with a slope not greater than 1 : 3.
2.3.3 In case of butt joints and branch connections, the fit up of ends to be welded shall
be performed as indicated below :
a) for thickness over 8 mm : by yokes (bridge clamps) or pipe couplers

(according to para 2.3.4.)
b) for thickness between 2.5 mm and 8 mm : by yokes, pipe couplers or, except
where otherwise indicated, by tack welding performed with a procedure and
filler material allowed for the pipe weld, provided such tacks be removed
during the execution of the root pass.
Where required by the Inspector such a tacks will be performed without

melting the root of the edges.
c) for thickness less than 2.5 mm : by tack welding performed with the same
procedure and filler material provided for the root pass.
Where such tack welding is not performed by a qualified welder, the tacks
shall be removed during the execution of the root pass.
2.3.4 In case yokes are used, they shall be welded on one side only, using electrodes
allowed for the weld completion (except where otherwise indicated).
For piping thickness less than 8 mm, 2.5 mm size electrode to be used and care
shall be taken to avoid undercuts on pipe.
When welding the yokes, preheating shall be performed following the provisions
given for the pipe welds (see the welding specifications for the various materials).
The removal of the yokes shall be such as to avoid damages on the pipe. Any
possible damage on pipe shall be properly repaired by grinding and, if necessary, by
weld surfacing using electrode and following the provisions provided for the weld
completion.
Any surface irregularities shall be ground off and filled.

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
2.3.5 For fillet welds (slip-on flanges, socket welds, etc.) tack welding is permitted, using
the electrodes allowed for the weld execution, with preheating when required for
the pipe welds.
The tacks shall be removed or molten during welding : in the latter case, the tacks
shall be checked to be sure they are free from defects.
In socket welds, a gap of 2 mm between the end of the pipe and the socket bottom,
shall be provided.
2.3.6 It will not be allowed to weld temporary supports or anchorage’s to the piping,
unless this is authorized by the inspector.
Any temporary welds, anyway, shall be made following the same precautions used
for the pipe welds and shall be within 100 mm from other welds.
2.3.7 Preventive strains or constraints, if necessary, may be provided to balance the

effects of weld shrinkage, particularly on welded branches.
2.4 Hot adjustment
2.4.1 Hot adjustments on pipes may be allowed only in the cases and with the precautions
indicated in the welding specifications of the various materials.
3.0 WELDING
3.1 Welding processes and equipment
3.1.1. The welding processes to be used shall conform to the piping welding
specifications for the various materials and shall be accepted by Inspector after they
have been satisfactorily qualified (as per para. 3.3).
In case, during the progress of work, systematic and recurrent detrimental defects
are found for a given welding procedure, the Inspector is entitled to forbid the use
of such welding procedure.
3.1.2 The allowable welding processes are indicated in the welding specifications for the
various materials (as per para 1.1.1.), shown hereinafter according to AWS
definitions :
SMAW - Shielded metal arc welding.

GTAW - Gas tungsten arc welding.
GMAW - Gas metal arc welding (with CO2 or gas mixture)
SAW - Submerged arc welding
FCAW - Flux cored welding
3.1.3 The downward technique is not allowed for welding pipes in an horizontal position.
Derogation’s may be authorized by the inspector, in particular cases, which do not
concern process lines.

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
3.1.4 The use of backing rings are not allowed, unless Employer’s prior written
authorization is given.
3.1.5 When GTAW process is used for piping of class 1 or 2, the use of high frequency
device for arc striking is recommended.
3.1.6 Welding machines shall be direct-current type. The electrode holder shall be
connected to the suitable pole, according to the welding procedure.
3.1.7 Welding procedures or filler materials that do not comply with this specification or
with other Employer’s welding specifications, must not be used, unless prior
written authorization is given by the Employer.
3.2 Filler material and shielding gas
3.2.1 Electrodes, wires and fluxes shall conform to the welding specifications for the
various materials, and shall anyway of a type and trade mark approved by the
Employer.
3.2.2 The contractor shall produce certificates with chemical analysis and mechanical
properties of weld deposit (according to AWS or other specification accepted by the
Employer), for each lot of electrodes and wire, or other amounts to be agreed upon
with the Inspector.
Mechanical testing on weld deposit may be avoided only for electrode with size less
than 3 mm.
The above mentioned certificates shall be sent to Inspector before using the relevant
filler material.
3.2.3 Each box or container of filler material shall be marked by the vendor with the
same indications as the lot quoted on the chemical analysis and mechanical test
certificates, as per para 3.2.2.
3.2.4 Each electrode or wire shall be identified by a colour or mark applied by the
vendor.
3.2.5 Electrodes and fluxes shall be perfectly dry when used. For this purpose they shall
be properly stored and, in addition, all low hydrogen electrodes and all fluxes shall
be dried, before their use, in a suitable heater at a controlled temperature between
150 Deg C and 250 Deg C for at least 4 hours, or between 200 Deg c and 350 Deg
C for at least 2 hours. Drying systems other than heater drying are not allowed.
3.2.6 Wet electrodes must not be used, even if dried as per above point.
Electrodes showing traces of oxidation or altered coating shall not be used.

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
3.2.7 The low-hydrogen electrodes and fluxes, after they have been dried in the heater,
shall be kept in portable heating containers, to be maintained heated and protected
against moisture until they are used.
Therefore, each welder using low hydrogen electrodes shall have at his disposal a
portable-heating container from which he can draw each time the electrode to be
used on work.
The above applies also to the execution of tack welds and temporary welds.
3.2.8 At the end of the work shift, the low-hydrogen electrodes which have not been
utilized, shall be placed in the drying heater. Electrodes which have been left
outdoor in bad weather shall be destroyed, so as to ensure that they are not used.
3.2.9 Electrodes and fluxes contaminated with oil, grease or paint must not be used.
Welding rods or wires, before being used, shall be properly cleaned from any rust,
oil, grease, paint or any other matter which could result detrimental to welding.
3.2.10 Shielding and purging gases employed in welding shall have a nominal composition
and purity according to the indications of the welding procedure specifications
issued by Contractor and given to Inspector as per para 3.3.2.
The Inspector is entitled to check the chemical analysis of the gas used, during the
progress of the work.
3.3.1 Welding specification will be as per code API 1104 (latest edition). The welding
procedures to be used shall be previously qualified according to ASME Code sect
IX, or any other code accepted by Employer, with any additional tests required by
the welding specification for the various materials (as per para 1.1.1.).
The relevant certificates shall be issued by one of the following Authorities :
- LLOYD REGISTER
- BUREAU VERITUS
- D N VERITUS
- RITES
Testing Authorities other than those quoted above must be previously approved by
the Employer.
The above applies also to qualification tests on site, unless different agreements are
taken with the Inspector.
3.3.2 For each welding procedure, the Contractor shall prepare a welding procedure
specification (WPS) indicating the main welding data, as per ASME Code Sect. IX
para. QW-200.1 or as per API 1104 (latest edition).

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
In particular, type and trade mark of filler material, composition and purity of any
shielding or purging gases, shall be indicated.
3.3.3 The welding procedure qualification tests shall be performed using electrodes,
wires and fluxes as per para 3.2.1.
3.3.4 The Inspector will be entitled to request to witness all tests which may be of interest
to him.
Therefore, the Contractor shall notify Inspector of the date on which each test is to
be performed at least ten working days in advance.
3.4 Welder performance qualification
3.4.1 All welders shall be previously qualified by a Testing Authority approved by

Employer (as per para. 3.3.1.) in compliance with ASME Code Sect IX or API
1104 (latest edition).
When qualification tests are carried out on site, Employer can authorize they are
performed by his Inspectors.
Anyway, the Inspector is entitled to witness the welding performance qualifications

carried out on site : therefore, he must be informed about the date of their
performance.
3.4.2 Upon presentation of the qualification certificates to the Inspector, each welder will
be assigned an identification symbol (by numbers or letters) approved by the
Inspector. This symbol shall appear on a proper stamp, of which the welder shall
be equipped with, having figures not higher than 4 mm and not decomposable.
3.4.3 The symbol assigned to each welder, when required by the Inspector shall be
marked clearly visible on the welder’s helmet or on the working clothes, to identify
each welder without asking his identification documents.
3.4.4 The inspector shall have the right to revoke a welder’s qualification if during the
progress of the work, or after the first radiographic inspections, the welder shows
that he is working with an unsatisfactory quality standard.
3.5 Weather conditions
3.5.1 In the case of rain, snow or wind (particularly if sand or dust is present), the
Contractor shall provide proper protections for the parts to be welded and for the
welder, so as to ensure correct performance of the work. On the contrary, no
welding will be allowed.
3.5.2 Should the edges to the welded be wet or covered with dew, frost, or snow, welding
can be performed only after drying up the joint by flame or other heating device.
3.5.3 In the case of low ambient temperature, preheating may be required, according to
the welding specifications for the various materials.

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
The above preheating shall be performed also for tackwelding, fit-up welding, and
temporary welds.
3.5.4 For welds with GTAW or GMAW process to be performed outdoor, suitable
protections shall be provided, to prevent any air drafts, which might be detrimental
to welding.
3.6 Preheating
3.6.1 Preheating requirements for the different materials are indicated in the relevant
welding specifications.
3.6.2 The preheating, whenever required, shall affect a width atleast six times the pipe
thickness across the joint and, anyway, not less than 100 mm.
3.6.3 The heating can be performed by means of electric resistances, induction heaters,
oxypropane heating torches, or gas burners.
The Inspector may authorize, in particular cases, the use of oxyacetylene flame
torches, provided suitable nozzles are employed.
3.6.4 The temperature shall be checked by temperature indicating crayons, or an

equivalent method accepted by the Inspector.
3.6.5 Each welder performing welds for which preheating is required, shall have the
equipment for heating and for temperature checking.
3.6.6 Wherever it is found that the preheating provisions have not been followed, the
Inspector is entitled to request that the welds involved be cut, and welded again in
accordance with the specifications.
3.7 Root Pass
3.7.1 The root pass of butt joints and branch connections shall be such as to ensure full
and regular penetration.
Then root reinforcement shall not be in excess of 3 mm; even locally.
3.7.2 Any precaution likely to avoid root undercuts, internal concavities and defective
restarts shall be taken.
Any crater defects or irregularities liable to jeopardize a good weld restart shall be
removed; slight overlay shall be made at each restart to ensure uniform weld
penetration. Any excess of metal on the bead shall be removed by grinding.
3.7.3 Once the welding has been started and until the joint has been completed, care shall
be taken to avoid displacements, shocks, vibrations or stresses, which could damage
the weld.

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
3.7.4 The striking of the arc must not be performed on the pipe wall outside the bevel
(a suitable plate may be used for this purpose).
3.7.5 When GTAW process is used, the arc shall be extinguished on the edge of the
bevel, keeping the molten pool under gas shielding until it solidifies.
3.7.6 It is forbidden to interrupt the welding and to allow the joint to cool down, before
completion of the root pass.
3.7.7 On completion of the root pass, any visible defect or any bead irregularity which
might be detrimental to the next pass shall be ground off. When SMAW or SAW
process is used, slag shall be carefully removed.
3.7.8 The welder who perform only the root pass on butt joints, shall stamp his symbol
on the pipe, in two diametrically opposite points near the weld, before starting the
welding (except a different identification system is provided in the welding
specifications for the various materials, or is required by Inspector).
3.8 Weld completion – fillet welds
3.8.1 The filling of joint shall normally be carried out immediately after completion of
the root pass.
Exceptions may be allowed only provided the welds are not restrained, the welded
parts are not piled up or knocked (unless otherwise provided in the welding
specifications for the various materials).
3.8.2 The arc shall not be started striking on the pipe wall outside the bevel (a suitable
plate may be used for this purpose).
3.8.3 On completion of each pass, any slag shall be carefully removed and any defects or
irregularities on the bead shall be ground off, to avoid damaging the next pass.
On completion of welding, the joint shall be carefully cleaned, to remove slag and
metal spattering. Any defects on the pipe, due to previous operations shall be
repaired.
3.8.4 On butt welds, the weld reinforcement shall not exceed 1/3 T and anyway 3 mm
(where T is the lesser thickness of ends jointed by welding), and not be lower than
the external surface of the pipe.
The width of the weld face shall cover completely the groove of the joint.
On fillet welds, the weld profile shall be regular, at about 45 Deg.
3.8.5 On visual examination, welds shall be found to be practically free from undercuts,
surface porosity, sudden irregularities or other defects, and the weld face shall be
gently connected to the base metal. Local undercuts may be allowed only on class
3 or 4 pipes, provided their depth is less than 0.5 mm and their length less than that
allowed for root concavities.

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
3.8.6 The weld toes shall not be marked with a chisel or with a saw blade.
Filing of the toes is allowed provided no sharp cuts are produced.
3.8.7 For socket welds and for slip-on flanges atleast two passes shall be performed.
3.8.8 For each weld the welder symbol shall be provided, except for file joints. For this
purpose, on completion of the weld, the welder shall level with a grinder two small
zones on the weld face in a diametrically opposite positions, where he will stamp
his identification symbol (except a different identification system is provided in the
welding specification relevant to the material, or is required by Inspector).
If the welder performs only the filling passes, such zones shall be close to the ones
stamped by the welder who performed the root pass.
3.8.9 Butt welds without welder symbol, or with the symbol not legible, shall be cut.
3.8.10 It is not allowed performing any welding on pipes or tubes containing water or
other liquid or gas, without Inspector’s authorization.
3.9 Post Heating
3.9.1. Post heating, when required, shall be performed immediately after completion of
welding, before the weld cools down : its purpose is to ensure a uniform
temperature over the whole joint and allow hydrogen diffusion.
3.9.2 The equipment indicated in para 3.6 for preheating shall be used for post heating.
3.9.3 Cooling shall be performed under dry coating, unless the air is still and the ambient
temperature is mild (when necessary, the coating shall be dried in a heater or by
heating torches).
4.0 HEAT TREATMENT
4.1 General provisions
4.1.1 Heat treatment shall be performed whenever specified either in the welding
specification relevant to the various materials, or in the code required, or indicated
in the piping isometric drawing.
In special case, heat treatment may be requested by the Inspector.
4.1.2 The equipment used for heat treatments shall be suitable for the required
performances, according to Inspector’s experience.
4.1.3 The execution of heat treatments shall be performed by personnel with specific
experience.
4.1.4 The Inspector will be entitled to inspect the joints prepared for heat treatment,
before coating is applied.

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
4.1.5 In no case can a heat treatment be repeated without the Inspector’s prior
authorization.
4.2 Treatment techniques
4.2.1 Temperature and soaking time, heating and cooling rates are indicated for each
material on the relevant welding specification.
4.2.2 The heat treatment shall include the whole weld and an adjacent zone of at least 50
mm on both sides.
In case of welds other than girth one (for instance branch connections, welded
attachments, or pipe supports) the whole pipe circumference shall be affected by the
treatment, over a uniform width.
4.2.3 Heat treatment shall be carried out in a furnace, or by resistance or induction

equipment, or by any other technique indicated in Employer’s specifications or
approved by the Employer.
4.2.4 In case the heat treatment is performed by resistance or induction equipment, it is

advisable to provide for the temperature control of each area where a thermocouple
is installed, in order to better ensure that joint temperature is maintained in the
specified range.
The temperature shall be checked exclusively by thermocouples fixed to the weld

and properly insulated from the heating source.
4.2.5 The temperatures detected by each thermocouple shall be recorded as a function of

time by a recorder connected via a suitable compensated cable.
This recorder shall be calibrated on site with the proper type of thermocouple and
compensated cable.
In case of simultaneous recording of several temperatures, the identification

marking of each thermocouple shall be clearly visible on the recording chart.
4.2.6 Temperature recording shall start at 200 Deg C during heating and end at 400 Deg
C during cooling. Afterwards the joint shall be let to cool down to ambient
temperature without removing the coating.
4.2.7 When heat treatment is performed by resistance or induction, 22 in case of

horizontal pipe with a nominal diameter greater than 200 mm at least two
thermocouples shall be placed, on the top and bottom of the joint; for smaller
diameters only one thermocouple may be placed, on the lower part of the joint,
providing a suitable insulation thickness.
In any case the number of the thermocouples shall be stated proportionately to the
length of the joint, with at least one thermocouple every meter of the weld or a
fraction thereof, and in any case one thermocouple for each heating panel or set of
panels having an independent feeding.

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
4.2.8 Thermocouples shall be fixed to the welded joint by suitable clamp.
Thermocouples may be directly welded to the joint, provided that they have a tail
for this purpose and that the electrodes approved by the Inspector, with a size not
larger than 2.5 mm, are used.
4.2.9 Thermocouples having the sensing element either damaged or repaired are not
allowed.
4.2.10 Each weld to be heat-treated shall be given an identification marking, to be shown

on proper drawings.
In case of 100% radiographed welds, the relevant numbering may be used;

otherwise alphabetic letter to be read with the piping drawing number may be used.
4.2.11 The heat treatment recording charts shall provide the following data :
- chart progressive number

- weld identification marking (as per para 4.2.10.)
- number of reference mark of the thermocouples
- date of the heat treatment execution
- temperature and time scales
- stamp and signature of the person responsible for the heat treatment execution.
4.2.12 Before the execution of the heat treatment, the pipe or tube ends shall be plugged,
so as to avoid air drafts inside the pipe.
Moreover, the coupling surfaces of the flanges and the threaded parts included in
the heated area, shall be protected against oxidation.
The area involved by heat treatment shall be suitably protected against bad weather
and any other factors likely to affect the treatment.
4.2.13 The recording charts and the relevant reports shall be promptly given to the
Inspector, who will check the compliance with the specification requirements.
Should the heating or cooling rate, or the temperature differences between the
thermocouples exceed the maximum admissible values, the Inspector shall request
the full radiographic examination of the joint.
Should the soaking temperature or the soaking time not comply with the required
values, the Inspector shall request the repetition of the heat treatment, or take any
other measure to be defined case by case.
Anyway, systematic non-compliance’s are not allowed.
4.2.14 When hardness checks are required after heat treatment and the results are not in
accordance with the specification requirements, a new heat treatment shall be
performed.

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
5.0 INSPECTION AND EXAMINATION
5.1 Inspection and Visual examination
5.1.1 During the execution of the work, inspection shall be carried out by the contractor,
as well as by the inspector, in order to ensure the compliance with the codes and
specifications.
These inspections shall concern the availability and the efficiency of the equipment
used for edge preparation, fit-up, pre-heating, welding, heat-treatment and,
moreover, the correct performance of the above said operations.
5.1.2 Before presenting each line or piping system for the testing, the Contractor shall
carry out a visual examination on the welds, in order to ensure the compliance with
this specification (see also specification No. 9473-03-TS-013).
The inspector may request the Contractor to mark the welds as they are examined.
The final judgement, anyhow, pertains to the Inspector.
5.1.3 The Inspector shall have free access to all the places where the work is carried out
and where the documentation, the materials and the equipment connected with the
work are kept.
5.1.4 The Inspector shall be entitled not to accept personnel or equipment that, according
to his experience, are not suitable for the satisfactory performance of the work.
5.2 Other Examinations
5.2.1 The examinations to be performed on the welds are set out in the welding
specification relevant to the various materials and in the specification No. 9473-03-
TS-013 according to the type of material and class of the piping.
The latter specification provides the provisions for the execution of the
examinations, and the limitation on defects.
5.3 Repair of defects
5.3.1 Any defect ascertained by the examinations, and judged unacceptable, shall be
removed according to a procedure approved by Inspector.
5.3.2 Each repair shall be carried out within five working days from the request for
repair. The examination, which ascertained the defect, shall then be repeated.
5.3.3 If cutting of joint is required, the weld shall be completely removed and the edges
shall be beveled again. After the new weld has been carried out, all the
examinations provided for the joint shall be repeated.
5.3.4 No repair shall be made without the Inspector being informed.

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
6.0 DOCUMENTS
6.1 Qualification certificates
6.1.1 Welding procedure qualification records and welders performance qualification

certificates shall be according to the provisions of ASME code Sect IX, or API
1104 (latest edition). They shall be written in English, except where specified
otherwise.
6.1.2 Contractor shall send to inspector, the originals of the welding procedure
qualification certificates, with two copies, at least ten working days before the
beginning of the welding work.
6.1.3 Contractor shall also send to Inspector the originals of the welders performance
qualification certificates, with 2 copies, at least five days before the welders start to
work ; this time may be reduced in case of qualification tests performed on site.
6.1.4 All the original of the certificates will be returned to Contractor as soon as the
Inspector has examined them.
6.2 Records and other documents
6.2.1 As soon as non-destructive examinations or postweld heat treatments have been

carried out, the Bidder responsible for them shall draw up and sign the relevant
records, in three copies, and send them promptly to Inspector.
In particular, radiographic examination records and heat treatment records shall be

sent to the Inspector together with the relevant radiographic and heat treatment
charts. In drawing up these forms, the contractor shall leave empty the space for
judgement , which will be filled in by Inspector, being this of his exclusive
competence.
After the records have been completed with the Inspector’s judgements and
signature, one copy of them will be returned to contractor.
6.2.2 Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Inspector the drawings necessary to
identify the location of the welds on which radiographic examinations or postweld
heat treatments have been carried out. These drawings shall be signed by
Contractor.
6.2.3 Moreover, Contractor shall weekly furnish the Inspector with the number of welds
likely to be radiographed which have been performed by each welder. This is to
allow the Inspector to split the radiographic examination accordingly (see
specification No. 9473-03-TS-013)
The recording of the above mentioned welds shall be made by Contractor daily, and
Inspector will be entitled to check it.

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B
6.2.4 After all the welds belonging to a particular piping system have been completed
(any repairs included), examined and postweld heat treated (when required), and the
Inspector has returned to Bidder copy of the relevant records with his positive
judgement, Bidder shall draw up, in three copies, a form to certify that the above
piping system is ready for the hydraulic pressure test. This report is not necessary
for the shop works.
6.2.5 During progress of work, unless otherwise specified the radiographic films and the
heat treatment charts, the relevant reference drawings and the originals of all the
records, shall be filed by Bidder, in rooms deemed suitable by Inspector and shall
be the property of Employer after completion of the works.

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QSP-05-3B

GENERAL WELDING
9473-03-TS-015 1
Word

16-QMP-05-3A
SPECIFICATION FOR
FABRICATON AND ERECTION OF
UNDERGROUND PIPING

SPECIFICATION FOR
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF 9473-03-TS-016 1
New Delhi UNDERGROUND PIPING
Sheet 1 of 11
16-QMP-05-3B
CONTENTS
1.0 GENERAL 3
2.0 REGULATIONS, CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 3
3.0 MATERIALS 3
4.0 LAYING OF UNDERGROUND PIPING 4
5.0 INSPECTION 8
6.0 TESTING 9
7.0 RECORDS 11

SPECIFICATION FOR
FABRICATION AND ERECTION 9473-03-TS-016 1
Saipem Triune engineering Pvt. Ltd., OF UNDERGROUND PIPING
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 2 of 11
16-QMP-05-3B
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
1.1.1 This specification, used in conjunction with the purchase documents, data sheets, and / or
drawings, establishes the minimum requirements for installation of underground steel
piping including field assembly, cleaning, testing and inspection. Unless otherwise noted
on the drawings, it includes all below grade piping upto and including a termination point
above grade or finished floor.
1.1.2 Also included are the requirements for field application of coal tar enamel coating and
wrapping to construction joints, uncoated fittings and other specialties and to damaged
areas of shop coated piping.
2.0 REGULATIONS, CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS
2.1 Regulations
Installations of underground steel piping shall be in compliance with all federal, state, local
laws and regulations which are applicable, including the following :
OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
2.2 Codes and standards
The applicable sections, latest editions and addendums of the following codes, standards
and recommended practices, unless modified herein, form a part of this specification.
AWWA - American Water Works Association.

ANSI - American National Standards Institute
NFPA - National Fire Protection Association
ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials.
3.0 MATERIALS
3.1 All materials used shall be new and undamaged and in accordance with STEP Piping
Material Specification, indicated on the drawings.
3.2 In truck shipments, the pipe shall be supported in wide cradles of suitably padded timbers
hollowed out on the supporting surface to fit the curvature of the pipe, and all chains,
cables or other requirement used for fastening the load shall be carefully padded. For
small diameter pipe, sand or sawdust-filled bags may be used instead of hollowed out
timbers.
3.3 All shop coated and wrapped piping shall be visually inspected at the job site for effects in
application or damage during shipment. Minor defects shall be repaired; materials
indicating irremediable defects or excessive repairs shall be rejected.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 3 of 11
16-QMP-05-3B
3.4 Flanges, mating cast iron valves or equipment nozzles shall be flat face and the gasket
shall be full faced.
3.5 Materials used for field coating operations, including solvents used for cleaning, shall
conform to the requirements of AWWA C-203-66. When using plasticized coal tar tape, it
shall consist of high tensile fabric presaturated with coal tar pitch with pliable coal tar
coating bonded to both sides.
4.0 LAYING OF UNDERGROUND PIPING
4.1.1 The contractor shall lay the underground piping in accordance with the following clauses
and as per the piping arrangement drawings issued during the course of construction.
Coating and wrapping of the underground lines shall be in accordance with succeding
specifications.
4.1.2 The contractor shall dig the pipeline trenches where necessary, according to the drawing,
true to the line and gradient as per specifications and as directed by the engineer-in-charge.
4.1.3 The contractor shall be responsible for correct layout and gradient of the line. Errors, if
any, shall be rectified by the contractor at his own cost.
4.2 Trenching : (refer spec. 9473-03-TS-007 for earthwork)
4.2.1 The trench shall be cut true to the line leveled with the help of sight rails provided at every
30 M, at change direction, gradient and at any suitable distance as directed by the engineer-
in-charge.
4.2.2 If the trench is excavated below the required level indicated in the drawings, the extra
depth shall be filled with concrete or approved equivalent materials as directed by the
engineer-in-charge at no extra cost to owner.
4.2.3 The trench shall be excavated so as to provide an average cover of 1000 mm or equal to
the diameter of the largest pipe to be laid in the trench, or as shown in drawings whichever
is greater. The average cover will be reckoned from top of the pipe of the largest diameter
to be laid in the trench to the finished grade. The width of the trench shall be sufficient to
give free working space on each side of the pipe. The free working space shall conform to
IS : 783. Generally it shall not be less than 150 mm on either side or 1/3 of dia of pipe
whichever is greater.
4.2.4 No excavated materials shall be deposited within 1.5 meters from the excavated trench.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 4 of 11
16-QMP-05-3B
4.2.5 In case of road cutting, all material i.e. metal, bricks etc. shall be taken out carefully and
kept separately for reuse and road work shall be redone upto the original level prior to
cutting the road with the excavated road materials after laying and testing of the pipeline
within 10 days from the date of starting the work at the cost of the contractor. The
contractor shall provide suitable signs and barricades to prevent accidents. He shall also
provide reasonable by-pass at his own cost when a road is cut for laying pipeline. The
tankage affected due to laying of the pipes shall be redone conforming to the original
specifications by the contractor at his own cost.
4.2.6 During excavation if some obstacle is met with the same shall be reported to the engineer-
in-charge and dealt with as instructed by him.
4.2.7 The contractor shall dewater, shore or do whatever might be required to excavate the
trench install the pipe in it and backfill the trench, in accordance with the specifications at
no extra cost to the owner. Dewatering shall be done in advance of the laying of the pipe
to allow adequate inspection of padding of the bottom if required and dewatering shall be
continued throughout during laying of the pipe and backfilling of the trench.
4.2.8 In muddy slushy ground the bed shall be provided with a layer of a sand or lean concrete
as directed by the engineer-in-charge.
4.2.9 The trench shall follow the gradient of pipelines as specified in the drawing. The
contractor shall keep the trench in good condition. Until the pipe is laid and tested, no
extra claim shall be entertained due to its caving or setting down either before or after the
pipe is laid. All materials to shore the trench in order to prevent caving are to be furnished
and removed by the contractor at no extra cost to the Owner.
4.2.10 In case pipe is lowered in caved trench and backfilled before being inspected by the
engineer-in-charge, the contractor shall be excavate the trench, to inspection and backfill it
at his own cost.
4.3 Lowering & laying
4.3.1 The pipe shall be lowered either by mechanical method or by hand when the trench is
reach and bottom of the trench is graded as per required pipe laying conditions and
specifications.
4.3.2 By machine
The shop coated pipe already transported to the pipe laying site / convenient length of pipe
assembly coated and wrapped near the trench after hydrostatic testing shall be on clean
square cut skids suitably spaced so as to keep the pipe away from touching the ground.
The pipe may be lowered down in the trench by the launcher cranes with sufficient care to
protect the coating and wrapping of the pipeline.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 5 of 11
16-QMP-05-3B
At tie in welds and other places, contractor shall clean, prime coat and wrap manually.
Also short sections of pipelines which are impracticable to shop-treat may be hand treated
but only on the prior written approval of the engineer-in-charge.
4.3.3 By hand
The pipe may be lowered with the help of tripods and chain pulley blocks into the trench
immediately after the coating and wrapping. However, if in the opinion of the engineer-in-
charge that the temperature condition do not allow direct lowering then the pipe shall be
set down on clean square cut skids. The skids shall be so spaced as to keep the pipe away
from touching the ground.
4.4 Method & time of lowering pipe
4.4.1 Under favourable temperature conditions and using methods which will not damage
coating the pipe may be lowered into the trench.
4.4.2 Pipe previously set on skids, because of unfavourable temperature conditions shall be
lowered into the trench normally in the cool of the morning and only when the temperature
of the pipe is below the softening point of the coating materials.
4.4.3 All skid marks and other places of damage shall be thoroughly examined to ensure proper
patching where necessary, before the pipe is finally lowered into the trench.
4.5 Handling coated pipe
4.5.1 Coated pipe shall not be placed in trench until cave in plugs hard clods, stones, skids
welding rods etc. have removed therefrom. Where the trench has a hard or jagged bottom
sufficient fine dirt or sand shall be placed therein before the pipe is lowered.
4.5.2 Coated pipe shall not be handled or moved by means of cable or chains or by prying with
skids or bars. It shall be tied in and lowered by using lowering-in belts of a standard width
and design for the size of pipe being handled.
4.5.3 Coated pipe shall not be dragged along the ground or otherwise handled in a manner that
will be detrimental to the coating.
4.6 Lining up & welding
4.6.1 The ends of the pipeline shall be kept securely closed to prevent entry of any foreign
material / moisture after lowering into the trench.
4.6.2 Before making joints, the pipe shall be carefully laid so as to perfectly aligned in both plan
and profile, and the enclosures provided shall be removed.
4.6.3 Tie-in shall be made in the coolness of the morning of when the ambient temperature is not
exceeding 29 deg. C or softening temperature of the coating material whichever is less.
All beveling aligning and welding shall be in accordance with the welding specification
given in the tender.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 6 of 11
16-QMP-05-3B
4.6.4 Free access shall be provided for the welding of the circumferential joints by increasing the
width and depth of the trench at these points. There should be no obstruction to the welder
from any side so that good welded joint is obtained.
4.7 Testing of coating & wrapping
The completed system shall then be tested as per clause 6.0.
4.8 Back filling
4.8.1 After testing and inspection of the pipeline to the entire satisfaction of the engineer-in-
charge, the trench shall be back filled with the same material as the pipe bed above the top
of the pipe. No trench shall be back filled without the approval of the engineer-in-charge.
4.8.2 Backfilling with excavated material shall be done in layer of 200 mm, well watered and
rammed to avoid any setting afterwards.
4.8.3 The contractor shall place soil over the trench to such a height as well in opinion of the
engineer-in-charge, to provide adequately for future settlement of the trench backfill.
If due to exigencies of the work, some portion of the pipeline is back filled without approval
of the engineer-in-charge, the engineer-in-charge shall have the right to order uncovering of
the pipe for examination and the cost of such uncovering shall be borne by the contractor.
4.8.4 The backfill material shall be free from stone pieces.
4.8.5 Surplus excavated soil or rubbish material shall be removed by the Contractor at his own
cost to a place designated by the engineer-in-charge.
4.8.6 When the trench has been dug through roads all backfill shall be thoroughly compacted in
certain cases, special compaction methods may be required by the engineer-in-charge.
This shall be done by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner.
4.8.7 When the trench has been dug through unlined ditches the backfill shall be thoroughly
compacted in 150 mm layers for a distance of 1.50m beyond the outside banks of the ditch
on either side. The banks of the ditch shall also be compacted in 150 mm layers at no extra
cost to the owner.
4.8.8 After the roads have been already graded, if they are trenched or otherwise disturbed by
the contractor during laying of the pipelines, the contractor shall restore the road to its
original level and condition. In the event, the contractor is required to place extra fill
gravel, or other special materials it shall be done by him without any extra cost to the
owner.
4.9.0 Clean up of surroundings

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 7 of 11
16-QMP-05-3B
4.9.1 As soon as the backfill is completed, the contractor shall immediately clean up the
adjoining area by removing all surplus and defective material and dispose of all refuse
such as spurs, sheet-iron, broken skids etc. to the complete satisfaction of the engineer-in-
charge.
4.9.2 The earth on both sides of the pipeline trench which has been disturbed during the
construction of the pipeline shall be smoothened and left in a condition satisfactory to the
engineer-in-charge.
5.0 INSPECTION
5.1 General
5.1.1 Owner's inspector shall free access to all places where the work is being done or any other
thing and place concerned with the work.
5.1.2 Owner is entitled to send his own Inspector, to field or shops where prefabrication and
erection of pipelines are beign done, with the following but not limited to :
(i) To check that the welding performance and welding equipments used on the job are
suitable and conform to the relevant standards.
(ii) To supervise welding procedure qualification.
(iii)To supervise welder performance qualification.

(iv) To check whether welding is conforming to relevant specification and the practice
following is in accordance with good pipeline construction practice.
(v) To check any other performance to ensure quality of work.
5.1.3 Contractor shall notify sufficiently in advance the commencement of qualification tests,
welding work and acceptance tests, to enable the Owner's Inspector to supervise the same.
5.1.4 Contractor shall provide the owner's Inspector with all facilities necessary for carrying out
his work at no extra cost to the owner.
5.1.5 Approval from the owner's Inspector shall not relieve the contractor partially or fully of his
responsibilities and guarantees under this contract.
5.2 Visual inspection
Inspection of all welds shall be carried out as per ANSI B 31.3. Finished welds shall be
visually inspected for parallel and axial misalignment of the work, cracks, inadequate
penetration unrepaired burn-through, dimensions and other surface defects and it may
present a neat workman like appearance.
5.3 Repairs or removal of defects

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 8 of 11
16-QMP-05-3B
5.3.1 Defects which are not within the acceptable limits shall be removed from the joint
completely by chipping or grinding.
5.3.2 When the whole joints is found unacceptable, the weld and the ends of the joints shall be
restored according to relevant clauses under fabrication.
5.3.3 No repair shall be carried out without prior authorisation of the engineer-in-charge.
6.0 TESTING
6.1 General
6.1.1 The hydrostatic test pressure for all underground pipes shall be 1.5 times of the working
pressure.
6.1.2 The testing shall be carried out in convenient section as approved by the engineer-in-
charge. The joints of the pipe connecting the testing section shall be 100% radiographed.
If some defect is noticed during the hydrostatic testing, the same shall be brought to the
notice of engineer-in-charge. Joints, if leaking, shall be rectified as per the welding
specifications and instructions of engineer-in-charge and tested to the satisfaction of
engineer-in-charge at no extra cost to the Owner.
6.1.3 The engineer-in-charge shall be notified in advance by contractor of all testing. The
hydrostatic testing / flushing of all the piping shall be carried out by the Contractor at his
own cost.
6.1.4 Contractor shall make his own arrangements for flushing at suitable points as per the
instructions of the engineer-in-charge. Any extra work / modifications on this account shall
be done by the contractor at his own cost.
6.2 Test medium
Soft water shall generally be used as the testing medium for the hydrostatic testing of
piping system.
6.3 Cleaning
All systems shall be cleaned and flushed free of all dirt, debris or loose foreign material
after testing.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 9 of 11
16-QMP-05-3B
6.4 Temporary blinds
Open ends of piping system such as at pumps or wherever equipment has been removed or
disconnected prior to hydrostatic testing or a termination point of piping branch
connections shall be blinded off by temporary blind flange made out of 10 mm thick M.S.
plate.
6.5 Venting
All piping systems and equipments shall be properly fented to remove air from the system
during filling.
6.6 Pressurizing
6.6.1 Pressure shall be applied by means of suitable test pump which shall not be connected to
the system until ready to test. A pressure gauge shall be provided at the pump discharge
for guidance in bringing the system upto pressure. The pump shall be attended to
constantly during the test by an authorised operator. The pump shall be disconnected
immediately after the test pressure is reached.
6.6.1 The test pressure is to be maintained for sufficient time to permit complete inspection of
the system under test but in no case shall the time be less than ten minutes. Test shall be
considered complete only when approval is given by the engineer-in-charge.
6.7 Test gauges
Contractor's own test gauge shall be installed as close as possible to the lowest point in the
system being tested. Prior to the installation, the test gauge shall be checked against a
standard gauge or calibrated with the aid of a dead weight tester. Calibration of test gauges
shall be the responsibility of the contractor.
6.8 Draining
6.8.1 All lines and equipments shall be completely drained after the hydrostatic test of a system
has been completed. High point vents shall be open to prevent excessive vacuum and
permit complete draining.
6.8.2 If it becomes necessary to leave a system filled with the testing medium for any abnormal
length of time, such as venting shall be made to provide for possible liquid expansion with
change in ambient temperatures.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 10 of 11
16-QMP-05-3B
7.0 RECORDS
Records in triplicate shall be made for each piping system as follows :
7.1 In case of underground piping, layouts giving actual elevations of pipelines as laid.
7.2 Test certificates containing date of test, identification of the piping system, test fluid used,
test pressure and approval of owner's Inspector.
7.3 Certificates for flushing containing flushing medium used, identification of the piping
system, date of flushing & approval by owner’s Inspector.
7.4 Continuous pressure record chat of the piping system for the test duration.

SPECIFICATION FOR
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 11 of 11
16-QMP-05-3A
SPECIFICATION
FOR
SHUTDOWN VALVE

SPECIFICATION
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., FOR SHUTDOWN VALVE 9473-03-TS-018 1
New Delhi
Sheet 1 of 5
16-QMP-05-3B
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE 3
2.0 BASIS FOR SUPPLY 3
3.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 3
4.0 VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENTS 3
5.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING 4
6.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY 4
7.0 GUARANTEE 4
SPECIFICATION
FOR SHUTDOWN VALVE 9473-03-TS-018 1
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 2 of 5
16-QMP-05-3B
1.0 SCOPE
This specification defines the Purchaser’s requirements for the supply of shutdown valves,
with pneumatic actuators, to be installed on process lines.
2.0 BASIS FOR SUPPLY
Vendor shall supply the shut down valves based on the requirements given in this
specification and the data sheets.
3.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
3.1 Valves and actuators offered shall comply with the requirements shown in the data sheets.
3.2 Actuator torque shall be minimum 1.25 times the valve torque required at full rated
differential pressure of valve during all phases of operation i.e., break toque for operating
valve, running torque and closing torque. Valve torque and actuator toque under various
conditions shall be clearly stated in the offer.
3.3 Each shutdown valve shall be supplied complete with its actuator, solenoid valve, and
valve position indicating switches, all duly mounted and tubed, as per the details shown in
the relevant P & ID.
3.4 A manual override (handwheel with enclosed gear operator) shall be provided for each
shutdown valve. In case use of handwheel for manual override is not considered feasible
for any valve, an alternative self-contained system shall be offered and fully described in
the offer.
3.5 The shutdown valve, actuator, and accessories shall be provided with permanently attached
tags of SS 316.
3.6 All valves shall undergo fire safe testing as per API specification 6FA, latest edition
(specification for fire type testing of valves). Copy of fire safe test certificates qualifying
the offered size and rating shall be furnished with the offer. The actuator offered shall also
be of fire safe design and test certificate for same shall be submitted with the offer.
3.7 Painting shall be as per painting specification no. 9473-03-TS-012.
4.0 VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENTS
Vendor shall furnish drawings and documents with bid and after order as per the attached
“Vendor Data Requirements" Sheet.
The drawing and documents shall be finally handed over to OIL by EPC contractor and
shall remain as OIL property.
SPECIFICATION
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 3 of 5
16-QMP-05-3B
Each shutdown valve with its actuator and accessories shall be subjected to stagewise and
final inspection at vendor’s shop by Purchaser.
Vendor shall give minimum 15 day prior notice to Purchaser for shop inspection and tests.
a) The valve shall be tested as per API 6D/6FA as indicated in the respective valve data
sheets.
b) Actuator shall be mounted on the valve and tested as follows :
i) Cycle (open and shut) each valve with its actuator at least five times to ensure
smoothness of operation.
ii) Shut the valve and apply hydraulic differential pressure as given in data sheet,
installed actuator and observe valve operation.
Valve operation should not be jerkey or binding. This shall be repeated at least three times
and the minimum air pressured corresponding to initiation of spring return operation noted.
6.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
6.1 Vendor’s scope of supply shall include the shutdown valves as listed in the data sheet each
complete with its actuator and accessories as specified.
6.2 Vendor shall also provide spare parts needed for start-up and commissioning.
6.3 Vendor shall also recommend and furnish list of spare parts (with itemwise prices) needed
for two years normal operation of the shutdown valves.
7.0 GUARANTEE
Vendor shall guarantee the shutdown valves along with actuator and all accessories against
any deficiency or defects in design, materials, workmanship, and performance as per terms
of the contract documents.
SPECIFICATION
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 4 of 5
16-QMP-05-3B
VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENT SHEET
After Purchase Order

No. of For Record
For
S.No. Description Prints with
Approval No. of
Proposal
No. of Prints Reprodu No. of
Prints
cibles
Leaflets / Catalogues (Main
01. Equipment and Auxiliary 6 - - -
Equipments)
Catalogues for components
02. 6 - - -
Vendor’s scope
03. List of Deviations 6 - - -
Completed Data Sheets (Main /
04. 6 6 2 6
Auxiliary Equipments)
05. Auxiliary Equipment Sheets 6 6 2 6
G.A. Drawing including
auxiliary, all piping including
06. valving and other accessories, - 6 2 6
and purchasers piping
connections.
Parts list with cross-sectional
Drawing giving main critical
07. - 6 2 6
clearances for main and auxiliary
equipments.
08. Component outline Drawings 6 6 2 6
Test Certificates / records for all
non-destructive tests specified in
09. - 6 2 6
specification / data sheets such as
radiography, ultrasonic etc.
Inspection and Test Reports (i.e.
10. Hydrostatic test performance test - 6 2 6
etc.)
Manufacturer’s Test Certificates
11. - 6 2 6
for suborder items
Vendor quality assurance
12. 6 6 2 6
practices
Installation / Operating
13. - 6 2 6
Instructions
List of spare parts recommended
14. 6 6 2 6
for two years operation.
SPECIFICATION
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 5 of 5
16-QMP-05-3A
SPECIFICATION FOR
COATING AND WRAPPING OF
UNDERGROUND PIPING

SPECIFIATION FOR COATING
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., AND WRAPPING OF 9473-03-TS-019 1
New Delhi UNDERGROUND PIPING
Sheet 1 of 12
16-QMP-05-3B
CONTENTS
1.0 OBJECT AND SCOPE 3
2.0 REGULATIONS 3
3.0 LIMIT OF UTILISATION 3
4.0 MATERIAL AND PROCEDURE OF WORK 3

AND WRAPPING OF 9473-03-TS-019 1
Saipem Triune engineering Pvt. Ltd., UNDERGROUND PIPING
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 2 of 12
16-QMP-05-3B
1.0 OBJECT AND SCOPE
The object of this specification is to describe the method of protecting the underground
pipelines by the process of coating and wrapping. The job shall be generally performed in the
following operations :-
i) Cleaning the external pipe surface.
ii) Priming with synthetic primer.
iii) First coat of coal tar enamel.
iv) First layer of inner wrapping with glass fibre.
v) Final coat (2nd coat) of coal tar enamel.
vi) Outer wrap of coal tar impregnated glass fibre.
vii) White wash.
In addition, this specification also covers and defines the material specifications, method of
cleaning, priming procedures of coating & wrapping, testing, preparing, handling and storing
etc., required for the satisfactory completion of the job.
2.0 REGULATIONS
2.1 All materials used shall conform to the quality and testing requirement indicated in AWWA C-
203-91 or latest edition or BS 4164, 1987 or ASTM standards and or as directed by engineer-
in-charge.
2.2 All appurtenance and equipment to be used for cleaning, priming, coating and wrapping and
testing shall be approved by the engineer-in-charge.
3.0 LIMIT OF UTILISATION
The underground pipeline protected by coating and wrapping as described in this specification
should be able to carry a liquid at a temperature up to 60 deg. C.
4.0 MATERIAL AND PROCEDURE OF WORK
4.1 Preparation and Cleaning of Piping
The pipe line shall be thoroughly cleaned of all rust, grease, dirt, mill scales, weld scales, weld
burns etc. by means of cleaning machine. The cleaning operation shall be immediately
followed by priming with the airless spray priming machine.

Word
New Delhi
Sheet 3 of 12
16-QMP-05-3B
The primer coating should immediately follow the cleaning of pipes. The primer coating may
also be done manually if permitted by the engineer-in-charge.
The cleaning and priming operation may be carried out in the contractor's workshop or on site.
The entire pipe length shall be cleaned but the ends of the pipes shall be left without coating
and wrapping for a distance of 200 mm for joints, which shall be coated and wrapped manually
on site after laying, welding and testing the pipes.
4.2 Priming
4.2.1 Materials, Coal Tar Primer
The primer shall be a type B (fast drying, synthetic) certified to meet AWWA C-203-91 or
latest edition or British Standard BS-4164, Section 3. The primer shall consist of chlorinated
rubber, synthetic plasticiser and solvents suitably blended to produce a liquid coating which
may be applied by brushing or spraying and which will produce effective bond between the
metal and subsequent coating of coal tar enamel. Primer should not contain benzol or other
toxic and / or highly volatile solvents, added pigments or inert fillers or other substances and
shall show no tendency to settle out in containers. The main characteristics of the primer shall
be as follows-
Drying time to touch at Approx. 5 - 15 minutes

normal humidity @ 30 deg. C
(70%)
Flash point, BS 2000, part 23 deg. C (minimum)

170
Flow time 4 mm flow cup 35 - 60 sec.

(ISO) at 23 deg. C; BS 3900,
Part A6.
Volatile matter (105 - 110 deg. C), 75% loss

max. by mass. BS, Appendix A
Coverage 8 - 12 Sq. MT/lit/coat
4.2.2 Priming operation (cold applications)
The primer shall be applied on the pipes in uniform thin film (single coat) leaving no drips or
runs. The entire surface of the pipe should be primed without any patch left out. Any
unprimed places shall be reprimed immediately. Any flooded areas or primer applied on
improperly cleaned pipe shall be cut down to surfaces of pipe and reprimed at Contractor's
cost. The primer shall be cold applied to a clean dry surface, immediately after cleaning
operation.
• The surface shall be dry at the time of applying primer coat. Primer shall not be applied
during rain or fog or on wet surface.

Word
New Delhi
Sheet 4 of 12
16-QMP-05-3B
• Primer which becomes foul with foreign substances or thickened through evaporation
of solvent shall not be permitted.
• Freshly primed pipe shall be placed on clean square cut skids and shall not be allowed
to come in contact with the ground or with any other foreign matter. It shall remain on
skids until lifted or cradled for the coating and wrapping operation.
• All primed pipes which have excessive coat of dust or primer accumulated over them
before the primer is dry or where primer has become dead shall be reprimed. Drying
time shall be minimum 24 hours. The application of coal tar coating shall be taken up
after the primer coat has dried up completely and normally within 24 hours after
priming with maximum limit of 5 days. Otherwise a fresh coat of primer shall be
applied at contractor's cost. The engineer-in-charge shall approve the primer coat
before the next coat is applied.
• The primer shall be applied as received from the manufacturer and should not be
thinned under any circumstances.
4.3 COATING AND WRAPPING
4.3.1 Coal tar enamel
Enamel shall be composed of a specially processed coal tar pitch combined with an inert
mineral filler.
No asphalt of either petroleum or natural base shall be acceptable as part of the ingredients.
The enamel shall have the following physical characteristics conforming to AWWA C-203-91
or latest edition / BS 4164, 1987.
Enamel type I Enamel type II

Min. Max. Min. Max
Softening point; ASTM D36 104o C 116o C 104o C 116o C
Filler (ash) 25% 35% 25% 35%

ASTM D-2415 by Wt.
Filler Fineness, through 90% - 90% -

200 mesh ASTM D-546 by wt.
Specific gravity at 1.4 1.6 1.4 1.6

25o C ASTM D 71
Penetration, AWWA C 203, 5 10 10 20

Sec. 5.3.2@ 77o F (25o C) - 100
gm. Wt. - 5 sec.
@115o F (46.1o C) 12 30 15 55
50. wt. - 5 sec.
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 5 of 12
16-QMP-05-3B
Enamel type I Enamel type II

Min. Max. Min. Max
High temperature test (SAG) - 1/16" (1.6 mm) - 1/16" (1.6 mm)
@ 160o F (71o C) AWWA
C-203, sec. 5.3.4
Low temp test @ -10o F (-23o C) - None N/A N/A

(Cracking) AWWA C 203
Sec. 5.3.5
Impact test @ 77o F (25o C) 650-g

Ball, 8-ft drop; AWWA C 203 sec.5.3.7
Direct impact, disbonded area - 16 sq. in - 10 sq. in

(10,323 sq.mm) (6,452 sq.mm)
Indirect impact, disbonded area - 6 sq. in - 2 sq. in

(3,871 sq.mm) (1,290 sq.mm)
Peel test, AWWA C-203 Sec. 5.3.6 No pealing No pealing
Service temperature limitations:
Interior lining 90o F (32.2 oC) 90o F (32.2 oC)
Exterior lining 160o F (71.1o C) 160o F (71.1oC)
4.3.2 Glass fibre mat for inner wrapping
The fibre glass mat for inner wrapping shall be thin, flexible, uniform mat composed of
chemically resistant borosilicate glass fibre tissue or hydrolytic class 3 - m conforming to DIN-
12-111 mono-filaments disturbed in a random open porous structure, bonded together with a
thermosetting phenolic type resin which shall be compatible with the coal tar enamel. The
inner wrap glass fibre tissue shall be longitudinally reinforced by continuous flament glass yard
embedded in mat & shall have nominal thickness of 0.5 (0.02") and shall conform to AWWA
C 203-86, Appendix section A.2.
• No disbonding of individual glass fibre shall occur during or following the embedding
process.
• The glass fibre mat shall not cause bubbling under the condition of application.
• The glass fibre mat shall be sufficiently porous so that it can be embedded in the hot coal
tar enamel as it is applied to the exterior of the pipe.
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 6 of 12
16-QMP-05-3B
• The glass fibre mat shall be free from thin spots, pimples, lamination, uncured binder
flows, wrinkles, torn edges, dust, oil and grease etc.
The glass fibre mat (reinforced glass wrap) shall also conform to AWWA C-203-86
section A2 and the following characteristics.
Weight (min) 41 gms / sq. mt
Nominal thickness 0.5 mm + 0.1 mm
Tensile
(Average, breaking strength)
Longitudinal direction 2277 N/M of WIDTH (min.)
Transverse direction
Porosity 700 N/M of width.
The glass fibre mat shall have a porosity
of not more than 1.90 mm water gauge
measures at pressure difference across
the samples at an air velocity of 1.02 m/sec.
Temp. Resistance The glass fibre tissue shall be unaffected

under load in hot enamel at 530 deg. F
(228 deg. C) for one minute.
Moisture absoprtion 5% (max.)

by wt. at relative
humidity of 95% at
120 deg. F (50 deg. C)
for 24 hrs.
4.3.3 OUTER WRAP COAL TAR IMPREGNATED CLASS FIBRE
The outer wrap shall be non-woven, thick, reinforced glass fibre mat uniformly impregnated
with coal tar enamel and shall conform to AWWA C-203-91 or latest edition, Section 2.10.3
with following characteristics.
Glass tissue base - 83 gm/sq. mt. (min.)
Weight (finished - 586-732 gm/sq. mt.

material) (12-15 lbs / 100 sq. ft.)
Thickness - 0.76 mm (30 mills)
Tensile strength (average

breaking strength)

Word
New Delhi
Sheet 7 of 12
16-QMP-05-3B
Longitudinal direction - 6130 N/M of width (min.)

Transverse direction - 4730 N/M of width (min.)
Pliability (1" dia

mandrel 25 deg. C 2 sec) - No cracking
Weight loss on heating - 2% (max.)

at 82 deg. C for 2 hrs.
Moisture absorption - 5% (max.)

Percentage of weight at a relative
humidity of 95% and 120 deg. F
(50 deg. C) for 24 hrs.
The finished reinforced glass fibre mat outer wrap shall have a smooth, uniform surface free of
visible defects. When unrolled at a temperature from 0 deg. C to 50 deg. C, the outer wrap
shall not crack or stick to such an extent as to cause breaking or tearing. The outer wrap shall
be purchased in tightly wound tied rolls with a 3" diameter core in widths and lengths as
specified at the time of purchase. The rolls shall be packed to exclude dust and dirt during
shipping and handling and shall have cardboard separators and end shields adequate to prevent
rool damage when stacked. The sides of the rolls shall be clean, smooth and squared cut and
shall have no telescoping.
4.3.4 The white wash used as a final coat shall be manufactured in accordance with white wash
formulas as specified in AWWA C-203-86, Section 2.11.
4.3.5 PREPARATION OF COATING MATERIALS
The coal tar enamel shall be furnished in expandable sheet metal or drums that shall be cropped
or cut out on a suitable platform to prevent the enamel from coming in contact with weeds,
cinders, grass and other forms of contamination.
The cropped or cut pieces of enamel may not weigh more than 10 kgs. The pieces of enamel
shall be covered when they are in danger of contamination because of atmospheric conditions.
The broken enamel shall be placed in a clean melting kettle and slowly heated at a uniform rate
of 225 deg. C to 245 deg. C (application temperature) or manufacturer's recommended
temperature. Any coating material heated to more than the above mentioned temp. shall be
rejected. Spilled material which has become contaminated shall not be returned to the melting
kettle.
The coating being prepared for use by coating machine shall be agitated in melting kettles
having continuous mechanical agitators. Small melting kettles without mechanical agitators
can be used with the approval of the engineer-in-charge. The melted enamel in these kettles
shall be stirred at an interval of not more than 15 minutes during heating with metal agitators.
Wooden paddles or sticks shall not be used for stirring. Accurate thermometers shall be used
on heating kettles in such a way as to read clearly. The thermometer bulb shall be within 100
mm from the bottom of kettle and shall have temperature range from 100 deg. C - 300 deg. C.

Word
New Delhi
Sheet 8 of 12
16-QMP-05-3B
Any coating material that has been heated in the kettles to a temperature in excess or what is
specified herein or by manufacturer's recommendation shall be condemned and shall not be
used.
4.4 APPLICATION OF HOT COAL TAR ENAMEL AND INNER GLASS FIBRE WRAP
4.4.1 First coat of hot coal tar enamel shall be applied over the adequately cured primed surface to a
minimum thickness of 2.0 mm. The engineer-in-charge shall cut samples and test the thickness
of coating and further work of outer coating shall be taken up only after the inner coating has
been approved by the engineer-in-charge.
Simultaneoulsy with the first coat of coal tar the fibrous glass mat shall be mechanically
applied in machine. It is preferable to pass the fibre glass mat through a bath of hot coal tar
enamel before being applied over the pipe. Sufficient tension shall be applied to the rolls of
fibrous mat to embed it in the coal tar enamel before it cools to furnish a proper bond with the
next layer of coal tar enamel. The fibrous glass mat shall be of suitable uniform width for
smooth spiral application. The overlap of the fibrous mat shall not be less than 1/2 inch (12
mm).
A second coat of hot coal tar enamel shall then be applied of such a thickness that finished
thickness of two layers of enamel inner and outer wraps shall be a minimum of 4.0 mm.
4.4.2 By manual application
The already primed pipe is placed in a fixed position. The coal tar enamel heated to 225 deg -
245 deg. C is then applied by means of sling as follows :-
A canvass strip (alternatively a tinplate strip) about 450 mm wide and 1.5 m long is held under
the pipe by two men. Molten enamel is poured on the sling at each end of the pipe and some
on top of the pipe. The men holding this sling move it up and down and walk slowly forward
whilst fresh enamel is poured on the pipe and they manipulate the sling so that an even coating
is obtained all around. This work shall be done very carefully and by experienced personnel.
There shall not be any formation of "whiskers" and holes in the coating must be made good.
The glass fibre material wrapping may be applied with hand with the approval of the engineer-
in-charge.
4.5 APPLICATION OF SECOND (OUTER) LAYER OF COAL TAR ENAMEL COATING &
GLASS FIBRE WRAPPING
Immediately after application of the 2nd layer of coal tar enamel, outer wrap of coal tar
impregnated glass fibre shall be applied in a tight uniform spiral and shall be spirally wound
round the pipe with a minimum of 15 mm of overlap on each spiral.
The thickness of final coat of enamel shall be so adjusted that the total finished thickness of
double coating & wrapping in dividing outer wrap in maintained minimum 4.0 mm. The
coating and wrapping must be free of pin holes, bubbles or holidays. The engineer-in-charge
shall cut samples from the coating from time to time to determine the thickness and bond of
coating.

Word
New Delhi
Sheet 9 of 12
16-QMP-05-3B
4.6 PRIMER, COATING AND WRAPPING APPLICATION FOR FIELD JOINTS OF PIES
AFTER LAYING AT SITE.
4.6.1 Primer shall be applied with brushes after cleaning the pipe thoroughly (Joints portion etc.) as
per specification.
4.6.2 When the primer has dried one coat of coal tar enamel shall be applied and glass fibre mat
inner wrap shall be spirally wound round the pipe over enamel. Final coat of coal tar enamel
along with outer wrap of coal tar impregnated glass fibre shall be applied so that total thickness
of coating and wrapping shall be maintained minimum 4.0 mm. The overlaps for the outer
wrap and glass fibre mat shall be minimum 100 mm over the original coating and wrapping
including tapering portions, if any.
4.6.3 No wrinkling in the wrapper shall be allowed and all the overlaps shall be cemented down with
hot coal tar enamel to secure a firm wrapping. This coating must be absolutely free of
pinholes, bubbles and holidays.
4.7 INSPECTION
4.7.1 The work 'Inspector' means a person designated by the engineer-in-charge for inspection and
approval of the work under this specification. The entire procedure of applying the protective
coating material as herein specified will be rigidly inspected from the time the bare pipe is
received until the coated pipe is laid in the trench and back-filled and / or installation of coated
pipe is complete. Such inspection shall not relieve the contractor of his responsibility to
furnish material and perform work in accordance with these specifications and shall not relieve
him of the guarantees under this contract. All coating and wrapping work to be acceptable
must be applied in the presence of the inspector, and all such work done in his absence will be
subject to rejection unless the continuance of the work during his absence is specifically
allowed by the inspector. If at any time it is found that the procedure of applying the protective
coating and wrapping material is not in accordance with these specifications, all such coating
work may be rejected. The coating and wrapping work will be inspected in stages namely after
cleaning of the pipes, application of primer coat, application of coal tar enamels, fibre glass
inner wrap and outerwrap, coal tar impregnated glass fibre.
Prior to approval of the contractor's material, samples of materials submitted by the contractor
will be tested by the contractor for various tests as per the relevant standards and if any sample
is found not to conform to these specifications, material represented by such samples will be
rejected. If samples of contractor's approved materials are found not to conform to the
specifications all such materials will also be rejected.
Samples submitted to the engineer-in-charge will be tested in an approved responsible

commercial laboratory, designated by the engineer-in-charge.
The expenses of testing of all samples of materials offered by the Contractor and the expenses
of all subsequent tests due to failure of samples of material originally offered to comply with
these specifications will be borne by the contractor.

Word
New Delhi
Sheet 10 of 12
16-QMP-05-3B
In addition to above, the contractor shall submit manufacturer's certificates, in original for
each batch of materials used on the job.
The contractor shall furnish the inspector reasonable facilities and space without charge for the
inspection testing and obtaining of such information as he desires regarding the characteristics
of materials used and the manner in which the work is progressing.
The rield bond test procedure, as per AWWA C-203-91 section 7.8 or latest edition or BS 4164
Appendix L shall be applied to each pipe initially till the engineer-in-charge relaxes it later to a
random of one in ten pipes
The pipe shall be thoroughly inspected for any holidays, pinholes, torn, abraded or mutilated
spots.
The contractor shall furnish and operate at his own cost, a high voltage electronic holiday
detector of type acceptable to engineer-in-charge. The detector will have to be calibrated by
the contractor at his own cost before use and the calibration shall be witnessed and approved
by the engineer-in-charge.
4.8 Testing and Repairs
4.8.1 All the finished insulation shall meet with the requirements of spark tests to be applied with
holiday detector. All pinholes, voids, holidays, air bubbles, cracks and other breaks, shall be
carefully marked. Repairs may be made immediately following the coating and wrapping
operation or may be deferred but in any case shall be repaired and re-inspected prior to
installation. Repairs to coal tar enamel coating shall be made by removing the damaged
coating back to the pipe surface, hot coal tar enamel shall then be poured over this area and a
piece of outer wrap of similar size shall then be embedded and bonded to the enamel. All
coating repairs shall be made with the wrap smoothly applied and without wrinkles or buckles.
Repair shall be atleast equal in effectiveness to the coating applied to the principal part of the
line. All repairs must successfully pass a test by the electronic holiday detector.
4.8.2 The thickness of coating and wrapping shall be checked with suitable instrument by the
contractor at his own cost. If the thickness is found insufficient, the contractor shall have to
modify the same to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge without any extra cost.
4.9 Handling and supporting coated pipes
4.9.1 Contractor shall develop the method of stock piling and loading out coated pipes and shall
receive approval from engineer-in-charge prior to handling of coated pipes.
4.9.2 The coated pipes shall be carefully handled so as not to damage them in any way. No wire
ropes or chains shall be used to lift the coated pipe. Canvas or rubber belts of minimum 300
mm width and sufficient strength shall be used. The use of tongs, bare pinch bars, chain slings,
protruding rivets, pipe hooks without proper padding or any other handling equipment that may
injure the coating shall not be permitted.

Word
New Delhi
Sheet 11 of 12
16-QMP-05-3B
4.9.3 If the pipes are coated in a ship, one pipes should not placed above another during transit in
wagon or truck. The pipe shall be carried on suitable paddle skids mounted on the wagon or
truck to ensure that the coating will not be damaged in any way.
4.9.4 Pipes shall be stored in the field under covered protection during rains. Pipe shall be kept on
clean square cut padded wooden skids protected with fibre glass mat. felt or straw until ready
to be lowered in the trench.
4.9.5 The contractor handling and transporting the pipe shall conform to standards as set out in
AWWA C-203-91 section 9.1 "Transporting and handling enameled pipe".
4.10 Adjacent pipe - lines, structures etc.
4.10.1 If any damage is caused to the coating and wrapping of adjacent pipes or any other existing
structure during excavation of subsequent work or during coating and wrapping of field joints
the contractor shall carry out necessary repairs at his own cost in a manner as directed by the
engineer-in-charge.
4.10.2 REPAIR OF PIPE
Any damage to the pipe, such as dents, gauges, flattering or damage caused by contractor to
bevels shall be cut out, the pipe beveled and if necessary, re-welded with prior approval of
engineer-in-charge. All such rewelding shall conform to the applicable provisions of codes.
The cost of work, plus the cost of pipe lost due to repair will be to the account of contractor.

Word
New Delhi
Sheet 12 of 12
16-QMP-05-3A
VALVE MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
4 15.02.08 Issued For Bid VNK HSH DPS

3 03.09.07 Client comments incorporated. VK HSH DPS
2 16.08.07 Revised as per client’s proposal standard. MLD HSH DPS
1 06.07.07 Issued For Approval VD HSH RNP
VALVE MATERIAL
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., SPECIFICTION 9473-03-VMS-001 4
New Delhi
Sheet 1 of 6
16-QMP-05-3A
GENERAL NOTES ON VALVE MATERIAL

SPECIFICATION
1.0 GATE, GLOBE,CHECK & BALL VALVES
1.1 Valve material Specification shall be read in conjunction with Technical notes of Valves(Doc.
No: 9473-03-TS-002) enclosed with Scope of Work.
1.2 Face-to-Face / End-to-End dimension of valves shall conform to B16.10 to the extent covered.
For valves not covered in B16.10, reference shall be made to BS 2080 and / or the
manufacturer’s drawings.
1.3 Flange ends of the valve shall be as of same rating as companion flange & weld ends of the
valve shall match with connecting pipe thickness unless otherwise specified.
1.4 Pressure-temperature rating for flanged and butt-welding end Gate, Globe & Check valves
shall be as per ASME B16.34. Wall thickness of valve body at different locations shall be as
per B16.34.
1.5 Unless called-out specifically, valves shall be as per the following Standards:
GATE VALVE:
Spec Size Rating Design Std. Testing Std.

½” to 1 ½” 800# API-602 API-598
A11
2” to 42” 150# API-6D API-6D
½” to 1 ½” 800# API-602 API 598
A13
2” to 24” 150# API-600 API-598
API-598 up to 24”
A15 2” to 36” 150# API-6D
API-6D 26” & Above
½” to 1 ½” 800# API-602 API-598
A16 API-598 up to 24”
2” to 36” 150# API-6D
API-6D 26” & Above
½” to 1 ½” 800# API-602 API-598
A26
2” to 24” 300# API-6D API-598
½” to 1 ½” 1500# API-6D API-6D
A51
2” to 8” 900# API-6D API-6D
½” to 1 ½” 2500# API-6D API-6D
A71
2” to 10” 2500# API-6D API-6D
B15 ½” to 1 ½” 800# API-602 API-598

½” to 1 ½” 800# IS: 778 Cl.2 IS : 6151
B17
2” to 6” 150# IS: 780 IS: 780
½” to 1 ½” 800# API-602 API-598
F24
2” to 24” 300# API-6D API-6D

VALVE MATERIAL
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., SPECIFICATION 9473-03-VMS-001 4
New Delhi
Sheet 2 of 6
16-QMP-05-3A
GLOBE VALVE:
½” to 1 ½” 800# ANSI B16.34 BS-6755 Pt-I

A11
2” to 16” 150# ANSI B16.34 BS-6755 Pt-I
½” to 1 ½” 800# BS 5352 BS-6755 Pt-I
A13
2” to 8” 150# BS 1873 BS-6755 Pt-I
A15 2” to 16” 150# ANSI B16.34 BS-6755 Pt-I
½” to 1 ½” 800# ANSI B16.34 BS-6755 Pt-I
A16
2” to 16” 150# ANSI B16.34 BS-6755 Pt-I
½” to 1 ½” 800# ANSI B16.34 BS-6755 Pt-I
A26
2” to 12” 300# ANSI B16.34 BS-6755 Pt-I
½” to 1 ½” 1500# ANSI B16.34 BS-6755 Pt-I
A51
2” to 4” 900# ANSI B16.34 BS-6755 Pt-I
½” to 1 ½” 2500# ANSI B16.34 BS-6755 Pt-I
A71
2” to 10” 2500# ANSI B16.34 BS-6755 Pt-I
B15 ½” to 1 ½” 800# ANSI B16.34 BS-6755 Pt-I
BS-6755 Pt-I / IS
½” to 1 ½” 800# IS: 778 Cl.2
B17 STD
2” to 8” 150# BS 1873 BS-6755 Pt-I
½” to 1 ½” 800# ANSI B16.34 BS-6755 Pt-I
F24
2” to 24” 300# ANSI B16.34 BS-6755 Pt-I
BALL VALVE:

A11
½” to 16” 150# API-6D API-6D
½” to 1½” 800# BS 5351 BS-6755 Pt-I /API 598

A13
2” to 24” 150# API-6D / BS 5351 BS-6755 Pt-I /API 598
A15 2” to 10” 150# API 600 BS-6755 Pt-I /API 598

A16 ½” to 10” 150# API-6D BS-6755 Pt-I /API 598
A26 ½” to 10” 300# API-6D API-598
½” to 1 ½” 1500# API-6D BS-6755 Pt-I /API 6D
A51
2” to 10” 900# API-6D BS-6755 Pt-I /API 6D

VALVE MATERIAL
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., 9473-03-VMS-001 4
SPECIFICATION
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 3 of 6
16-QMP-05-3A
A71 2” to 6” 2500# API-6D BS-6755 Pt-I /API 6D

B15 ½” to 1 ½” 800# BS 5351 BS-6755 Pt-I
½” to 1½” 800# BS 5351 BS-6755 Pt-I
B17 2” to 6” 150# BS 5351 / API-6D BS-6755 Pt-I /API 598
2” to 10” 2500# API-6D API-6D
CHECK VALVE:
½” to 1 ½” 800# BS 5352 BS-6755 Pt-I

A11
2” to 24” 150# API-6D API-6D
½” to 1 ½” 800# BS 5352 BS-6755 Pt-I
A13
2” to 24” 150# BS 1868 API-6D
A15 2” to 24” 150# API-6D BS-6755 Pt-I /API 6D
½” to 1 ½” 800# BS 5352 BS-6755 Pt-I
A16
½” to 1 ½” 800# BS 5352 BS-6755 Pt-I /API 6D
A26
½” to 1 ½” 1500# BS 5352 BS-6755 Pt-I
A51
2” to 8” 900# API-6D API-6D
½” to 1 ½” 2500# BS 5352 BS-6755 Pt-I
A71
2” to 10” 2500# API-6D API-6D
B15 ½” to 1 ½” 800# BS 5352 BS-6755 Pt-I
½” to 1 ½” 800# IS: 778 Cl.2 IS : 6151
B17
2” to 6” 150# IS: 5312 (Pt-1) IS: 6157 – 1981 / IS: 5312
½” to 1 ½” 800# BS 5352 BS-6755 Pt-I /API 6D
F24
2” to 24” 300# API-6D API-6D
1.6 If not covered in 1.5 above, the valve shall be as per B16.34 / relevant MSS-SP Standard.
1.7 All Ball Valves shall be fire safe design. Fire test shall be as per BS 6755(Part-I)/API 6FA.
1.8 All API 6D Gate Valves used in process gas stream shall be of Fire safe design as per API
6FA.
1.9 Features not covered by Valve Material Specification and the relevant code shall be to the
manufacturer’s standard.
1.10 Ball valves of higher rating (2500 / 1500 / 900) shall have butt weld ends.
1.11 For piping class 150 & 300 all small bore Gate, Globe & Check valves(½”- 1½”) shall have
socket weld ends & be supplied in 800 rating.
1.12 Unless otherwise specifically called for upto 600#, 2” and lager size steel Gate, Globe &
Check valves in Hydrocarbon and utility service shall be bolted Bonnets. Pressure-seal

VALVE MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 4 of 6
16-QMP-05-3A
Bonnets or covers shall be used for classes 900# and above to minimize Bonnet leakage.
However, valves with pressure-seal Bonnet shall have wall thickness & stem diameter as per
API-600, (if required). Welded Bonnets or screwed & seal welded Bonnets are acceptable for
sizes lower than 2” for classes 900# & above.
1.13 Generally the valves are hand wheel or lever operated. However, suitable gear operator in
enclosed gear box shall be provided for valves as follows:
VALVE TYPE CLASS FOR SIZES>=
GATE 150 12"

300 12"
600 12"
900 6"
1500 3"
2500 3"
900 6"
GLOBE/Y GLOBE/STOP- CHECK
1500 3"
2500 3"
BALL/PLUG 150 6"

300 6"
600 4"
900 3"
1500 3"
2500 3”
BUTTERFLY 150 10"
300 6"
1.14 Hand wheel diameter shall not exceed 750mm and lever length shall not exceed 500mm
on each side. Effort to operate shall not exceed 35 kgf at hand wheel periphery. However,
failing to meet the above requirement, vendor shall offer gear operation.
1.15 Quarter turn valve shall have “open” position indicators with limit stop.
1.16 Each valve shall be supplied with a lever / wrench except for gear operated / motor
operated valves.Soft- seated Ball, Plug & Butterfly valves shall be supplied with antistatic
devices. The ball of Ball valves shall not protrude outside the end flanges.
1.17 Ball valves shall be floating ball type / Trunnion mounted as per follows:-

VALVE MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 5 of 6
16-QMP-05-3A
Class Floating ball Trunnion mounted
150 8” & below 10” & above
300 4” & below 6” & above
600 & above 1½ ” & below 2” & above
1.18 Use of soft-seated Ball/Plug/Butterfly valves shall be suitably selected based on

temperatures handled.
1.19 Butterfly valves shall be suitable for throttling application.
1.20 Valves of size 150 mm (6”) NB and above shall be equipped with lifting lugs. Tapped
holes and eyebolts shall not be used for lifting lugs.
1.21 All the valves of ANSI Class 300 and above shall be 100% radio-graphed for body and
bonnet

VALVE MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION
Word
New Delhi
Sheet 6 of 6
Job no. 9473
client OIL INDIA LIMITED, ASSAM
DATA SHEET FOR BALL VALVE EPMC IMPLEMENTATION OF
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd. , project
2 NOS. FGS & 1 NO. CGGS &
New Delhi OFF-TAKE POINT
BALL VALVE SIZE RANGE 1/2" to 16" FLGD TO B-16.5, 150#, RF, 125 AARH
1 Tag no
2 Service class A11
150# (FLOATING BALL FOR 4" & BELOW, TRUNNION MOUNTED FOR 6" & ABOVE), 2PIECE
GENERAL 3 Valve pressure class
CONSTRUCTION
4 Standard API-6D
5 Fluid service GENERAL PROCESS, FLARE
CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL
6 Body FORGED / CAST ASTM A105 / A216 Gr. WCB
7 Stem ANTI-BLOWOUT 13% CR. STEEL/SS 316; (NO CASTING)
8 Ball SOLID 13% CR. STEEL/SS304/SS 316 (ASTM A395 + ENP)
9 Body Seat RPTFE WITH SECONDARY METAL TO METAL
10 Gland BOLTED / RETAINED BY NUT & WASHER ASTM A105 / 13% CR. STEEL / SS 316 / SS 304
BODY
RENEWABLE WITH VALVE OPEN ON GRAFOIL/PTFE V-RINGS+GRAFOIL
11 Stem Seal
STREAM
12 Body Seal GRAFOIL/PTFE
13 Body Stud ASTM A193 GR. B7
14 Body Nut ASTM A194 GR. 2H
15 Others INCONEL X-750
Requirement of gear REFER TECHNICAL NOTES FOR PURCHASE

16
operator OF VALVES
Requirement of REFER TECHNICAL NOTES FOR PURCHASE
17
radiography OF VALVES
18 Special service condition MAX. TEMPERATURE 100 DEG.C
19 Spring INCONEL X-750

SERVICE
CONDITION BODY: 450 PSIG SEAT: 325 PSIG
20 Test pressure Hyd.
21 Test pressure with Air 80 PSIG
NOTES:
1 THIS VALVE DATA SHEET SHALL BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH TECHNICAL NOTES FOR VALVES.
2 BIDDER SHALL BE CLEARLY WRITE ALL/ ANY DEVIATION AGAINST EACH PART/ MATERIAL OF VALVE IN
THE SPACE PROVIDED FOR. WHEREVER BIDDER AGREES WITH SPEC, SHALL INDICATE "AGREED".
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER API-6D.
4 ALL VALVES SHALL BE FIRE SAFE DESIGN FIRE SAFE TEST SHALL BE AS PER API 607 IV EDITION/BS
6755(PART II) /API-6FA.
5 FOR TRUNNION MOUNTED BALL, BODY SEAT SHALL BE SPRING LOADED.
6 ALL VALVES SHALL BE BIDIRECTIONAL.
7 FLOATING BALL VALVES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PRESSURE EQUALISATION SEATS TO RELIEVE THE
BODY-BONNET CAVITY PRESSURE TO THE UPSTREAM SIDE.
8 5% VALVE CASTING SHALL UNDERGO RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION.
9 BIDDER SHALL CERTIFY THE SUITABILITY OF VALVES FOR INTENDED SERVICE CONDITIONS.
10 BIDDER TO FURNISH SOFT SEAT DETAILS AND TYPE, GRADE & CLASS SELECTED FOR RPTFE
FROM ASTM D4745 WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS LIKE PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATING TABLE.
11 STEM SEAL/BODY SEAL MATERIALS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH CORROSION INHIBITOR.
12 NO CUTTING/OVERWRITING BY BIDDER ON STEP'S SPEC. IS ALLOWED.

SPEC. NO.
3 03.09.07 CLIENT COMMENTS INCORPORATED VK HSH DPS
2 16.08.07 REVISED AS PER CLIENT'S PROPOSAL STANDARD. MLD HSH DPS A11
1 06.07.07 ISSUED FOR APPROVAL VD HSH RNP (BIG BORE)
REV DATE DESCRIPTION PREP CHK APPD SHEET 1 OF 1

Job no. 9473
DATA SHEET FOR CHECK VALVE EPMC IMPLEMENTATION OF
CHECK VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to .75" SW 6000 , 1" to 1.5" SW 3000 , TO B-16.11, 800#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A11
GENERAL 3 Valve pressure class 800#
4 Standard BS-5352
6 Body FORGED ASTM A 105
7 Cover BOLTED ASTM A 105
8 Disc/Piston STELLITED
9 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE/NON RENEWABLE STELLITED
BODY 10 Disc Hinge/Hinge Pin
11 Cover Stud Bolts ASTM A193 GR. B7
12 Cover Nuts ASTM A194 GR. 2H
13 Cover Gaskets SP WND SS316-GRAFOIL FILLER
14 Type LIFT CHECK TYPE
15 Others
16 Washer,Nut,Pin

SERVICE
18 Test pressure Hyd. BODY: 2975 PSIG SEAT: 2175 PSIG
CONDITION
19 Test pressure with Air
NOTES:
THE SPACE PROVIDED FOR. WHEREVER BIDDER AGREES WITH SPEC. SHALL INDICATE "AGREED".
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS-6755 (PART 1)
4 VALVES SHALL BE OF STANDARD BORE DESIGN.

SPEC. NO.
1 06.07.07 ISSUED FOR APPROVAL VD HSH RNP (STANDARD BORE)

Job no. 9473
CHECK VALVE SIZE RANGE 2" to 24" FLGD TO B-16.5, 150#, RF, 125 AARH
1 Tag no
2 Service class A11
4 Standard API-6D
6 Body CAST ASTM A 216 GR. WCB
7 Cover BOLTED ASTM A 216 GR. WCB
8 Disc FACED WITH 13% CR. STEEL/13% CR. STEEL
9 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE/NON RENEWABLE 13% CR. STEEL FACING/13% CR STEEL
10 Disc Hinge 13% CR. STEEL/ A216 GR WCB/A515 GR 70

BODY
11 Hinge Pin 13% CR. STEEL (NO CASTING)
14 Cover Gaskets SP WND SS316-GRAFOIL FILLER/ CORRUGATED SOFT IRON
15 Type SWING CHECK TYPE
REFER TECHNICAL NOTES FOR PURCHASE

16 Radiography
OF VALVES
17 Others
18 Washer,Nut,Pin 13% CR. STEEL (NO CASTING)/SS410/SS304

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
THE SPACE PROVIDED FOR. WHEREVER BIDDER AGREES WITH SPEC. SHALL INDICATE "AGREED".
SPEC. NO.
2 03.09.07 CLIENT COMMENTS INCORPORATED VK HSH DPS A11

Job no. 9473
DATA SHEET FOR GATE VALVE EPMC IMPLEMENTATION OF
GATE VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to .75" SW 6000 , 1" to 1.5" SW 3000 TO B-16.11, 800#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A11
4 Standard API-602
7 Bonnet BOLTED ASTM A 105
8 Stem RISING 13% CR. STEEL (NO CASTING)
9 Wedge Disc SOLID STELLITED
10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE STELLITED

BODY
RENEWABLE WITH VALVE OPEN ON GRAPHITED ASBESTOS WITH SACRIFICIAL CORR.
11 Stem Packing
STREAM INHIB.& INCONEL WIRE REINFORCEMENT
12 Hand Wheel NON RISING MALLEABLE IRON/ CAST ST/ FAB.ST/ DUCT.IRON
13 Bonnet Bolts ASTM A193 GR. B7
14 Bonnet Nuts ASTM A194 GR. 2H
15 Bonnet Gaskets SP WND SS316-GRAFOIL FILLER
16 Others OS & Y
17 Back seat & shoulder INTEGRAL

SERVICE
CONDITION
19 Test pressure Hyd. Body: 2975 PSIG Seat: 2175 PSIG
NOTES:
THE SPACE PROVIDED FOR. WHEREVER BIDDER AGREES WITH SPEC., SHALL INDICATE "AGREED"
4 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER API-598
5 FIRE TEST STANDARD API-6FA

SPEC. NO.
1 06.07.07 ISSUED FOR APPROVAL VD HSH RNP (SMALL BORE)

Job no. 9473
GATE VALVE SIZE RANGE 2" to 42" FLGD TO B-16.5, 150#, RF, 125 AARH
1 Tag no
2 Service class A11
4 Standard API-6D
7 Bonnet BOLTED ASTM A 216 GR. WCB
9 Wedge Disc SOLID/ FLEXIBLE 13% CR. STEEL FACING/13% CR. STEEL
10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE / NON RENEWABLE 13% CR. STEEL FACING/13% CR. STEEL
BODY
11 Stem Packing
Requirement of Gear REFER TECHNICAL NOTES FOR PURCHASE

16
Operator OF VALVES
17 Radiography
OF VALVES
18 Others OS & Y
19 Back seat & shoulder 13% CR. STEEL

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
3 ACCEPTABLE LEAKAGE RATES SHALL BE AS PER BS-6755 PART 1, RATE B
5 GATE VALVES OF SIZE 26" & ABOVE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS-1414 AND FLANGE ENDS
SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME B16.47 SERIES B.
6 5% VALVE CASTINGS UPTO 24 INCH AND 100% VALVE CASTINGS 26 INCH AND ABOVE SHALL
UNDERGO RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION.
7 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER API 6D
8 FIRE TEST STANDARD API-6FA.

SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
DATA SHEET FOR GLOBE VALVE EPMC IMPLEMENTATION OF
GLOBE VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to .75" SW 6000 , 1" to 1.5" SW 3000 ,TO B-16.11, 800#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A11
4 Standard ANSI-B16.34
9 Disc LOOSE PLUG TYPE STELLITED

BODY
11 Stem Packing
12 Hand Wheel RISING MALLEABLE IRON/ DUTILE IRON/ C.S/ FAB.STEEL
16 Others OS & Y
17 Back Seat & Shoulder INTEGRAL

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
THE SPACE PROVIDED FOR. WHEREVER BIDDER AGREES WITH SPEC., SHALL INDICATE "AGREED".
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS-6755 Pt-I
5 VALVES SHALL BE TESTED FOR LEAKAGE AS PER ANSI/FCI 70-2 1976(R1982) & LEAKAGE CLASS SHALL BE IV.
6 DIMENSIONAL STANDARD ANSI B-16-34

SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
DATA SHEET FOR GLOBE VALVE EPMC IMPLEMENTATION OF 2 NOS.
FGS & 1 NO. CGGS & OFF-TAKE
New Delhi POINT
GLOBE VALVE SIZE RANGE 2" to 16" FLGD TO B-16.5, 150#, RF, 125 AARH
1 Tag no
2 Service class A11
4 Standard ANSI- B16.34
9 Disc LOOSE PLUG TYPE/BALL TYPE 13% CR. STEEL FACING/13% CR. STEEL
10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE/NON RENEWABLE 13% CR. STEEL FACING/13% CR. STEEL
BODY
RENEWABLE WITH VALVE OPEN ON GRAPHITED ASBESTOS WITH SACRIFICIAL CORR. INHIB.&
11 Stem Packing
STREAM INCONEL WIRE REINFORCEMENT
15 Bonnet Gaskets SP WND SS316-GRAFOIL FILLER/ CORRUGATED SOFT IRON
Requirement of Gear REFER TECHNICAL NOTES FOR PURCHASE OF

16
Operator VALVES
REFER TECHNICAL NOTES FOR PURCHASE OF
17 Radiography
VALVES
18 Others OS & Y
19 Back Seat & Shoulder 13% CR. STEEL

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS-6755 Pt-I
7 DIMENSIONAL STANDARD ANSI-B-16.34

SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
BALL VALVE SIZE RANGE 1/2" to 3/4" SW ENDS 6000#, 1" to 1 1/2" SW ENDS 3000# TO B-16.11, 800#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A13
4 Standard BS 5351
5 Fluid service FUEL GAS
6 Body FORGED ASTM A105
7 Stem ANTI-BLOWOUT SS 316 (NO CASTING)
8 Ball SOLID SS 316
10 Gland SS 316
BODY
RENEWABLE WITH VALVE OPEN ON
11 Stem Seal GRAFOIL/PTFE V-RINGS+GRAFOIL
STREAM
15 Others

16
operator OF VALVES
17
18 Special service condition
19 Spring
SERVICE
CONDITION 20 Test pressure Hyd. BODY: 2975 PSIG SEAT: 2175 PSIG
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS-6755 (PART 1)/API-598
4 ALL VALVES SHALL BE FIRE SAFE DESIGN. FIRE SAFE TEST SHALL BE AS PER API 607 IV EDITION/BS
SPEC. NO.
A13
0 15.02.08 ISSUED FOR BID VNK HSH DPS (STANDARD BORE)

Job no. 9473
BALL VALVE SIZE RANGE 2" to 24" FLGD TO B-16.5, 150#, RF, 125 AARH
1 Tag no
2 Service class A13
4 Standard API-6D / BS 5351
6 Body CAST A216 Gr. WCB
8 Ball SOLID SS 316
9 Body Seat PTFE/RPTFE WITH SECONDARY METAL TO METAL
10 Gland BOLTED SS 316

BODY
11 Stem Seal GRAFOIL/PTFE V-RINGS+GRAFOIL
STREAM
15 Others

16
operator OF VALVES
17
19 Spring FOR TRUNNION MOUNTED INCONEL X-750

SERVICE
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.
A13
0 15.02.08 ISSUED FOR BID VNK HSH DPS (BIG BORE)

Job no. 9473
CHECK VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to .75" SW 6000, 1" to 1.5" SW 3000 TO B-16.11, 800#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A13
4 Standard BS-5352
8 Disc/Piston 13% CR. STEEL + HARDFACED (STELLITED)
9 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE ASTM A 182 Gr. F6A + HARDFACED (STELLITED)
13 Cover Gaskets SPIRAL WOUND SS304-GRAPHITE FILLER
15 Others
16 Washer,Nut,Pin

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
6 ALL VALVES SHALL BE PAINTED RED ON BODY - BONNET JOINT.
SPEC. NO.
A13

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A13
4 Standard BS-1868
8 Disc FORGED 13% CR. STEEL
9 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE ASTM A 182 Gr. F6A
10 Disc Hinge A216 GR WCB

BODY
11 Hinge Pin ASTM A 276 T410 / 420
12 Cover Bolts ASTM A193 GR. B7
14 Cover Gaskets SPIRAL WIND SS304 WITH GRAPHITE FILLER

16 Radiography
OF VALVES
17 Others
18 Washer,Nut,Pin 13% CR STEEL (NO CASTING)/SS410/SS304

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS 6755(PART 1)/ API-6D.
SPEC. NO.
A13

Job no. 9473
Client OIL INDIA LIMITED, ASSAM
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd. , Project
GATE VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to 3/4" SW 3000, 1" to 1.5" SW 6000 TO B-16.11, 800#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A13
4 Standard API 602
9 Wedge Disc SOLID ASTM A 182 Gr. F6A + HARDFACED (STELLITED)
BODY
RENEWABLE WITH VALVE OPEN ON GRAPHITED ASBESTOS WITH SACRIFICIAL CORR.INHIB.
11 Stem Packing
STREAM &INCONEL WIRE REINFORCEMENT
15 Bonnet Gaskets SPIRAL WOUND SS304 with non Asbestos filler
16 Others OS & Y STEM PROTECTION REQUIRED

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
5 ALL VALVES SHALL BE PAINTED RED ON BODY-BONNET JOINT.
6 FIRE TESTING AS PER API-6FA
SPEC. NO.
A13
0 15.02.08 ISSUED FOR BID VNK HSH DPS (SMALL BORE)

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A13
4 Standard API 600
9 Wedge Disc FLEXIBLE 13% CR. STEEL
10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE ASTM A182 Gr. F6A

BODY
11 Stem Packing
15 Bonnet Gaskets SPIRAL WOUND SS 304 WITH GRAPHITE FILLER

16
Operator OF VALVES
17
Radiography OF VALVES
18 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
4 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER API 598
6 5% VALVE CASTINGS UPTO 24" & 100% VALVE CASTINGS 26" AND ABOVE SHALL UNDERGO RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION
7 GATE VALVES OF SIZE 26" AND ABOVE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS-1414 AND FLANGE
ENDS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME 16.47 SERIES B.
SPEC. NO.
A13

Job no. 9473
GLOBE VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to 1.5" SW 3000 TO B-16.11, 800#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A13
4 Standard BS 5352
8 Stem RISING 13% CR. STEEL
9 Disc LOOSE PLUG TYPE ASTM A 182 Gr. F6A + HARDFACED (STELLITED)
BODY
RENEWABLE WITH VALVE OPEN ON INCONEL BRAIDED GRAPHOIL WITH CORROSION
11 Stem Packing
STREAM INHIBITOR
15 Bonnet Gaskets SPIRAL WOUND SS 304 with Non Asbestos filler
16 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS-6755 (PART 1).
SPEC. NO.
A13

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A13
4 Standard BS 1873
9 Disc LOOSE PLUG TYPE 13% CR. STEEL
ASTM A 182 Gr. F6A + HARDFACED (STELLITED)ASTM A 182 Gr.

10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE
F6A + HARDFACED (STELLITED)
BODY
11 Stem Packing
STREAM INHIBITOR
12 Hand Wheel NON RISING MALLEABLE IRON/ DUTILE IRON/ C.S/ FAB.STEEL
15 Bonnet Gaskets SS304 WITH NON ASBESTOS FILLER

16
Operator OF VALVES
17 Radiography
OF VALVES
18 Others OS & Y
19 Back Seat & Shoulder RENEWABLE 13% CR STEEL

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.
A13

Job no. 9473
BALL VALVE SIZE RANGE 2" to 10" FLGD TO B-16.5, 150#, RF, 125 AARH
1 Tag no
2 Service class A15
4 Standard API-600
5 Fluid service INSTRUMENT AIR (2" & ABOVE)
6 Body CAST A216 Gr. WCB
8 Ball SOLID 13% CR. STEEL/SS304/SS 316
RPTFE WITH SECONDARY METAL TO METAL

9 Body Seat
BODY
11 Stem Seal
STREAM

16
operator OF VALVES
17

SERVICE
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.
A15

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A15
4 Standard API-6D
8 Disc 13% CR. STEEL FACING/13% CR. STEEL

BODY

16 Radiography
OF VALVES
17 Others

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.
A15

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A15
4 Standard API-6D
BODY
11 Stem Packing
15 Bonnet Gaskets SP WND SS316-GRAFOIL FILLER/CORRUGATED SOFT IRON

16
Operator OF VALVES
17
18 Others OS & Y
19 Special service condition MAX. TEMP. 100 DEG.C.

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
4 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER API 598 FOR SIZES UPTO 24" AND AS PER API-6D
FOR SIZES 26" & ABOVE.
SPEC. NO.
A15

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A15
4 Standard ANSI-B-16.34
BODY
11 Stem Packing

16
Operator OF VALVES
17 Radiography
OF VALVES
18 Others OS & Y
19 Back Seat & Shoulder 13% CR STEEL

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.
A15

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A16
CONSTRUCTION
4 Standard API-6D
5 Fluid service WASTE WATER,OILY WATER SEWER
8 Ball SOLID 13% CR. STEEL/SS304/SS 316
RPTFE WITH SECONDARY METAL TO METAL

9 Body Seat
BODY
11 Stem Seal
STREAM

16
operator OF VALVES
17

SERVICE
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A16
4 Standard BS-5352
15 Others
16 Washer,Nut,Pin

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A16
4 Standard API-6D

BODY

16 Radiography
OF VALVES
17 Others

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.
2 15.02.08 ISSUED FOR BID VNK HSH DPS A16

Job no. 9473
GATE VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to .75" SW 6000 , 1" to 1.5" SW 3000 , TO B-16.11, 800#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A16
4 Standard API-602

BODY
11 Stem Packing
16 Others OS & Y
SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A16
4 Standard API-6D
BODY
11 Stem Packing
15 Bonnet Gaskets SP WND SS316-GRAFOIL FILLER/CORRUGATED SOFT IRON

16
Operator OF VALVES
17
18 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
4 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER API 598 FOR SIZES UPTO 24" AND AS PER API-6D
FOR SIZES 26" & ABOVE.

SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
GLOBE VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to .75" SW 6000 , 1" to 1.5" SW 3000 , TO B-16.11, 800#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A16

BODY
11 Stem Packing
16 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A16
BODY
11 Stem Packing

16
Operator OF VALVES
17 Radiography
OF VALVES
18 Others OS & Y
19 Back Seat & Shoulder 13% CR STEEL

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
CHECK VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to .75" SW 6000, 1" to 1.5" SW 3000 TO B-16.11, 800#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A18
4 Standard BS-5352
5 Fluid service PROCESS / TREATED WATER, EFFLUENT
8 Disc/Piston FORGED ASTM A 182 Gr. F6A
9 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE ASTM A 182 Gr. F6A. HARDFACED (STELLITED)
13 Cover Gaskets SPIRAL WOUND SS304 WITH GRAPHITE FILLER
15 Others
16 Washer,Nut,Pin

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.
A18

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A18
4 Standard BS-1868
8 Disc 13% CR. STEEL
9 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE ASTM A 182 Gr. F6A
10 Disc Hinge A216 GR WCB

BODY
11 Hinge Pin ASTM A276 T410/420
14 Cover Gaskets SS-304 WITH GRAPHITE FILLER

16 Radiography
OF VALVES
17 Others

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.
A18

Job no. 9473
GATE VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to 3/4" SW 3000, 1" to 1.5" SW 6000 TO B-16.11, 800#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A18
4 Standard API 602
9 Wedge Disc SOLID ASTM A 182 Gr. F6A. HARDFACED (STELLITED)
BODY
11 Stem Packing
STREAM INHIBITOR
15 Bonnet Gaskets SPIRAL WOUND SS-304 WITH NON ASBESTOS FILLER
16 Others OS & Y
SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.
A18

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A18
4 Standard API 600
9 Wedge Disc FLEXIBLE 13% CR. STEEL
10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE ASTM A182 Gr. F6A

BODY
11 Stem Packing
STREAM INHIBITOR
15 Bonnet Gaskets SPIRAL WOUND SS 304 WITH GRAPHITE FILLER

16
Operator OF VALVES
17
18 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
4 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER API 598
SPEC. NO.
A18

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A18
4 Standard BS 5352
9 Disc LOOSE PLUG TYPE ASTM A 182 Gr. F6A. HARDFACED (STELLITED)
BODY
11 Stem Packing
STREAM INHIBITOR
15 Bonnet Gaskets SPIRAL WOUND SS-304 WITH NON ASBESTOS FILLER
16 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
19 Test pressure Hyd. BODY: 3000PSIG SEAT: 2175 PSIG
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.
A18

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A18
4 Standard BS 1873
10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE/NON RENEWABLE ASTM A 182 Gr. F6A. HARDFACED (STELLITED)
BODY
11 Stem Packing
STREAM INHIBITOR
15 Bonnet Gaskets SS-304 WITH GRAPHITE FILLER

16
Operator OF VALVES
17 Radiography
OF VALVES
18 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.
A18

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A21
CONSTRUCTION
4 Standard API-6D
5 Fluid service GENERAL PROCESS GAS
8 Ball SOLID 13% CR. STEEL/SS304/SS 316 (ASTM A 395 + ENP)
BODY
11 Stem Seal
STREAM
15 Others

16
operator OF VALVES
17

SERVICE
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER API-6D
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
CHECK VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to 1.5" SW 3000 TO B-16.11, 800#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A21
4 Standard BS-5352
15 Others
16 Washer,Nut,Pin

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A21
4 Standard API-6D
8 Disc FACED WITH 13% CR. STEEL/13% CR. STEEL

BODY

16 Radiography
OF VALVES
17 Others

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS API-6D.
4 10% VALVE CASTINGS UPTO 16" AND 100% VALVE CASTING 18" AND ABOVE SHALL UNDERGO
RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
GATE VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to 1.5" SW 3000 TO B-16.11, 800#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A21
4 Standard API-6D

BODY
11 Stem Packing
16 Others OS & Y
SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A21
4 Standard API-6D
BODY
11 Stem Packing

16
Operator OF VALVES
17 Radiography
OF VALVES
18 Others OS & Y
19 Back seat & shoulder 13% CR STEEL

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
UNDERGO RADIOGRAFIC EXAMINATION.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A21

BODY
11 Stem Packing
15 Bonnet Gaskets SP WND SS316-CA FILLER
16 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A21
BODY
11 Stem Packing

16
Operator OF VALVES
17 Radiography
OF VALVES
18 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A26
CONSTRUCTION
4 Standard API-6D
5 Fluid service WASTE WATER, OILY WATER SEWER
8 Ball SOLID 13% CR. STEEL/SS304/SS 316 (ASTM A395+ENP)
BODY
11 Stem Seal
STREAM
15 Others

16
operator OF VALVES
17

SERVICE
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER API-598.

SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A26
4 Standard BS-5352
5 Fluid service WASTE WATER, OILY WATER SEWER.
15 Others
16 Washer,Nut,Pin

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS-6755 (PART 1) / API-6D
6 ALL VALVES SHALL BE PAINTED RED ON BODY-COVER JOINT.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A26
4 Standard API-6D

BODY

16 Radiography
OF VALVES
17 Others

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS-6755(PART 1) / API-6D.
7 TESTING STANDARD API-6D.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A26
4 Standard API-602

BODY
11 Stem Packing
16 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
6 FIRE TESTING SHALL BE AS PER API-6FA.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A26
4 Standard API-6D
BODY
11 Stem Packing

16
Operator OF VALVES
17 Radiography
OF VALVES
18 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
UNDERGO RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A26
4 Standard ANSI B16.34

BODY
11 Stem Packing
15 Bonnet Gaskets SP WND SS316-CA FILLER
16 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
VALVES SHALL BE TESTED FOR LEAKAGE AS PER ANSI/FCI 70-2 1976(R1982) & LEAKAGE CLASS SHALL BE IV.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class A26
BODY
11 Stem Packing

16
Operator OF VALVES
17 Radiography
OF VALVES
18 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
8 DIMENSIONAL STANDARD AS PER ANSI-B-16.34
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
BALL VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to 1.5" BW TO B-16.9, 1500#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A51
GENERAL 3 Valve pressure class 1500# (FLOATING BALL), 2PIECE CONSTRUCTION
4 Standard API-6D
5 Fluid service GENERAL PROCESS
6 Body FORGED / CAST ASTM A105
BODY
11 Stem Seal
STREAM
15 Others

16
operator OF VALVES
17

SERVICE
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS 6755(PART 1)/API-6D.
4 ALL VALVES SHALL BE FIRE SAFE DESIGN. FIRE SAFE TEST SHALL BE AS PER API-607 IV EDITION/BS
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
BALL VALVE SIZE RANGE 2" to 10" BW TO B-16.9, 900#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A51
GENERAL 3 Valve pressure class 900# (TRUNNION MOUNTED), 2PIECE CONSTRUCTION
4 Standard API-6D
6 Body FORGED / CAST ASTM A 216 GR WCB
BODY
11 Stem Seal
STREAM
15 Others

16
operator OF VALVES
17

SERVICE
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS-6755 (PART 1)/API-6D.
4 ALL VALVES SHALL BE FIRE SAFE DESIGN. FIRE SAFE TEST SHALL BE AS PER API-607 IV EDITION
BS6755(PART II) /API-6FA.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
CHECK VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to 1.5" BW TO B-16.25, 1500#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A51
4 Standard BS-5352
7 Cover WELDED/THD & SEAL WELDED ASTM A 105

BODY
10 Disc Hinge/Hinge Pin
11 Cover Stud Bolts
12 Cover Nuts
15 Others
16 Washer,Nut,Pin

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
6 VALVE ENDS SHALL MATCH THICKNESSES OF CONNECTING PIPES WHICH ARE AS FOLLOWS :
0.5" TO 0.75" - SCH 160, 1" TO 1.5" - SCH XS.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
CHECK VALVE SIZE RANGE 2" to 8" BW TO B-16.25, 900#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A51
4 Standard API-6D
6 Body FORGED/CAST ASTM A 105 / A 216 GR. WCB
7 Cover PRESSURE SEAL TYPE ASTM A 105 / A 216 GR. WCB
10 Disc Hinge 13% CR. STEEL/ A216 GR WCB

BODY
14 Cover Gaskets SOFT IRON (SILVER COATED, MAX 90 BHN)/ GRAPHITE

16 Radiography
OF VALVES
17 Others
18 Washer,Nut,Pin 13% CR. STEEL (NO CASTING)

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
6 VALVE WALL THICKNESS SHALL BE AS PER 1868/ ANSI-B-16.34.
7 GASKET MATERIAL GRAPHITE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH CORROSION INHIBITOR.
8 VALVE ENDS SHALL MATCH THICKNESSES OF CONNECTING PIPES WHICH ARE AS FOLLOWS : 2" TO 3"
SCH XS & 4" TO 8" SCH 120.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
GATE VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to 1.5" BW TO B-16.25, 1500#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A51
4 Standard API-6D
7 Bonnet WELDED/THD & SEAL WELDED ASTM A 105
BODY 10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE/NONRENEWABLE STELLITED

11 Stem Packing
16 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
THE SPACE PROVIDED FOR. WHEREVER BIDDER AGREES WITH SPEC, SHALL INDICATE "AGREED"
0.5" TO 0.75" - SCH 160, 1" TO 1.5" - SCH XS.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
GATE VALVE SIZE RANGE 2" to 8" BW TO B-16.25, 900#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A51
4 Standard API-6D
7 Bonnet PRESSURE SEAL TYPE ASTM A 216 GR. WCB/ASTM A 105
9 Wedge Disc FLEXIBLE/PARALLEL SLIDE STELLITED
10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE / NON RENEWABLE STELLITED

BODY
11 Stem Packing
15 Bonnet Gaskets SOFT IRON (SILVER COATED, MAX 90 BHN)/GRAPHITE

16
Operator OF VALVES
17 Radiography
OF VALVES
18 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
4 VALVE WALL THICKNESS SHALL BE AS PER API 600/ANSI-B-16.34.
5 VALVE ENDS SHALL MATCH THICKNESS OF CONNECTING PIPES WHICH ARE AS FOLLOWS :
2" TO 3" - SCH XS & 4" TO 8" SCH 120.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
GLOBE VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to 1.5" BW TO B-16.25, 1500#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A51
7 Bonnet WELDED/THD & SEAL WELDED ASTM A 105
BODY 10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE/NON RENEWABLE STELLITED

11 Stem Packing
16 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS-6755 (Part-1)
0.5" TO 0.75" - SCH 160, 1" TO 1.5" - SCH XS.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
GLOBE VALVE SIZE RANGE 2" to 4" BW TO B-16.25, 900#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A51
9 Disc LOOSE PLUG TYPE/BALL TYPE STELLITED

BODY
11 Stem Packing

16
Operator OF VALVES
17 Radiography
OF VALVES
18 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
8 VALVE ENDS SHALL MATCH THICKNESSES OF CONNECTING PIPES WHICH ARE AS FOLLOWS : 2" TO 3"
SCH XS & 4" TO 8" SCH 120.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
BALL VALVE SIZE RANGE 2" to 4" BW TO B-16.9, 2500#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A71
GENERAL 3 Valve pressure class 2500# (TRUNNION MOUNTED), 2PIECE CONSTRUCTION
4 Standard API-6D
6 Body CAST ASTM A 216 GR WCB
BODY
11 Stem Seal
STREAM
15 Others

16
operator OF VALVES
17

SERVICE
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS-6755(PART 1) API-6D.
4 ALL VALVES SHALL BE FIRE SAFE DESIGN. FIRE SAFE TEST SHALL BE AS PER API-607 IV EDITION/BS
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
CHECK VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to 1.5" BW TO B-16.25, 2500#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A71
4 Standard BS-5352
15 Others
16 Washer,Nut,Pin

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS-6755 (PART 1) .
0.5" TO 1.5" - SCH XXS.

SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
CHECK VALVE SIZE RANGE 2" to 4" BW TO B-16.25, 2500#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A71
4 Standard API-6D
8 Disc FACED WITH 13% CR. STEEL/13% CR STEEL

BODY

16 Radiography
OF VALVES
17 Others

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
2" TO 6" - SCH XXS, 8" - 28mm, 10" - 34mm.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
GATE VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to 1.5" BW TO B-16.25, 2500#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A71
4 Standard API-6D

BODY
11 Stem Packing
16 Others OS & Y
SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
0.5" TO 1.5" - SCH XXS.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
GATE VALVE SIZE RANGE 2" to 4" BW TO B-16.25, 2500#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A71
4 Standard API-6D
9 Wedge Disc FLEXIBLE/PARALLEL SLIDE STELLITED
10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE / NON RENEWABLE STELLITED

BODY
11 Stem Packing

16
Operator OF VALVES
17 Radiography
OF VALVES
18 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
4 VALVE WALL THICKNESS SHALL BE AS PER API-600/ANSI-B-16.34.
2" TO 6" - SCH XXS, 8" - 28mm, 10" - 34mm.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
GLOBE VALVE SIZE RANGE 0.5" to 1.5" BW TO B-16.25, 2500#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A71

BODY
11 Stem Packing
16 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
0.5" TO 1.5" - SCH XXS.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
GLOBE VALVE SIZE RANGE 2" to 4" BW TO B-16.25, 2500#
1 Tag no
2 Service class A71
BODY
11 Stem Packing

16
Operator OF VALVES
17 Radiography
OF VALVES
18 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
2" TO 6" - SCH XXS, 8" - 28mm, 10" - 34mm.
SPEC. NO.

Job no. 9473
BALL VALVE SIZE RANGE 1/2" TO 1 1/2" SCRF 3000 TO B-1.20.1
1 Tag no
2 Service class B15
4 Standard BS-5351
5 Fluid service DRINKING WATER (ABOVE GROUND ONLY), FIRE WATER- SPRINKLER SYSTEM AFTER ORIFICE
8 Ball SOLID SS316
10 Gland SS 316
BODY
RENEWABLE WITH VALVE OPEN ON GRAFOIL/PTFE V RINGS + GRAPHOIL
11 Stem Seal
STREAM
13 Body Stud ASTM A193 GR. B7 (HOT DIP GALV)
14 Body Nut ASTM A194 GR. 2H (HOT DIP GALV)
15 Others

16
operator OF VALVES
Requirement of
17
radiography
19 Spring
SERVICE
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS-6755(part-1)
5 RADIOGRAPHY OF VALVE CASTINGS NOT REQUIRED.
8 FROM ASTM D4745 WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS LIKE PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATING TABLE.
STEM SEAL/BODY SEAL MATERIALS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH CORROSION INHIBITOR.
SPEC. NO.
B15

Job no. 9473
CHECK VALVE SIZE RANGE 1/2" TO 1 1/2" SCRF 3000 TO B-1.20.1
1 Tag no
2 Service class B15
4 Standard BS-5352
5 Fluid service INSTRUMENT AIR (BELOW 2")
8 Disc/Piston 13% CR.STEEL FACING / 13% CR.STEEL
9 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE 13% CR.STEEL FACING / 13% CR.STEEL
15 Others
16 Washer,Nut,Pin

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.
B15

Job no. 9473
GATE VALVE SIZE RANGE 1/2" TO 1 1/2" SCRF 3000 TO B-1.20.1
1 Tag no
2 Service class B15
4 Standard API 602
13% CR.STEEL FACING/13%

9 Wedge Disc SOLID
CR.STEEL/STELLITED
13% CR.STEEL FACING/13%
10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE
CR.STEEL/STELLITED
BODY
11 Stem Packing
15 Bonnet Gaskets SPIRAL WOUND SS316 SPR. WND + CAF
16 Others OS & Y
SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.
B15

Job no. 9473
GLOBE VALVE SIZE RANGE 1/2" TO 1 1/2" SCRF 3000 TO B-1.20.1
1 Tag no
2 Service class B15
9 Disc LOOSE PLUG TYPE 13% CR STEEL FACING/13% CR STEEL
RENEWABLE/NON
10 Body Seat Ring 13% CR STEEL FACING/13% CR STEEL
RENEWABLE
BODY
11 Stem Packing
15 Bonnet Gaskets SPIRAL WOUND SS 316 SPR. WND + CAF
16 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.
B15

Job no. 9473
BALL VALVE SIZE RANGE 1/2" to 1 1/2" SCRF 3000 TO B-1.20.1
1 Tag no
2 Service class B17
4 Standard BS-5351
DRINKING WATER (ABOVE GROUND ONLY), FIRE WATER- SPRINKLER SYSTEM AFTER ORIFICE,
5 Fluid service
UNDERGROUND (COOLING WATER, FIRE WATER)
8 Ball SOLID SS316
10 Gland SS 316
BODY
RENEWABLE WITH VALVE OPEN ON GRAFOIL/PTFE V RINGS + GRAPHOIL
11 Stem Seal
STREAM
13 Body Stud ASTM A193 GR. B7 (HOT DIP GALV)
14 Body Nut ASTM A194 GR. 2H (HOT DIP GALV)
15 Others

16
operator OF VALVES
Requirement of
17
radiography
19 Spring
SERVICE
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS-6755(part-1)
8 FROM ASTM D4745 WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS LIKE PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATING TABLE.
STEM SEAL/BODY SEAL MATERIALS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH CORROSION INHIBITOR.
SPEC. NO.
B17

Job no. 9473
CHECK VALVE SIZE RANGE 1/2" to 1 1/2" SCRF 3000 TO B-1.20.1
1 Tag no
2 Service class B17
GENERAL 3 Valve pressure class CL.2
4 Standard IS : 778 CL.2
5 Fluid service
6 Body CAST IS 318 GR. 2 LEADED TIN BRONZE
7 Cover BOLTED IS 318 GR. 2 LEADED TIN BRONZE
8 Disc/Piston IS 318 GR. 2 / IS 320 AL.1
9 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE IS 318 GR. 2 / IS 320 AL.1
11 Cover Stud Bolts ASTM A320 GR. B / IS 1367
12 Cover Nuts ASTM A320 GR. B / IS 1367
13 Cover Gaskets RUBBER / IS 2712
15 Others
16 Washer,Nut,Pin

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
THE SPACE PROVIDED FOR. WHEREVER BIDDER AGREES WITH SPEC, SHALL INDICATE "AGREED".
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER IS : 778
5 NO CUTTING/OVERWRITING BY BIDDER ON STEP'S SPEC IS ALLOWED.
SPEC. NO.
B17

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class B17
GENERAL 3 Valve pressure class PN1.6
4 Standard IS:5312 (PT-1)
5 Fluid service
6 Body CAST IS 210 GR.FG 200
7 Cover BOLTED IS 210 GR.FG 200
8 Disc HIGH TENSILE BRASS IS:320 ALLOY 1
9 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE LEADED TIN BRONZE IS 318 GR 2
10 Disc Hinge IS:210 GR.FG 200

BODY
11 Hinge Pin HTB-IS 320 ALLOY 1 OR 2
12 Cover Stud Bolts IS 1367 CL 10.9
13 Cover Nuts IS 1367 CL 12
14 Cover Gaskets RUBBER/CAF
REFER TECHNICAL NOTES FOR PURCHASE OF

16 Radiography VALVES.
17 Others
18 DOOR FACES NATURAL OR SYNTHENIC MOULDED RUBBER

SERVICE
20 Test pressure Hyd. BODY : 350 PSIG SEAT : 250 PSIG
CONDITION
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER IS: 6157-1981 / IS:5312
SPEC. NO.
B17

Job no. 9473
GATE VALVE SIZE RANGE 1/2" to 1 1/2" SCRF 3000 TO B-1.20.1
1 Tag no
2 Service class B17
GENERAL 3 Valve pressure class CL. 2
4 Standard IS: 778 CL.2
5 Fluid service
6 Body FORGED IS 318 GR.2 LEADED TIN BRONZE
7 Bonnet SCREWED IS 318 GR.2 LEADED TIN BRONZE
BODY 8 Stem RISING IS 320 ALLOY HT2 HIGH TENSILE BRASS
9 Wedge Disc SOLID IS 318 GR 2/LEADED TIN BRONZE
10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE IS 318 GR 2/LEADED TIN BRONZE

11 Stem Packing PTFE/ASBESTOS
STREAM
15 Bonnet Gaskets RUBBER
16 Others OS & Y
17 Back seat & shoulder IS 320 ALLOY HT2

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
3 NO CUTTING/OVERWRITING BY BIDDER ON STEP'S SPEC IS ALLOWED.
4 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER IS : 778
SPEC. NO.
B17

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class B17
GENERAL 3 Valve pressure class PN1.6
4 Standard IS:780
5 Fluid service
6 Body CAST IS 210 GR.FG 200
7 Bonnet BOLTED IS 210 GR.FG 200
8 Stem NON RISING HIGH TENSILE BRASS IS:320 GR HT2
9 Wedge Disc SOLID/ FLEXIBLE IS 210 GR. FG 200
10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE / NON RENEWABLE LEADED TIN BRONZE IS:318 GR.LTB2
BODY
11 Stem Packing PTFE/ASBESTOS
STREAM
13 Bonnet Bolts IS 1367 GR CL10.9
14 Bonnet Nuts IS 1367 CL 12
15 Bonnet Gaskets BUTYL RUBBER

16
Operator OF VALVES
17 Others OS & Y
19 Back seat & shoulder IS:320 GR HT2

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
4 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER IS:780
SPEC. NO.
B17

Job no. 9473
GLOBE VALVE SIZE RANGE 1/2" to 1 1/2" SCRF 3000 TO B-1.20.1
1 Tag no
2 Service class B17
GENERAL 3 Valve pressure class CL.2
4 Standard IS:778 CL.2
5 Fluid service
6 Body CAST IS 318 GR.2 LEADED TIN BRONZE
7 Bonnet BOLTED IS 318 GR2 LEADED TIN BRONZE
8 Stem RISING IS 320 ALLOY HT2 HIGH TENSILE BRASS
9 Disc LOOSE PLUG TYPE IS 318 GR2
10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE/NON RENEWABLE IS 5192 -RUBBER

BODY
11 Stem Packing ASBESTOS / PTFE
STREAM
13 Bonnet Bolts ASTM A320 GR B/IS 1367
14 Bonnet Nuts ASTM A320 GR B/IS 1367
15 Bonnet Gaskets IS 2712 GR C
16 Others OS & Y
17 Back Seat & Shoulder IS 320 GR HT2

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS-6755 (PART 1) / IS STD..
SPEC. NO.
B17

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class B17
4 Standard BS 1873
5 Fluid service
10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE/NON RENEWABLE 13% CR. STEEL

BODY
11 Stem Packing
15 Bonnet Gaskets 1/16" COMPRESSED ASBESTOS

16
Operator OF VALVES
17 Radiography
OF VALVES
18 Others OS & Y STEM PROTECTION REQUIRED

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
SPEC. NO.
B17

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class F24
4 Standard BS-5352
5 Fluid service CHEMICAL SERVICES
6 Body FORGED ASTM A 182 GR.F316L
7 Cover BOLTED ASTM A 182 GR.F316L
15 Others
16 Washer,Nut,Pin

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS-6755 (PART 1) / API-6D
ONE VALVE PER SIZE SHALL BE HELIUM VACCUM TESTED AS PER ASME V ARTICLE 10 (HOOD METHOD)
7
APPENDIX V TO CHECK SUITABILITY FOR VACCUM SERVICE.
8 VALVES SHALL BE CERTIFIED SUITABLE FOR 10 MM HgA VACUUM SERVICE AT INTENDED TEMPERATURE.
SPEC. NO.
F24

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class F24
4 Standard API-6D
6 Body CAST ASTM A 351 GR CF3M
7 Cover BOLTED ASTM A 351 GR CF3M
8 Disc SS 316L
9 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE/NON RENEWABLE SS 316L
10 Disc Hinge SS 316L

BODY
11 Hinge Pin SS316L(NO CASTING)

16 Radiography
OF VALVES
17 Others
18 Washer,Nut,Pin SS 316L (NO CASTING)

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS-6755(PART 1) / API-6D.
7 TESTING STANDARD API-6D.
VENDOR SHALL CERTIFY SUITABILITY OF VALVES FOR 10MM OF HgA VACUUM SERVICE AT INTENDED
8
TEMPERATURE.
9 ALL CASTINGS SHALL BE SOLUTION HEAT TREATED
10 WELD REPAIR, IF ANY, SHALL BE CARRIED OUT BEFORE SOLUTION HEAT TREATMENT.
SPEC. NO.
F24

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class F24
4 Standard API-602
7 Bonnet BOLTED ASTM A 182 GR.F316L
8 Stem RISING SS 316L (NO CASTING),
BODY 10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE STELLITED
RENEWABLE WITH VALVE OPEN ON GRAFOIL DIE MOLDED RINGS WITH

11 Stem Packing
STREAM SACRIFICIAL CORROSION INHIBITOR
12 Hand Wheel NON RISING MALLEABLE IRON/CAST ST/FAB.ST/DUCT. IRON
16 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
ONE VALVE PER SIZE SHALL BE HELIUM VACUUM TESTED AS PER ASME V ARTICLE 10 (HOOD METHOD)
5
APPENDIX V TO CHECK SUITABLITY FOR VACUUM SERVICE.
6
TEMPERATURE.
SPEC. NO.
F24

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class F24
4 Standard API-6D
7 Bonnet BOLTED ASTM A 351 GR CF3M
8 Stem RISING SS 316L (NO CASTING),
9 Wedge Disc FLEXIBLE SS 316L
10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE / NON RENEWABLE SS 316L

BODY
11 Stem Packing
15 Bonnet Gaskets SP WND SS316L-GRAFOIL FILLER

16
Operator OF VALVES
17 Radiography
OF VALVES
18 Others OS & Y
19 Back seat & shoulder SS 316L

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
4
TEMPERATURE
ONE VALVE PER SIZE SHALL BE HELIUM VACUUM TESTED AS PER ASME V ARTICLE 10 (HOOD METHOD)
7
APPENDIX V TO CHECK SUITABILITY FOR VACUUM SERVICE.
8 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER API 6D
10 ALL CASTINGS SHALL BE SOLUTION HEAT TREATED.
11 WELD REPAIRS, IF ANY, SHALL BE CARRIED OUT BEFORE SOLUTION HEAT TREATMENT.
SPEC. NO.
F24

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class F24
7 Bonnet BOLTED ASTM A 182 GR.F316L
8 Stem RISING SS 316L (NO CASTING), 32 RMS FINISH

BODY
11 Stem Packing
15 Bonnet Gasket SP WND SS316L-GRAFOIL FILLER
16 Others OS & Y

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
3 TESTING SHALL BE AS PER BS 6755 (PART-1).
5
APPENDIX V TO CHECK SUITABLITY FOR VACCUM SERVICE.
6 VALVES SHALL BE CERTIFIED SUITABLE FOR 10MM HgA VACCUM SERVICE AT INTENDED TEMPERATURE.
SPEC. NO.
F24

Job no. 9473
1 Tag no
2 Service class F24
7 Bonnet BOLTED ASTM A 351 GR CF3M
8 Stem RISING SS 316L (NO CASTING), 32 RMS FINISH
9 Disc LOOSE PLUG TYPE/BALL TYPE SS 316L
10 Body Seat Ring RENEWABLE/NON RENEWABLE SS 316L

BODY
11 Stem Packing
15 Bonnet Gaskets SP WND SS316L-GRAFOIL FILLER

16
Operator OF VALVES
17 Radiography
OF VALVES
18 Others OS & Y
19 Back Seat & Shoulder SS 316L

SERVICE
CONDITION
NOTES:
7
APPENDIX V TO CHECK SUITABLITY FOR VACCUM SERVICE.
8 VALVES SHALL BE CERTIFIED SUITABLE FOR 10MM HgA VACCUM SERVICE AT INTENDED TEMPERATURE.
10 ALL CASTING SHALL BE SOLUTION HEAT TREATED.
11 WELD REPAIR, IF ANY, SHALL BE CARRIED OUT BEFORE SOLUTION HEAT TREATMENT.
SPEC. NO.
F24

OIL INDIA LIMITED
VOLUME-III
MECHANICAL
(Technical Specification & Standards and Data Sheet)

OIL INDIA LIMITED

CLIENT : OIL INDIA LTD., DULIAJAN.
PROJECT : IMPLEMENTATION OF 1 NO. FGS, 1 NO. CGGS
& O.T.POINTS
VOL. - III OF VI
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS
S. REV. NO.
NO. NO. SHTS
MECHANICAL
SPECIFICATION FOR INDIRECT WATER BATH
1 9473-02-JS-201 1 6
HEATER
TECH. SPECIFICATIONS FOR HVAC SYSTEM FOR
2 9473-02-TS-200 1 CONTROL ROOM & OPERATOR BUILDING OF 7
MADHUBAN, BAGHJAN & CHABUA
3 9473-02-DS-F-1001 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR GAS FILTER 1
MADHUBAN (F-1001 A/B)
4 9473-02-DS-P-1001 0 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR HORIZONTAL 6
CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS (API) P-1001 A/B
6 9473-02-DS-P-1003 2 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR VERTICAL 6
9 9473-02-DS-P-1006 0 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR CENTRIFUGAL 3
PUMPS -SUBMERSIBLE
12 9473-02-DS-T-1001 0 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR CONDENSATE 1
STORAGE TANK , MADHUBAN (T-1001)
STORAGE TANK -I , MADHUBAN (T-1002)
STORAGE TANK -II, MADHUBAN (T-1003)
15 9473-02-DS-T-1007 0 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR TREATED 1
EFFLUENT TANK, MADHUBAN (T-1007)
16 9473-02-DS-T-1009 0 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR RAW EFFLUENT 1
TANK, MADHUBAN (T-1009)
17 9473-02-DS-V-1002 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR 2 PHASE KOD (FOR 1
BAGHJAN TRAIN) MADHUBAN (V-1002)
18 9473-02-DS-V-1003 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR FILTER SEPERATOR 1
BAGHJAN , MADHUBAN (V-1003)
19 9473-02-DS-V-1004 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR CONDENSATE 1
FLASH SEPARATOR , MADHUBAN (V-1004)
20 9473-02-DS-V-1006 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR 2 PHASE KOD 1
CHABUA, MADHUBAN (V-1006)
CHABUA , MADHUBAN (V-1007)
22 9473-02-DS-V-1008 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR SLUG CATCHER 1
(FOR LEAN GAS-I TRAIN), MADHUBAN (V-1008)
LEAN GAS -I) MADHUBAN (V-1009)
S. REV. NO.
NO. NO. SHTS
24 9473-02-DS-V-1010 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR FILTER 1
SEPERATOR, LEAN GAS -I , MADHUBAN (V-1010)
25 9473-02-DS-V-1011 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR SLUG CATCHER, 1
LEAN GAS -II , MADHUBAN (V-1011)
LEAN GAS -II) MADHUBAN (V-1012)
27 9473-02-DS-V-1013 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR FILTER 1
SEPERATOR, LEAN GAS -II , MADHUBAN (V-1013)
28 9473-02-DS-V-1014 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR SLUG 1
CATCHER,DIKOM-TENGKHAT, MADHUBAN (V-1014)
29 9473-02-DS-V-1015 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR 2 PHASE KOD 1
DIKOM-TENGKHAT MADHUBAN (V-1015)
30 9473-02-DS-V-1016 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR FILTER SEPERATOR, 1
DIKOM-TENGKHAT, MADHUBAN (V-1016)
WELL # 308, MADHUBAN (V-1017)
32 9473-02-DS-V-1018 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR 2 PHASE KOD WELL 1
# 308 MADHUBAN (V-1018)
WELL # 308, MADHUBAN (V-1019)
(FOR Ex-LPG TRAIN), MADHUBAN (V-1020)
35 9473-02-DS-V-1021 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR 2 PHASE KOD (Ex- 1
LPG TRAIN) MADHUBAN (V-1021)
EX-LPG, MADHUBAN (V-1022)
RICH GAS-I, MADHUBAN (V-1023)
RICH GAS-I TRAIN) MADHUBAN (V-1024)
RICH GAS-I, MADHUBAN (V-1025)
RICH GAS-II, MADHUBAN (V-1026)
RICH GAS-II TRAIN) MADHUBAN (V-1027)
RICH GAS-II, MADHUBAN (V-1028)
43 9473-02-DS-V-1029 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR FLARE KOD, 1
MADHUBAN (FUTURE) (V-1029)
44 9473-02-DS-V-1030 2 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR FLARE KOD, 1
MADHUBAN (V-1030)
45 9473-02-DS-V-1031 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR INSTRUMENT AIR 1
RECEIVER, MADHUBAN (V-1031)
46 9473-02-DS-V-1033 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR CLOSED BLOW 1
DOWN VESSEL, MADHUBAN (V-1033)
47 9473-02-DS-V-1035 0 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR LP SEPARATOR, 1
BAGHJAN (V-1035)
48 9473-02-DS-V-1036 0 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR LP SEPARATOR 1
FOR CHABUA TRAIN (V-1036)
49 9473-02-DS-F-3001 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR GAS FILTER 1
,CHABUA (F-3001 A/B)
50 9473-02-DS-P-3001 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR RECIPROCATING 5
PUMPS
S. REV. NO.
NO. NO. SHTS
55 9473-02-DS-P-3007 0 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR CENTRIFUGAL 3
PUMPS -SUBMERSIBLE
57 9473-02-DS-T-3006 0 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR TREATED 1
EFFLUENT TANK ,CHABUA (T-3006)
58 9473-02-DS-T-3008 0 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR RAW EFFLUENT 1
TANK ,CHABUA (T-3008)
59 9473-02-DS-V-3001 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR TEST SEPARATOR 1
,CHABUA (V-3001)
60 9473-02-DS-V-3002 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR PRODUCTION 1
SEPARATOR ,CHABUA (LEAN TRAIN) (V-3002 A/B)
61 9473-02-DS-V-3003 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR PRODUCTION 1
SEPARATOR ,CHABUA (RICH TRAIN) (V-3003 A/B)
62 9473-02-DS-V-3004 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR FLARE KOD 1
,CHABUA (V-3004)
63 9473-02-DS-V-3005 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR INSTRUMENT AIR 1
RECEIVER ,CHABUA (V-3005)
64 9473-02-DS-V-3007 1 MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR CLOSED BLOW 1
DOWN VESSEL ,CHABUA (V-3007)
16-QMP-05-3A
SPECIFICATION
OF
INDIRECT WATER BATH HEATER
1 05.02.08 Revised as Marked & Re Issued for Bid NN RJN KLS

0 18-06-07 Issued for Bid DKY RNR ABM
SPECIFICATION OF Std. / Doc. Number Rev.
INDIRECT WATER BATH 9473-02-JS-201 1
Word

New Delhi HEATER
Sheet 1 of 6
16-QMP-05-3A
1. INTRODUCTION
This specification covers minimum requirements for design, engineering, material

procurement, fabrication ,inspection & testing and supply of skid mounted indirect water bath
heater to be installed in FGGS Baghjan & FGGS Chabua at Assam to heat the inlet gas from
the well prior to pressure reduction and then heat the expanded gas to the specified
temperature as per process data sheet. The equipment shall be complete with all accessories
such as burner management system (Canalta 2000), flame arrested burner system, and stack
etc. within the battery limit necessary to make the equipment safe and operational.
Scope of specification cover the supply of indirect water bath heater as follows.
ITEM Qty TAG NO LOCATION

Indirect water bath heater 6 E-2001A/B/CD/E/F (Future) FGGS Baghjan
Indirect water bath heater 5 E-3001A/B/C/D/E FGGS Chabua
1
2.0 SCOPE OF WORK AND SUPPLY
The vendor shall be responsible for complete Process design, Mechanical design, engineering,
material procurement, fabrication, assembly, inspection, testing, painting, and supply of
equipments along with all the accessories including instrumentation, complete erection &
commissioning of the equipment at site as per this specification and attachment.
The scope of work/supply shall include but not be limited to, the following:-
I). Complete Process design, Mechanical design, detail engineering of complete indirect
bath heater mounted on skid with all accessories e.g. chokes, main & pilot burner, fire
box, fire tube, flame arrester, stack, process gas coil, fuel gas piping including control
valve, shut down valve, instruments as per P&I diagram (attached else where in bid
document), Burner management system ( CANALTA 2000 ) etc.
II). Material procurement & fabrication of equipments.
III). Procurement, supply and installation of instruments, piping, burner, (main and pilot),
igniter, BMS, control panel (CANALTA 2000).
IV). All the inlet/outlet piping shall terminate at the skid battery limit with flange rating as
per PMS/ P & ID, enclosed elsewhere in bid document.
V). All the terminal points for process gas, utility lines shall be at the edge of the skid.
VI). All the instrument cables shall be terminated at the JB’s located at the edge of the
skid.
VII). All the instruments other than local mounted shall form a part of heater control panel.
VIII). Inspection and testing.
IX). Spares for commissioning and two years normal operation.

Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., INDIRECT WATER BATH 9473-02-JS-201 1
Word
New Delhi HEATER

Sheet 2 of 6
16-QMP-05-3A
X). Surface preparation and painting as per specification enclosed elsewhere in bid
document.
XI). Insulation of equipment as applicable.
XII). Complete erection, commissioning, and testing.
3.0 REFERENCES:
3.1 Document/Specification/Drawing
Following document/specification in the latest revision/edition shall form the basis of

design, fabrication, inspection, testing of the water bath heater.
S.NO Equipment Tag. No Document/Drawing No Location
P D S No.--9473-01-DS-E-2001
1 FGGS
E-2001A/B/C/D/E/F(Future)
Baghjan
P & ID No.-- 9473-20-01-A1-1041
P D S No.--9473-01-DS-E-3001
FGGS
2 E-3001A/B/C/D/E
Chabua
P & ID No.-- 9473-30-01-A1-1041
3.2 CODE/STANDARDS
• ASME Section VIII DIV 1 Ed. 2007 1
• API 12K (Latest)

• ASME Section II Part A
• IS 875 Part III
• IS 1893
• API RP-520
• ASME B31.3
• API 6D
4.0 DESIGN
4.1 Process coil design

I). Process gas coil shall be designed as per the process data sheet.
II). The minimum required thickness of coil shall be determined as per ANSI B 31.3.
III). Coil section shall be removable from the shell opposite to fire box to facilitate the
inspection/replacement. Coil shall be adequately supported and easily removable from
the shell.

Word
New Delhi HEATER

Sheet 3 of 6
16-QMP-05-3A
IV). Pressure rating for flange, valves, and fittings shall be in accordance to PMS/P&ID
enclosed elsewhere in bid package. All flanges shall be weld neck type only.
4.2 Shell/Expansion Tank/Fire tube/Stack Design

The minimum requirement for indirect water bath heater shell shall be in accordance
with data sheet and the following:-
I). The shell shall be designed for atmospheric pressure. The extent of radiography shall
be as a minimum spot.
II). The shell will be cylindrical with flat head welded or flanged to the shell.
III). Minimum wall thickness of shell shall be 6mm thick. However the minimum
thickness shall be decided as per design pressure specified in process data sheet.
IV). Fire tube shall be adequately supported and can be easily removable.
V). Cylindrical shell shall be supported on two nos. saddles.
VI). Natural draft combustion efficiency shall be based on 20% excess air.
VII). The burners shall be designed for natural draft and shall be capable of burning of fuel
gas specified. Bidder shall specify turn down ratio of burners.
VIII). Stack height shall be adequate to provide sufficient draft to overcome the pressure
drop in fire tube, stack return bend and flame arrester.
IX). Removable expansion tank shall be provided over the shell to accommodate water
expansion.
4.3 Skid Design
I). Skid shall be sized and designed to accommodate the indirect water bath heater,
piping, instruments/junction box, fire box stack. The space requirement for operation
and maintenance shall be kept in view while deciding the skid size.
II). Skid shall be Oil- Field skid.
III). Skid shall be rigid and designed for static load, wind load, seismic load etc. It shall
also be designed for adequacy during lifting/transportation.
IV). Skid shall be provided with 4 nos. lifting lugs, 2 Nos. on each side.
V). If the holes drilled in beam flange or holes cut on web of members reduce the net
section to the extent that stresses in the members exceed the allowable stresses, the
member shall be reinforced with welded plate with sufficient thickness to provide
additional required area.
VI). Skid shall be designed for single point lift at hook and four point lift at skid. Vendor
shall provide necessary spreader bar/sling shackle etc.
VII). Skid dimension shall not exceed 9.0m (L) X 2.5 m (W) X 2.75m (H) for
transportation.
VIII). Skid structural design calculation shall be submitted during detail engineering for
STEP/OIL review.

Word
New Delhi HEATER

Sheet 4 of 6
16-QMP-05-3A
5.0 MATERIALS:
Materials of constructions for indirect water bath heater shall be as follows:
• shell/ shell flanges/cover -IS 2062 Gr B

• Expansion tank - IS2062 Gr B
• Saddle -IS 2062
• coil -SA312 TP316L (1st Stage)
-SA 106 Gr B (2nd Stage)
• Bend for coil -SA403 Gr.316 L (1st Stage)
-SA 234 WPB (2nd Stage)
• Nozzle flange -SA 105
• Nozzle -SA 106 Gr B
• Fire tube -SA 516 Gr 70
• Stack -IS 2062 Gr B
• Fasteners -SA 193 B7/SA 194 2H/ (Galvanized)
6.0 WELDING:
I). All pressure bearing butt welded joints shall be full penetration type either double
welded or single welded. In case of single side butt weld joint, root run shall be done
by GTAW.
II). Vendor shall submit WPS, WPQ for references/ approval before welding.
III). Non destructive examination- All components and welds shall be as minimum be
visually examined during and after fabrication. All fillet joints of nozzles and skid
shall be examined by dye-penetration test.
IV). Shell shall be spot radio graphed.
V). Coil butt weld joint shall be 100% radio graphed.
VI). Fire tube shall be spot radio graphed.
7.0 HYDROTEST:
I). Shell/Expansion Tank shall be tested for water fill.

II). Coil shall be hydro tested at 1.5 times of design pressure.
III). Fire tube shall be tested for leakage during water fill, full of shell.
IV). Fuel gas pipe for heating shall be hydro tested at 1.5 times of design pressure.

Word
New Delhi HEATER

Sheet 5 of 6
16-QMP-05-3A
8.0 INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM:
I). Instruments indicated in P&ID is minimum requirement. However vendor may

provide additional instruments/controls if required for safe and efficient operation of
the system.
II). Bath heater shall be operated with independent BMS (Burner Management System)
mounted on Heater Skid. However alarm and shutdown signal to be routed to remote
control panel in control room as decided during detail engineering. BMS should be
compatible to area classification specified and also DGMS certified.
III). All the instruments and the control system shall be as per instrument specification
enclosed elsewhere in bid document.
9.0 ELECTRICAL
All the Electrical’s shall be as per electrical specification enclosed elsewhere in bid
document.
10. INSULATION & PAINTING :
Surface preparation, Painting and Insulation and shall be done as per specification enclosed
elsewhere in bid document.
11. GUARANTEE
Vendor shall be responsible for the Performance Guarantee of the complete system
including Mechanical Guarantee for the period as mentioned elsewhere in bid document.
12. SUPPLIER DOCUMENTS
Bidder shall submit all the documents as per documents list enclosed elsewhere in bid
documents

Word
New Delhi HEATER

Sheet 6 of 6
16-QMP-05-3A
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
HVAC SYSTEM
FOR
CONTROL ROOM & OPERATOR BUILDING OF
MADHUBAN, BAGHJAN & CHABUA
1 21.02.08 Reissued for Bid VK KLS ABM

0 15.06.07 Issued for Bid VK KLS ABM
Technical Specification For HVAC System For Document Rev.
Control Room & Operator Building Of Number
Madhuban, Baghjan & Chabua 9473-02-TS-200 1
Word
Saipem Triune Engineering

Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
Sheet 1 of 7
16-QMP-05-3A
CONTENTS
1.0 GENERAL
2.0 CODES & STANDARDS
3.0 DESIGN CONSIDERATION & SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT
4.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY / WORK
6.0 PERFORMANCE TESTING & GUARANTEE
7.0 GUARANTEES
8.0 SPARE PARTS
9.0 ANNUAL MAINTENANCE
Technical Specification For HVAC Document Number Rev.

System For Control Room & Operator
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., Building Of Madhuban, Baghjan & 9473-02-TS-200 1
Word
New Delhi Chabua

Sheet 2 of 7
16-QMP-05-3A
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
1.1.1 This specification covers the requirements of air-conditioning system which includes the
design, engineering, selection, manufacture, testing at works, transportation to site, handling,
erection, commissioning and carrying out performance and guarantee test in Control Room &
Operator Building at MADHUBAN (1 No. CGGS & OFF TAKE POINT Project), BAGHJAN &
CHABUA (2 Nos. FGS Project) in Assam for OIL INDIA LTD., DULIJAN.
A. Air-conditioning system to be installed for
i) Control Room & operator building (Madhuban)

a) Area to be air-conditioned through Package units with additional backup through
Split A.C units : Control Room.
b) Area to be air-conditioned through Split A.C units. 1
First floor- (CE Room, DGM Room, GM Room, Conference Room, Engineers
office)
Ground floor – (Laboratory, Reception, Office)
1
ii) Control Room & operator building (Baghjan / Chabua)
a) Area to be air-conditioned through Split A.C units : Control Room, Laboratory,
Reception & Office.
All associated jobs like, minor civil work, such as breaking & making good of cut out in walls,
for fresh air intake, refrigerant piping and other equipment installation, electrical work to be
included so as to enable these systems to be commissioned.
The equipment shall confirm in all respects to high standards of engineering, design and
workmanship and shall be suitable for continuous operation.
1.1.2 Air conditioning is required for 24 hours / day. The air-conditioning system shall be suitable
for maintaining inside design conditions all the year round.
1.1.3 Vendor shall provide arrangements for maintaining inside conditions during monsoon & winter.
All necessary controls for maintaining inside conditions shall be included in the scope of supply.
2.0 CODES AND STANDARDS
2.1 Material, equipment and entire installation work shall comply with the specification including
following Codes :
2.2 IS CODES
1) Air conditioning (Safety code) IS:659

2) Sheet metal duct IS:655
3) Spec. for galvanized steel IS:277
4) Solid drawn copper tube for condenser IS:2501
5) Centrifugal fan IS:4894
6) Axial flow fan IS:3588
Word
New Delhi Chabua

Sheet 3 of 7
16-QMP-05-3A
7) Three phase TEFC Induction Motor IS:325

8) Degree of protection for IP 55 IS:2147
2.3 OTHER CODES
1. American society for Heating, Refrigeration and

Air-conditioning Engineers hand book and standards ASHRAE
2. Test code for Air moving device AMCA 210
3.0 DESIGN CONSIDERATION AND SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
3.1 Design Data

Outside ambient design conditions for Madhuban, Baghjan & Chabua are as under:
Season Dry Bulb Wet Bulb
Summer 32.20C 25.60C

Monsoon 33.20C 30.50C
Winter 7.10C 6.10C
Relative Humidity 88% - 96%
Ambient Temperature: Minimum / Maximum (in 0C): 7 / 40
Latitude : 270 29’ North
3.2 Fresh air requirement: One and half air change per hour.
3.3 OCCUPANCY
LOCATION MADHUBAN BAGHJAN / CHABUA

(i) Control Room 6 5
(ii) Conference Room 20 Nil
(iii) For other air conditioned areas, occupancy, based on area usage to be considered.
3.4 Electric Supply: 415 volts± 10%, 3 Phase, 50 Cycles and 4 wire.
3.5 Electrical & Instrumentation Control Room (Madhuban)- 6.0kw

Equipment Load: Control Room (Baghjan / Chabua)- 3.5kw
3.6 Heat Load Calculation etc.
Vendor shall furnish heat load calculations for Summer, Monsoon & Winter for all the air-
conditioned areas including, areas air-conditioned by Split air-conditioners & provide
air-conditioning system to match the heat load calculation requirement. However, in no case,
minimum cooling capacity, of Split Package Unit System to be provided shall be less than that
specified in the specification.
3.7 Building Architect: For details Refer Architectural drawings.

Word
New Delhi Chabua

Sheet 4 of 7
16-QMP-05-3A
3.8 Inside conditions shall be as follows: For Centralized A.C.System
Summer, Monsoon & Winter: 23.9 0C ±1.1 0C, D.B. with relative humidity not exceeding
50%±10%
3.9 For Split A.C.units, no control on RH to be considered.

3.10 Package unit air handling section shall have blower selected for minimum 50 mmWG static
pressure.
3.11 Approved Vendor for Air conditioning System Job.

Voltas/ Bluestar/ Carrier Aircon / Kirloskar Pneumatic Co./ York-Videocon / Liebert-Emerson.
3.12 Make of Axial Flow Fan/ Centrifugal Fan: GEC/ ABB/ACCO/Make of Approved Vendors.
4.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY / WORK
The scope of supply / work shall be complete for safe, efficient, trouble-free and reliable
operation of the air-conditioning system. The packages shall be deemed to include all such
items, which although are not specifically mentioned here but are required to make the
equipments/ systems complete for achieving the operational requirements.
4.1 For A/C of Madhuban CONTROL ROOM, Split A.C package units (1Working+1Standby) with
indoor Pkge Units Located in AC PLANT Room & remote air cooled condensers
(1Working+1Standby) mounted on roof are required. The corner shaft in Engineers office Room
(First Floor) shall be used for running supply air duct and return air passage from A.C. Plant
Room on Ground Floor to control room on First Floor. Supply duct in control room shall be run
in the false ceiling. For additional backup, adequate number of Split A.C units shall also be
provided.
1
4.2 For A/C of Baghjan/Chabua CONTROL ROOM : Adequate number of Split A.C units shall be
provided.
1
4.3 Air-conditioning System, Madhuban comprises of :
4.3.1 2 Nos. 11.0 TR (approx. 38 KW); 4000CFM (approx. 6800 CMH) air flow
each.(1Working+1Standby) air-cooled Split Package units comprising of Single or Multiple
Scroll / Reciprocating compressors (R-22 Refrigerant) with motor, remotely located air-cooled
condenser, Interconnected refrigerant piping with insulation, complete with necessary fittings
and controls, virgin neoprene pads for mounting the package unit, microprocessor based
Package mounted control panel & first charge of refrigerant and oil.
For additional backup, adequate number of Split A.C units shall also be provided in Control
Room. 1
4.3.2 Duct / Plenum mounted fine filters with inspection door, of efficiency 95% down to 5 microns
particle size shall be provided with mounting frame. Each filter size shall be: 610X610X150 mm.
4.3.3 Reheat & winter heating package comprising, duct / plenum mounted heaters, heating/ cooling
thermostat, safety thermostat and humidistat.
4.3.4 Pan type humidifier Vendor’s standard or fabricated out of 3 mm MS sheet with 25X25X3 mm
angle on edges and complete with piping, fittings, valves, float valve, immersion heater, heating
Word
New Delhi Chabua

Sheet 5 of 7
16-QMP-05-3A
thermostat, humidistat & insulated with 1” thick insulation from outside & bitumen painted from
inside and also provided with low water level switch interlocked to water heater and float valve
on make-up water line.
4.3.5 Supply and return air electrically operated fire dampers in SA duct & RA duct/ Passage, CBRI
certified, interlocked to trip blower motors & actuate alarm in case of fire signal
(in HVAC panel) from fire detection system of purchaser.
4.3.6 GSS Supply, Return ducting as per IS: 655 galvanized grade 120, Grilles and Diffusers, Volume
control dampers, Fresh air arrangement, Insulated Supply, Return air duct (if running outside or
exposed). These exposed / outside ducts shall also be cladded with 0.25 mm thick SS-304 sheet.
Contractor shall also provide under-deck roof insulation.
4.3.7 Condensate drain water piping with fittings & valves, insulated with12 mm thick insulation, 25
mm diameter up to drain point.
4.3.8 Electrical works, MCC, Power & control cabling as required.
4.4 Air-conditioning System, Baghjan/Chabua :
4.4.1 Adequate number of Split A.C units (to match the heat Load requirement) shall also be provided
for Air conditioning of Control Room, Laboratory, Reception & Office.
1
4.4.2 Adequate size and length of condensate drain water piping with insulation up to drain point
as required. 1
4.4.3 Electrical works, MCC, Power & control cabling as required.
5.1 Vendor shall be responsible for proper testing and inspection of all materials covered within
this scope.
5.2 Vendor shall perform all tests and inspection necessary to ensure that the material and
workmanship conform to the purchaser’s tender and drawings to demonstrate that the
equipment will comply with requirements of this specification.
5.3 Vendor shall furnish ‘Certified’ test certificates to show that the equipment meets the
performance requirement while operating at rated duties, manufacturer’s test certificates shall
be furnished for all standard items.
5.4 All equipment and associated materials shall be subjected to inspection at works and site by
the purchaser/ authorized inspection agency who reserve the right to have access to
manufacturing shop of the vendor or his sub-contractor and inspect the equipment at any stage
of manufacturing or to witness various tests performed on the equipment on the test bed as
per relevant codes. Vendor shall furnish material test certificates wherever applicable.
5.5 Static and dynamic balancing of all rotating part of centrifugal, axial flow fan.

Word
New Delhi Chabua

Sheet 6 of 7
16-QMP-05-3A
6.0 PERFORMANCE TESTING AND GUARANTEE
6.1 Vendor shall give one seasonal test for
i) Summer and Monsoon

ii) Winter
For determining the equipment capacity and overall performance of the air-conditioning
system in accordance with applicable standards. Period of test shall be at least 24 hours and
time for each test will be fixed up mutually with the purchaser and / or his authorized
representative.
6.2 Vendor shall conduct following test measurement at site
a) Outside ambient dry bulb and wet bulb temp( 0C )

b) Room condition: D.B & W.B., Relative humidity at different points as desired by purchaser
c) Air quantity (CMH)
d) Electric Motor:
Starting current / no load current (amps)
Full load current (amps)
Vendor will bring all required testing instruments at site. System shall be taken over by
purchaser after witnessing the seasonal performance test successfully.
7.0 GUARANTEES
7.1 The vendor guarantees that all equipment and accessories shall meet the design and
operating conditions throughout the year as specified in this specification.
7.2 If within one year after acceptance of equipment by the purchaser the equipment or any part
there of is found defective in design, material and / or workmanship, the vendor shall at his
own expense, provide replacement parts of a design workmanship and material approved by
the purchaser.
7.3 The vendor shall without any extra charges, attend to any problem & defect that may arise in
operation of the plant for a period of twelve months from the date of handing over the
system after satisfactory commissioning.
8.0 SPARE PARTS
The vendor shall recommend a set of spare parts required for a period of minimum two years
for the maintenance of equipment offered.
9.0 ANNUAL MAINTENANCE
The annual maintenance of ACs will be done through a separate AMC (Annual
Maintenance Contract).

Word
New Delhi Chabua

Sheet 7 of 7
16-QMP-05-3A
PROJECT: 2NO. FGS & 1NO. CGGS & OP(MADHUBAN CGGS)

CUSTOMER: OIL INDIA LTD. DULIAJAN
MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR

HORIZONTAL CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS (API)
P-1001A/B
0 15.06.07 ISSUED FOR BID HA RNR ABM

Doc. Number Rev.
MECHANICAL DATA SHEET
9473-02-DS-P-1001 0
Excel
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd. FOR P-1001

New Delhi Page 1 of 6
PAGE 2 OF 6
API 610 JOB NO. 9473 ITEM NO.(S) P-1001A/B (1W+1S)
Centrifugal pump DOC. NO./REV. NO. 9473-02-DS-P-1001 / 0
process data sheet - PURCH ORDER NO. DATE
INQUIRY NO BY
1 APPLICABLE TO: PROPOSALS PURCHASE AS BUILT

2 FOR OIL INDIA LIMITED UNIT DULIAJAN
3 SITE 2NO. FGS & 1NO.CGGS & OP (MADHUBAN CGGS) SERVICE CONDENSATE LOADING PUMP
4 NOTES: INFORMATION BELOW TO BE COMPLETED: BY PURCHASER BY MANUFACTURER BY MANUFACTURER OR PURCHASER
5 DATA SHEETS REVISIONS
6 ITEM NO. ATTACHED ITEM NO. ATTACHED ITEM NO. ATTACHED NO. DATE BY
7 PUMP P-1001A/B 1
8 MOTOR 2
9 GEAR 3
10 TURBINE 4
11 APPLICABLE OVERLAY STANDARD(S): 5
12 OPERATING CONDITIONS (5.1.3) LIQUID (5.1.3) CONDENSATE
13 FLOW, NORMAL 50 (m 3/h) RATED (m3/h) LIQUID TYPE OR NAME CONDENSATE
14 OTHER(m3/h) MAX: 50 MIN: 10 HAZARDOUS FLAMMABLE (5.1.5)
15 SUCTION PRESSURE MAX./RATED ATM (Kg/cm2 g) MIN. NORMAL MAX.
16 DISCHARGE PRESSURE 7.5 (Kg/cm2 g) PUMPING TEMP (°C) 27
17 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE 7.5 (Kg/cm2) VAPOR PRESS. (Kg/cm2a ) 0.12
18 DIFF. HEAD 108.9 (m) NPSHA (REM 4) (m) RELATIVE DENSITY (SG): 0.687
19 PROCESS VARIATIONS (5.1.4) VISCOSITY (cP) 0.4529
20 STARTING CONDITIONS (5.1.4) SPECIFIC HEAT, Cp (kJ/kg K)
21 SERVICE: CONT. INTERMITTENT (STARTS/DAY) CHLORIDE CONCENTRATION (mg/Kg)
22 PARALLEL OPERATION REQ'D (5.1.13) H2S CONCENTRATION (6.5.2.4) (PPM) WET (5.2.1.12c)
23 SITE DATA (5.1.3) CORROSIVE / EROSIVE AGENT NO (5.12.1.9)
24 LOCATION: (5.1.30) MATERIALS (REM3)
25 INDOOR HEATED OUTDOOR UNHEATED ANNEX H CLASS (5.12.1.1)
26 ELECTRICAL AREA CLASSIFICATION (5.1.24 / 6.1.4) MIN DESIGN METAL TEMP (5.12.4.1) (°C)
27 ZONE 1 GR IIA&IIB TEMP. CLASS T3 REDUCED HARDNESS MATERIALS REQ'D. (5.12.1.11)
28 WINTERIZATION REQ'D TROPICALIZATION REQ'D. MPaREL/CASE CS IMPELLER A-351, Gr CA 15
29 SITE DATA (5.1.30) REFER BID DOCUMENT CASE/IMPELLER WEAR RINGS 12% Cr
30 ALTITUDE (m) MPaOMETER (Kg/cm2 g) SHAFT
31 RANGE OF AMBIENT TEMPS: MIN/MAX. / (°C) DIFFUSERS
32 RELATIVE HUMIDITY: MIN / MAX / (%)
33 UNUSUAL CONDITIONS: (5.1.30) DUST FUMES PERFORMANCE:
34 OTHER PROPOSAL CURVE NO. RPM
35 IMPELLER DIA. RATED MAX. MIN. (mm)
36 IMPELLER TYPE
37 DRIVER TYPE RATED POWER (kW) EFFICIENCY (%)
38 INDUCTION MOTOR STEAM TURBINE GEAR MINIMUM CONTINUOUS FLOW:
39 OTHER THERMAL (m 3/h) STABLE (m 3/h)
40 PREFERRED OPER. REGION TO (m 3/h)
41 MOTOR DRIVER (6.1.1 / 6.1.4) (REM. 2) ALLOWABLE OPER. REGION TO (m 3/h)
42 MANUFACTURER MAX HEAD @ RATED IMPELLER (m)
43 (kW) (RPM) MAX POWER @ RATED IMPELLER (kW)
44 FRAME ENCLOSURE NPSHR AT RATED CAPACITY (m) (5.1.10)
45 HORIZONTAL VERTICAL SERVICE FACTOR MAX SUCTION SPECIFIC SPEED 12000 (M3/H,RPM,M) (5.1.11)
46 VOLTS/PHASE/HERTZ / / MAX. SOUND PRESS. LEVEL REQ'D 85@1M (dBA) (5.1.16)
47 TYPE EST MAX SOUND PRESS. LEVEL (dBA) (5.1.16)
48 MINIMUM STARTING VOLTAGE (6.1.5) EST MAX SOUND POWER LEVEL (dBA) (5.1.16)
49 INSULATION F TEMP. RISE CLASSB UTILITY CONDITIONS (REFER BID DOCUMENT)
50 FULL LOAD AMPS ELECTRICITY VOLTAGE PHASE HERTZ
51 LOCKED ROTOR AMPS DRIVERS 415 3 50
52 STARTING METHOD DOL HEATING
53 LUBE SYSTEM VOLTAGE DIP 80% OTHER (6.1.5)
54 BEARINGS (TYPE/NUMBER): STEAM MAX. PRESS. MAX. TEMP. MIN. PRESS. MIN. TEMP.
55 RADIAL / DRIVERS
56 THRUST / HEATING
57 VERTICAL THRUST CAPACITY COOLING WATER: (5.1.19) SOURCE
58 UP (N) DOWN (N) SUPPLY TEMP. (°C) MAX. RETURN TEMP. (°C)
59 NORM. PRESS. (Kg/cm2 g) DESIGN PRESS. (Kg/cm2 g)
60 MIN. RET. PRESS. (Kg/cm2 g) MAX. ALLOW. D.P. (Kg/cm2 g)
61 CHLORIDE CONCENTRATION: (mg/Kg)
PAGE 3 OF 6
1 REMARKS
2 1 PUMP SHALL BE AS PER API 610, 10TH EDITION AND 02-TS-610 ENCLOSED WITH BID DOCUMENT.
3 2 ALSO REFER ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
4 3 VENDOR MAY OFFER SUPERIOR MOC BASED ON PAST EXPERIENCE.
5 4 PUMP WITH FLOODED SUCTION.
6 5 ELECTRIC MOTOR SHALL BE DGMS APPROVED.
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
PAGE 4 OF 6
Centrifugal pump data sheet - JOB NO. 9473 ITEM NO.(S) P-1001A/B
Single-stage overhung (type OH) - DOC. NO./REV. NO.9473-02-DS-P-1001 / 0
PURCH ORDER NO. DATE
INQUIRY NO BY
1 CONSTRUCTION SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINT

2 ROTATION: (VIEWED FROM COUPLING END) CW CCW MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD OTHER (SEE BELOW)
3 PUMP TYPE: (4.1) SPECIFICATION NO.
4 OH2 OH3 OH6 OTHER PUMP:
5 CASING MOUNTING: PRIMER
6 CENTERLINE IN-LINE OTHER FINISH COAT
7 BASEPLATE: (6.3.17)
8 CASING TYPE: PRIMER
9 SINGLE VOLUTE MULTIPLE VOLUTE DIFFUSER FINISH COAT
10 CASE PRESSURE RATING: DETAILS OF LIFTING DEVICES(6.3.20)
11 OH6 PUMP SUCTION REGION DESIGNED FOR MAWP (5.3.6) SHIPMENT: (7.4.1)
12 MAX ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE (Kg/Cm2) DOMESTIC EXPORT EXPORT BOXING REQUIRED
13 @ (°C) OUTDOOR STORAGE MORE THAN 6 MONTHS
14 HYDROTEST PRESSURE (Kg/Cm2) SPARE ROTOR ASSEMBLY PACKAGED FOR:
15 NOZZLE CONNECTIONS: (5.4.2) HORIZONTAL STORAGE VERTICAL STORAGE
16 SIZE FLANGE FAC'G POSITION TYPE OF SHIPPING PREPARATION
17 RATING
18 SUCTION HEATING AND COOLING

19 DISCHARGE HEATING JACKET REQ'D. (5.8.9)
20 COOLING REQ'D.
21 PRESSURE CASING AUX. CONNECTIONS: (5.4.3) COOLING WATER(C.W.) PIPING PLAN (6.5.3.1)
22 NO. SIZE (DN) TYPE C.W. PIPING:
23 DRAIN PIPE TUBING; FITTINGS
24 VENT C.W. PIPING MATERIALS:
25 WARM-UP S. STEEL C. STEEL GALVANIZED
26 COOLING WATER REQUIREMENTS:
27 MACHINED AND STUDDED CONNECTIONS (5.4.3.8) BEARING HOUSING (m3/h)
28 CYLINDRICAL THREADS REQUIRED (5.4.3.3) HEAT EXCHANGER (m3/h)
29 ROTOR: TOTAL COOLING WATER (m3/h)
30 COMPONENT BALANCE TO ISO 1940 G1.0 (5.9.4.4) HEAT MEDIUM: STEAM OTHER
31 COUPLINGS:(6.2.2) HEATING PIPING: TUBING PIPE
32 MANUFACTURER MODEL BEARINGS AND LUBRICATION
33 RATING (kW/100 r/min) BEARING (TYPE/NUMBER) (5.10.1):
34 SPACER LENGTH (mm) SERVICE FACT. RADIAL /
35 COUPLING BALANCED TO ISO 1940-1 G6.3 (6.2.3) THRUST /
36 COUPLING WITH PROPRIETARY CLAMPING DEVICE (6.2.11) LUBRICATION (5.11.3, 5.11.4):
37 COUPLING PER ISO 14691(6.2.4) GREASE OIL
38 COUPLING PER ISO 10441(6.2.4) PURGE OIL MIST PURE OIL MIST
39 COUPLING PER API 671(6.2.4) ASME B15.1 CONSTANT LEVEL OILER PREFERENCE (5.10.2.2):
40 NON SPARK COUPLING GUARD (6.2.14c) (REMOVABLE) OIL VISC. ISO GRADE
41 COUPLING GUARD STANDARD PER (6.2.14a) INSTRUMENTATION
42 BASEPLATES: ACCELEROMETER (6.4.2.1)
43 API BASEPLATE NUMBER (ANNEX-D) PROVISION FOR MOUNTING ONLY (5.10.2.11)
44 NON-GROUT CONSTRUCTION (6.3.13) FLAT SURFACE REQ'D (5.10.2.12)
45 OTHER TEMP. GAUGES (WITH THERMOWELLS) (8.1.3.6)
46 MECHANICAL SEAL:(5.8.1) PRESSURE GAUGE TYPE
47 SEE ATTACHED ISO 21049/API 682 DATA SHEET
48 SEAL MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION FOR
49 SEAL SELECTION AND FLUSHING & QUENCHING REMARKS:
50 SEAL PLANS SHALL BE PROVIDED.
51 MASSES (Kg)
52 PUMP
53 BASEPLATE
54 DRIVER
55 TOTAL
PAGE 5 OF 6
1 SPARE PARTS (TABLE 18) QA INSPECTION AND TESTING (CONT.)
2 START-UP NORMAL MAINTENANCE TEST NON-WIT WIT OBSERVE
3 SPECIFY OTHERS AS PER ENQUIRY DOCUMENTS HYDROSTATIC (7.3.2)
4 OTHER PURCHASER REQUIREMENTS PERFORMANCE (7.3.3)
5 COORDINATION MEETING REQUIRED (9.1.3) RETEST ON SEAL
6 MAXIMUM DISCHARGE PRESSURE TO INCLUDE (5.3.2) LEAKAGE (7.3.3.2d)
7 MAX RELATIVE DENSITY NPSH (7.3.4.2) (IF REQD.)
8 MAX DIA. IMPELLERS AND/OR NO OF STAGES TRUE PEAK VELOCITY
9 OPERATION TO TRIP SPEED DATA (7.3.3.4d)
10 OH3 BEARING HS6 LIFTER (8.1.2.6) COMPLETE UNIT TEST (7.3.4.3)
11 CONNECTION DESIGN APPROVAL (5.12.3.4) SOUND LEVEL TEST (7.3.4.4)
12 TORSIONAL ANALYSIS REQUIRED (5.9.2.1) CLEANLINESS PRIOR TO
13 TORSIONAL ANALYSIS REPORT (5.9.2.6) FINAL ASSEMBLY (7.2.2.2)
14 PROGRESS REPORTS (9.3.3) NOZZLE LOAD TEST (6.3.6)
15 OUTLINE OF PROCEDURES FOR OPTIONAL TESTS (9.2.5) CHECK FOR CO-PLANAR
16 ADDITIONAL DATA REQUIRING 20 YEARS RETENTION (7.2.1.1f) MOUNTING PAD SURFACES (6.3.3)
17 PIPING AND APPURTENANCES MECHANICAL RUN UNTIL OIL
18 MANIFOLD PIPING TO SINGLE CONNECTION (6.5.1.6) TEMP. STABLE (7.3.4.7.1)
19 VENT DRAIN COOLING WATER 4h. MECHANICAL RUN AFTER
20 MOUNT SEAL RESERVOIR OFF BASEPLATE (6.5.1.4) OIL TEMP. STABLE (7..3.4.7.3)
21 FLANGES REQ'D IN PLACE OF SOCKET WELD UNIONS (6.5.2.8) 4h. MECH RUN TEST(7.3.4.7.2)
22 INSTALLATION LIST IN PROPOSAL (9.2.3L) BRG HSG RESONANCE TEST
23 CONNECTION BOLTING (7.3.4.6)
24 PTFE COATING ASTM A153 GALVANIZED AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT TEST
25 PAINTED SS (7.3.4.5)
26 QA INSPECTION AND TESTING IMPACT TESTING (5.12.4.3)
27 SHOP INSPECTION (7.1.4) PER EN 13445
28 PERFORMANCE CURVE APPROVAL PER ASME VIII
29 TEST WITH SUBSTITUTE SEAL (7.3.3.2b)
30 MATERIAL CERTIFICATION REQUIRED (5.12.1.8) VENDOR KEEP REPAIR AND HT RECORDS (7.2.1.1c)
31 CASING IMPELLER SHAFT VENDOR SUBMIT TEST PROCEDURES (7.3.1.2 / 9.2.5)
32 OTHER VENDOR SUBMIT TEST DATA WITHIN 24h (7.3.3.3e)
33 CASTING REPAIR PROCEDURE APPROVAL REQ'D (5.12.2.5) INCLUDE PLOTTED VIBRATION SPECTRA (5.9.3.3)
34 INSPECTION REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION WELDS (5.12.3.4e) SUBMIT INSPECTION CHECK LIST (7.1.6)
35 MAG PARTICLE LIQUID PENETRANT
36 RADIOGRAPHIC ULTRASONIC
37 INSPECTION REQUIRED FOR CASTINGS (7.2.1.3 / 5.12.1.5)
40 HARDNESS TEST REQUIRED: (7.2.2.3)
41 ADDITIONAL SUBSURFACE EXAMINATION FOR 7.2.1.3
42 FOR
43 METHOD
44 REMARKS
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
57
58
59
60
PAGE 6 OF 6
Centrifugal Pump - References JOB NO. 9473 ITEM NO.(S) P-1001A/B
DOC. NO./REV. NO. 9473-02-DS-P-1001 / 0
PRESSURE DESIGN CODES PURCH ORDER NO. DATE
WELDING REQUIREMENTS INQUIRY NO BY
PURCHASER DEFINED MATERIAL INSPECTIONS
2 FOR OIL INDIA LIMITED UNIT
3 SITE 2NO. FGS & 1NO.CGGS & OP (MADHUBAN CGGS) SERVICE CONDENSATE LOADING PUMP
4 NOTES:INFORMATION BELOW TO BE COMPLETED: BY PURCHASER BY MANUFACTURER BY MANUFACTURER OR PURCHASER
5
5 PRESSURE VESSEL DESIGN CODE REFERENCES.
6 THESE REFERENCES MUST BE LISTED BY THE MANUFACTURER
7 CASTING FACTORS USED IN DESIGN( 5.3.4)(TABLE 3)
8 SOURCE OF MATERIAL PROPERTIES
9
10 WELDING AND REPAIRS (5.12.3)
11 THESE REFERENCES MUST BE LISTED BY THE PURCHASER. (DEFAULT TO TABLE 10 IF NO PURCHASER PREFERENCE IS STATED)
12 ALTERNATE WELDING CODES AND STANDARDS (5.12.3.1)
13 Welding Requirement (Applicable Code or Standard) Purchaser defined Default per Table 9
14 Welder/operator qualification
15 Welding procedure qualification
16 Non-pressure retaining structural welding such as baseplates or supports
17 Magnetic particle or liquid penetrant examination of the plate edges
18 Postweld heat treatment
19 Postweld heat treatment of casing fabrication welds
20
21 MATERIAL INSPECTION (7.2.2.1)(7.2.1.3)
22 THESE REFERENCES MUST BE LISTED BY THE PURCHASER (DEFAULT TO TABLE 13 IF NO PURCHASER PREFERENCE IS STATED)
23 ALTERNATIVE MATERIAL INSPECTIONS AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (SEE TABLE 13)
24 Type of inspection Methods For fabrications Castings
25 Radiography
26 Ultrasonic inspection
27 Magnetic particle inspection
28 Liquid penetrant inspection
29 REMARKS
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
16-QMP-05-3A


P-1002A/B
1 18/02/08 RE ISSUED FOR BID NN RJN ABM

Doc. Number Rev.
9473-02-DS-P-1002 A/B 1
Excel

PAGE 2 OF 6
API 610 JOB NO. 9473 ITEM NO.(S) P-1002A/B (1W+1S) FUTURE
Centrifugal pump REQ / SPEC NO. /
process data sheet - PURCH ORDER NO. DATE 18/02/08
INQUIRY NO BY NN

3 SITE 2NO. FGS & 1NO.CGGS & OP (MADHUBAN CGGS) SERVICE CONDENSATE RECYCLE PUMP
7 PUMP P-1002A/B 1
8 MOTOR 2
9 GEAR 3
10 TURBINE 4
12 OPERATING CONDITIONS (5.1.3) LIQUID (5.1.3)
13 FLOW, NORMAL 15 (m 3/h) RATED (m3/h) LIQUID TYPE OR NAME CONDENSATE
14 OTHER(m3/h) MAX: 15 HAZARDOUS FLAMMABLE (5.1.5)
15 SUCTION PRESSURE ATM (Kg/cm2 g) MIN. NORMAL MAX.
16 DISCHARGE PRESSURE 2.5 (Kg/cm2 g) PUMPING TEMP (°C) -12
1
17 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE 2.5 1 (Kg/cm2) VAPOR PRESS. (Kg/cm2a ) 0.12
18 DIFF. HEAD 37.4 1 (m) NPSHA (REM 5) (m) RELATIVE DENSITY (SG): 0.668
1
20 STARTING CONDITIONS (5.1.4) AUTOSTART (REM 4) SPECIFIC HEAT, Cp (kJ/kg K)
23 SITE DATA (5.1.3) CORROSIVE / EROSIVE AGENT NO (5.12.1.9)
24 LOCATION: (5.1.30) MATERIALS (REM 3)
36 IMPELLER TYPE
55 RADIAL / DRIVERS
56 THRUST / HEATING
PAGE 3 OF 6
1 REMARKS
5 4 AUTOMATIC START/STOP THROUGH LEVEL CONTROLLER
8 7 SPARE PUMP SHALL BE UNITIZED WITH DRIVE MOTOR.
9 8 COUPLING GUARD TO BE PROVIDED WITH SIGHT HOLES FOR VISUAL INSPECTION.
1
10 1
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
PAGE 4 OF 6
Single-stage overhung (type OH) - REQ / SPEC NO. /
PURCH ORDER NO. DATE 18/02/08
INQUIRY NO BY NN

17 RATING

20 COOLING REQ'D.
51 MASSES (Kg)
52 PUMP
53 BASEPLATE
54 DRIVER
55 TOTAL
PAGE 5 OF 6
25 PAINTED SS (7.3.4.5)
42 FOR
43 METHOD
44 REMARKS
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
57
58
59
60
PAGE 6 OF 6
REQ / SPEC NO. /
PRESSURE DESIGN CODES PURCH ORDER NO. DATE 18/02/08
WELDING REQUIREMENTS INQUIRY NO BY NN
5
9
20
25 Radiography
29 REMARKS
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
16-QMP-05-3A

MECHANICAL DATA SHEET FOR VERTICAL CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS (API)
P-1003 A/B
2 18.02.08 RE ISSUED FOR BID NN RJN ABM

1 23.11.07 REISSUED FOR BID HA RJN ABM
Doc. Number Rev.
9473-02-DS-P-1003 2
Excel

PAGE 2 OF 6
API 610 JOB NO. 9473 ITEM NO.(S) P-1003 A/B (1W+REM 5)
SI units INQUIRY NO BY

2 FOR OIL INDIA LIMITED UNIT MADHUBAN CGGS
3 SITE DULIAJAN SERVICE CBD OIL RECYCLE PUMP
7 PUMP P-1003 A/B 1
8 MOTOR 2
9 GEAR 3
10 TURBINE 4
3
13 FLOW, NORMAL 10 (m /h) RATED (m3/h) LIQUID TYPE OR NAME Condensate
14 OTHER(m3/hr) MAX: 10 HAZARDOUS FLAMMABLE (5.1.5)
15 SUCTION PRESSURE ATM (Kg/cm2g) MIN. NORMAL MAX.
16 DISCHARGE PRESSURE 3 (Kg/cm2g) PUMPING TEMP (°C) 27
17 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE 3 (Kg/cm2) VAPOR PRESS. (Kg/cm a)
2
0.12
18 DIFF. HEAD 43.5 (Rem 4) (m) NPSHA (REM 7) () RELATIVE DENSITY (sg): 0.6885
19 PROCESS VARIATIONS (5.1.4) VISCOSITY (cp) 0.4596
23 SITE DATA (5.1.3) CORROSIVE / EROSIVE AGENT (5.12.1.9)
24 LOCATION: (5.1.30) MATERIALS (REM. 3 )
30 ALTITUDE (m) MPaOMETER (MPa) SHAFT

36 IMPELLER TYPE
37 DRIVER TYPE RATED POWER (BkW) EFFICIENCY (%)
39 OTHER THERMAL (m3/h) STABLE (m3/h)
40 PREFERRED OPER. REGION TO (m3/h)
41 MOTOR DRIVER (6.1.1 / 6.1.4) (REM. 2) ALLOWABLE OPER. REGION TO (m3/h)
46 VOLTS/PHASE/HERTZ 415 / 3 / 50 MAX. SOUND PRESS. LEVEL REQ'D 85@1M (dBA) (5.1.16)
49 INSULATION F TEMP. RISE CLASS B UTILITY CONDITIONS (REFER BID DOCUMENT)
55 RADIAL / DRIVERS
56 THRUST / HEATING
59 NORM. PRESS. (MPa) DESIGN PRESS. (MPa)
60 MIN. RET. PRESS. (MPa) MAX. ALLOW. D.P. (MPa)
PAGE 3 OF 6
1 REMARKS
2 1 PUMP SHALL BE AS PER API 610 10TH EDITION AND 02-TS-610 ENCLOSED WITH BID DOCUMENT.
3 4 VENDOR TO ADD COLUMN PIPE LOSSES AND DIFFERENCE IN ELEVATIONS BETWEEN PUMP DISCHARGE
4 FLANGE & DELIVERY PIPE FLANGE TO RATED DIFFERENTIAL HEAD SPECIFIED.
2
6 5. P-1003 B IS UNINSTALLED SPARE PUMP & STORED IN WARE HOUSE.
7 6. P-1003 A IS INSTALLED IN CBD VESSEL, V-1033 (2000MM DIA X 8000 MM LENGTH). MANHOLE SIZE IN CBD
8 VESSEL FOR PUMP INSTALLATION/REMOVAL TO BE PROVIDED BY PUMP SUPPLIER.
5 7. PUMP WITH FLOODED SUCTION
10 8. ELECTRIC MOTOR SHALL BE DGMS APPROVED.
11 9. AUTOMATIC START/STOP THROUGH LEVEL CONTROLLER.
12 10. STRAINER AT SUCTION END TO BE PROVIDED
13 11. SPARE PUMP SHALL BE UNITIZED WITH DRIVER MOTOR
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
PAGE 4 OF 6
Centrifugal pump data sheet - JOB NO. 9473 ITEM NO.(S) P-1003 A/B (1W+1S)
Vertically suspended (type VS) - REQ / SPEC NO. /
SI units PURCH ORDER NO. DATE
INQUIRY NO BY

3 PUMP TYPE: (1.3) VERTICAL SUBMERGED (MOTOR ON TOP) PUMP:
4 VS1 VS2 VS3 VS4 VS5 VS6 VS7
5 CASING MOUNTING: SUMP COVER PLATE PUMP SURFACE PREPARATION
6 INLINE SEPARATE MOUNTING PLATE (8.3.8.3.1) PRIMER
7 SEPARATE SOLE PLATE (8.3.8.3.3) FINISH COAT
8 CASING SPLIT: BASEPLATE / COLUMN:(6.3.17)
9 AXIAL RADIAL BASEPLATE SURFACE PREPARATION
12 CASE PRESSURE RATING: SHIPMENT: (7.4.1)
13 MAX ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE (bar) DOMESTIC EXPORT EXPORT BOXING REQUIRED
15 HYDROTEST PRESSURE (bar) SPARE ROTOR ASSEMBLY PACKAGED FOR:
16 SUCTION PRESS. REGIONS MUST BE DESIGNED FOR MAWP (5.3.6) HORIZONTAL STORAGE VERTICAL STORAGE
17 NOZZLE CONNECTIONS: (5.4.2) TYPE OF SHIPPING PREPARATION
18 SIZE FLANGE FACING POSITION
19 RATING HEATING AND COOLING
20 SUCTION HEATING JACKET REQ'D. (5.8.9) COOLING REQ'D.
21 DISCHARGE COOLING WATER PIPING PLAN (6.5.4.1)
22 BALANCE DRUM C.W. PIPING:
23 PIPE TUBING; FITTINGS
24 PRESSURE CASING AUX. CONNECTIONS: (5.4.3) C.W. PIPING MATERIALS:
25 NO. SIZE (NPS) TYPE S. STEEL C. STEEL GALVANIZED
26 DRAIN COOLING WATER REQUIREMENTS:
27 VENT BEARING HOUSING (m3/h) @ (bar)
28 WARM-UP HEAT EXCHANGER (m3/h) @ (bar)
29 BALANCE / LEAK-OFF STEAM PIPING: TUBING PIPE
30 MACHINED AND STUDDED CONNECTIONS (5.4.3.8) BEARINGS AND LUBRICATION *
31 CYLINDRICAL THREADS REQUIRED (5.4.3.3) BEARING (TYPE/NUMBER):

32 ROTOR: RADIAL /
33 COMPONENT BALANCE TO ISO 1940 G1.0 (5.9.4.4) THRUST /
34 SHRINK FIT -LIMITED MOVEMENT IMPELLERS (8.2.2.3) LUBRICATION (5.11.3, 5.11.4):
35 COUPLINGS: GREASE FLOOD PURGE OIL MIST
36 MANUFACTURER MODEL FLINGER PURE OIL MIST
37 RATING (kW/100 RPM) CONSTANT LEVEL OILER PREFERENCE (5.10.2.2):
38 SPACER LENGTH (mm) SERVICE FACTOR OIL VISC. ISO GRADE
39 RIGID REVIEW AND APPROVE THRUST BEARING SIZE
40 THROUGH COUPLINGS: OIL HEATER REQUIRED: STEAM ELECTRIC
41 MANUFACTURER MODEL
42 RATING (kW/100 RPM) LUBE INSTRUMENTATION (6.4.2)
43 SPACER LENGTH (mm) SERVICE FACTOR ACCELEROMETER (6.4.2.2)

44 RIGID PROVISION FOR MOUNTING ONLY (5.10.2.10)
45 DRIVER HALF COUPLING MOUNTED BY: FLAT SURFACE REQ'D (5.10.2.11)
46 PUMP MFR. DRIVER MFR. PURCHASER PRESSURE GAUGE TYPE
47 COUPLING BALANCED TO ISO 1940-1 G.6.3 (6.2.3)
48 COUPLING PER ISO 14691(6.2.3)
49 COUPLING PER ISO 10441(6.2.3) REMARKS: *LINE SHAFT BEARING SHALL BE SUITABLE
50 COUPLING PER API 671(6.2.3) FOR DRY RUNNING DURING START-UP.
51 NON SPARK COUPLING GUARD (6.2.14c) (REMOVABLE)
52 COUPLING GUARD STANDARD PER (6.2.14a) WEIGHTS
53 MECHANICAL SEAL: PUMP (kg)
54 SEE ATTACHED ISO 21049/API 682 DATA SHEET DRIVER (kg)
55 SEAL MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION FOR GEAR (kg)
56 SEAL SELECTION AND FLUSHING & QUENCHING BASEPLATE (kg)
57 SEAL PLANS SHALL BE PROVIDED. TOTAL (kg)
PAGE 5 OF 6
1 SPARE PARTS (TABLE 18) VERTICAL PUMPS (CONT.)
2 START-UP NORMAL MAINTENANCE PUMP AND STRUCTURE DYNAMIC ANALYSIS (8.3.5)
3
4 SPECIFY OTHERS AS PER ENQUIRY DOCUMENTS DRAIN PIPED TO SURFACE (8.3.13.4)
5 OTHER PURCHASER REQUIREMENTS QA INSPECTION AND TESTING

6 COORDINATION MEETING REQUIRED (9.1.3) SHOP INSPECTION (7.1.4) PERFORMANCE CURVE APPROVAL
7 MAXIMUM DISCHARGE PRESSURE TO INCLUDE (5.3.2) TEST WITH SUBSTITUTE SEAL (7.3.3.2b)
8 MAX RELATIVE DENSITY TEST (7.3.1.2) NON-WIT WIT OBSERVE
9 MAX DIA. IMPELLERS AND/OR NO OF STAGES HYDROSTATIC TEST OF BOWLS
10 OPERATION TO TRIP SPEED AND COLUMN (8.3.13.2)
11 CONNECTION DESIGN APPROVAL (5.12.3.4) HYDROSTATIC (7.3.2)
12 TORSIONAL ANALYSIS REQUIRED (5.9.2.1) PERFORMANCE (7.3.3)
13 TORSIONAL ANALYSIS REPORT (5.9.2.6) RETEST ON SEAL LKGE (7.3.3.2d)
14 PROGRESS REPORTS (9.3.3) NPSH (7.3.4.2) IF REQUIRED
15 OUTLINE OF PROCEDURES FOR OPTIONAL TESTS (9.3.5) COMPLETE UNIT TEST (7.3.4.3)
16 ADDITIONAL DATA REQUIRING 20 YEARS RETENTION (7.2.2.1f) SOUND LEVEL TEST (7.3.4.4)
17 MANIFOLD PIPING TO SINGLE CONNECTION (6.5.1.6) CLEANLINESS PRIOR TO
18 VENT VENT COOLING WATER FINAL ASSEMBLY (7.2.2.2)
19 MOUNT SEAL RESERVOIR OFF BASEPLATE (6.5.1.4) NOZZLE LOAD TEST (6.3.6)
20 FLANGES REQUIRED IN PLACE OF SOCKET WELD UNIONS (6.5.2.8) 4h MECH. RUN TEST(7.3.4.7.2)
21 CONNECTION BOLTING PTFE COATING SS MECHANICAL RUN UNTIL OIL
22 PAINTED ASTM A153 GALVANIZED TEMP. STABLE (7.3.4.7.1)
23 INSTALLATION LIST IN PROPOSAL (9.2.3L) 4 HR. MECHANICAL RUN AFTER
24 VERTICAL PUMPS OIL TEMP. STABLE (7.3.4.7.3)
25 PUMP THRUST: (+) UP (-) DOWN TRUE PEAK VELOCITY
26 AT MIN. FLOW (N) (N) DATA (7.3.3.4.d)
27 AT RATED FLOW (N) (N) RESONANCE TEST (8.3.9.2)
28 MAX THRUST (N) (N) AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
29 SOLEPLATE REQ'D. (8.3.8.3.3) (m) X (m) TEST (7.3.4.5)
30 MOUNTING PLATE REQUIRED (8.3.8.3.1) IMPACT TEST (EN 13445/ASME VIII)
31 SOLEPLATE THICKNESS (mm) VENDOR KEEP REPAIR AND HT RECORDS (7.2.1.1c)
32 COLUMN PIPE: FLANGED THREADED VENDOR SUBMIT TEST PROCEDURES (7.3.1.2 / 9.2.5)
33 DIAMETER (mm) LENGTH (m) VENDOR SUBMIT TEST DATA WITHIN 24 HOURS (7.3.3.3e)
34 GUIDE BUSHINGS INCLUDE PLOTTED VIBRATION SPECTRA (5.9.3.3)
35 NUMBER RECORD FINAL ASSEMBLY RUNNING CLEARANCES
36 LINE SHAFT BEARING SPACING (mm) COMPLETION OF INSPECTION CHECK LIST (7.1.6)
37 GUIDE BUSHINGS LUBE: MATERIAL CERTIFICATION REQUIRED (5.12.1.8)
38 WATER OIL CASING IMPELLER SHAFT
39 GREASE PUMPAGE OTHER
40 LINESHAFT: OPEN ENCLOSED CASTING REPAIR PROCEDURE APPROVAL REQ'D (5.12.2.5)
41 LINE SHAFT DIAMETER: (mm) INSPECTION REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION
42 TUBE DIAMETER: (mm) WELDS (5.12.3.4)
43 LINESHAFT COUPLING: MAG PARTICLE LIQUID PENETRANT
44 LINE SHAFT DIAMETER: SLEEVE & KEY THREADED RADIOGRAPHIC ULTRASONIC
45 SUCTION CAN THICKNESS (mm) INSPECTION REQUIRED FOR CASTINGS (7.2.1.3) (5.12.1.5)
46 LENGTH (m) MAG PARTICLE LIQUID PENETRANT
47 DIAMETER (m) RADIOGRAPHIC ULTRASONIC
48 SUCTION STRAINER TYPE HARDNESS TEST REQUIRED (7.2.2.3)
49 FLOAT & ROD FLOAT SWITCH ADDITIONAL SUBSURFACE EXAMINATION (7.2.1.3)
50 IMPELLER COLLETS ACCEPTABLE (5.6.3) FOR
51 HARDENED SLEEVES UNDER BEARINGS (8.3.10.5) METHOD
52 Sump arrangement
53 Key
54 1 grade
55 2 low liquid level
56 3 centreline of discharge
57 /1 sump depth
58 /2 pump length
59 /3 centreline discharge height
60 /4 height of grade above low liquid level
61 /5 datum elevation, first-stage impeller
62 /6 submergence required
63 ød sump diameter
64 Refer to hydraulic institute standards for definitions
65 /1--------m /2------------m
66 ød--------m /6------------m
67 /4---------m /3------------m
68 /5------------m
PAGE 6 OF 6
Centrifugal Pump - References JOB NO. 9473 ITEM NO.(S) P-1003 A/B
REQ / SPEC NO. /
5
9
20
25 Radiography
29 REMARKS
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
16-QMP-05-3A

P-1004 A/B

Doc. Number Rev.
9473-02-DS-P-1004 1
Excel

PAGE 2 OF 6
API 610 JOB NO. 9473 ITEM NO.(S) P-1004 A/B (1W, REM 5)

3 SITE DULIAJAN SERVICE OILY WATER
7 PUMP P-1004 A/B 1
8 MOTOR 2
9 GEAR 3
10 TURBINE 4
13 FLOW, NORMAL 10 (m3/h) RATED (m3/h) LIQUID TYPE OR NAME OILY WATER
2
16 DISCHARGE PRESSURE 2.5 (Kg/cm g) PUMPING TEMP (°C) 27
17 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE 2.5 (Kg/cm2) VAPOR PRESS. (Kg/cm2a) 0.03
18 DIFF. HEAD 25 (Rem 4) (m) NPSHA (REM 7) () RELATIVE DENSITY (SG): 0.997
24 LOCATION: (5.1.30) MATERIALS
25 INDOOR HEATED OUTDOOR UNHEATED ANNEX H CLASS (5.12.1.1) S-5 (REM. 3 )
28 WINTERIZATION REQ'D TROPICALIZATION REQ'D. MPaREL/CASE IMPELLER
29 SITE DATA (5.1.30) REFER BID DOCUMENT CASE/IMPELLER WEAR RINGS

36 IMPELLER TYPE
3 3
39 OTHER THERMAL (m /h) STABLE (m /h)
55 RADIAL / DRIVERS
56 THRUST / HEATING
PAGE 3 OF 6
1 REMARKS
6 6. P-1004 A IS INSTALLED IN OWS DRAIN PIT, T-1004 (3500 MM X 3500 MM X 2500 MM DEEP)
7 7. PUMP WITH FLOODED SUCTION
5 8. ELECTRIC MOTOR SHALL BE DGMS APPROVED.
9 9. AUTOMATIC START/STOP THROUGH LEVEL CONTROLLER.
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
PAGE 4 OF 6
Centrifugal pump data sheet - JOB NO. 9473 ITEM NO.(S) P-1004 A/B
INQUIRY NO BY


32 ROTOR: RADIAL /

PAGE 5 OF 6
3

52 Sump arrangement
53 Key
54 1 grade
57 /1 sump depth
58 /2 pump length
65 /1--------m /2------------m
66 ød--------m /6------------m
67 /4---------m /3------------m
68 /5------------m
PAGE 6 OF 6
REQ / SPEC NO. /
3 SITE DULIAJAN SERVICE OILY WATER
5
9
20
25 Radiography
29 REMARKS
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
16-QMP-05-3A

P-1005 A/B
1 18.02.08 ISSUED FOR BID NN RJN ABM

Doc. Number Rev.
9473-02-DS-P-1005 1
Excel

PAGE 2 OF 6
API 610 JOB NO. 9473 ITEM NO.(S) P-1005 A/B (1W,REM 6)

3 SITE DULIAJAN SERVICE SKIMMED OIL RECYCLE PUMP
7 PUMP P-1005 A/B 1
8 MOTOR 2
9 GEAR 3
10 TURBINE 4
3
16 DISCHARGE PRESSURE 2.5 (Kg/cm2g) PUMPING TEMP (°C) 27
17 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE 2.5 (Kg/cm2) VAPOR PRESS. (Kg/cm a)
2
0.12
18 DIFF. HEAD 36.3 (Rem 4) (m) NPSHA (REM 8) () RELATIVE DENSITY (sg): 0.6885

36 IMPELLER TYPE
55 RADIAL / DRIVERS
56 THRUST / HEATING
PAGE 3 OF 6
1 REMARKS
6 5 AUTOMATIC START/STOP THROUGH LEVEL CONTROLLER
8 7 P-1005 A IS INSTALLED IN OWS DRAIN PIT, T-1004 (3500 MM X 3500 MM X 2500 MM DEEP)
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
PAGE 4 OF 6
INQUIRY NO BY


32 ROTOR: RADIAL /

PAGE 5 OF 6
3

52 Sump arrangement
53 Key
54 1 grade
57 /1 sump depth
58 /2 pump length
65 /1--------m /2------------m
66 ød--------m /6------------m
67 /4---------m /3------------m
68 /5------------m
PAGE 6 OF 6
REQ / SPEC NO. /
5
9
20
25 Radiography
29 REMARKS
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
Data Sheet Job No. 9473
for Client OIL INDIA LTD. DULIAJAN
2NO FGS&1NO CGGS&OP
Centrifugal Pumps-Submersible Project (MADHUBAN CGGS)
New Delhi Req.No.
1 Plant section: OIL INDIA LTD. DULIAJAN Tag no. P-1006 A/B
2 Service RAW WATER PUMP Duty Continuous Intermittent
3 No. of units Total 2 Working 1 Stand-by 1 Operation Series Parallel
4 Driver Type ELECTRIC MOTOR Driver provided by Purchaser Vendor
5 Area Classification UNCLASSIFIED Ambient Temp (Deg C) Max Min
6 Elevation (Above MSL) Relative humidity (%) Max Min
7 Installation: Indoor Outdoor Undershed * REFER SITE & UTILITY DATA IN BASIC ENGINEERING PACKAGE.
8 OPERATING CONDITION
9 Liquid Handled WATER Pumping Temp.(Deg C) 7-40
10 Vap Pres@PT.(kg/cm2g) 0.12 Specific Gravity @ PT 1
11 Viscosity @ PT (cP) 1.14 Corrosion Due To. NO
12 Capacity (m3/hr): Rated Normal: 50 Max. 50 Disch.Press. (kg/cm2g) 4
13 Suction Press(kg/cm2g) Max. Rated. SUBMERGED NPSH available (mlc) (REM1)
14 Differential Pr. (kg/cm2) 4 Max. Admissible Shutoff Press. (kg/cm2g)
15 Differential Head (mlc) 40 Solids in Suspension YES
16 Gland Seal: Mag. Drive Mech Seal Gland Pkg
17 Seal Flushing
18 Process Liquid contamination Permitted: Yes No
19 UTILITIES *
20 Cooling fluid: Pres. (kg/cm2g): Supply: Return (Min): Temp. (Deg C): Supply: Return (Max):
21 Heating fluid: Pres. (kg/cm2g): Supply: Return (Min): Temp. (Deg C): Supply: Return (Max):
22 Instru. Air - (Max./Min) Pressure (kg/cm2g) Dew Point temperature (Deg C)
23 APPLICABLE CODES & STANDARDS
24 Pump: ANSI B 73.1 / ISO 2858 AND 02-TS-608
25 Driver REFER ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
26 MANUFACTURER'S DATA: CONSTRUCTION FEATURES
27 Make Model No.
28 Type Horizontal Vertical Ver.Barrel Suction: Single Double
29 No. of stages Impeller Support: Between Bearing. Overhung
30 Imp.Dia.(mm) Rated Max. Min. Casing Split: Axial Radial
31 Imp.Type: Open Semi open Closed Casing Type: Sing.Vol. Doub Volute Diffu.
32 Casing mounting Foot Centreline Self priming: Yes No
33 Casing Connection Drain Vent PG Others Bearing Make Type Mfr. Sl. No. Lubrication
34 Wear Ring Casing Impeller Radial
35 Stuffing box side Suction side Thrust
36 CONNECTIONS Size Rating Facing Location LINE SHAFT BEARING NOT APPLICABLE
37 Suction nozzle Nos. Type
38 Disch. nozzle Material Lubrication
39 MECHANICAL SEAL GLAND PACKING
40 Make Mfr's Code Size No. of rings
41 API code Flushing Plan Material Flushing
42 Cartridge Mount Yes No Coupling Make: Type/Rating
43 MANUFACTURER'S DATA: OPERATING PARAMETERS
44 Proposal Curve No. Shut off head(mlc)
45 Pump Speed(RPM) Hydro test pressure (kg/cm2g)
46 Direction of Rotation (From Coupling End): Max.Power@Rated Impeller (kW)
47 Efficiency(%) Casing MAWP(kg/cm2g)
48 Rated Power(kW) Min. cont. flow(m3/hr)
49 Max. Power @ Rated Impeller NPSH required
50 Driver Rating (kW) Min Submergence required
51 Specific Speed Suction Specific Speed
52 Design Pressure(kg/cm2g) Design Temperature
53
54
55
56
57
58
Data Sheet No Rev
9473-02-DS-P-1006 0
Rev. Date Description Prpd Chkd Appd Sheet 1 of 3
2NO FGS&1NO CGGS&OP
Centrifugal Pumps-Submersible Project (MADHUBAN CGGS)
New Delhi Req.No.
1 SEAL AND AUXILIARY PIPING (REMARK-1)
2 PRIMARY FLUSHING PLAN SECONDARY FLUSHING PLAN
3 Piping Material Piping Material
4 Piping assembly Piping assembly
5 COOLING WATER PIPING PLAN EXTERNAL FLUSHING FLUID:
6 Piping Material Pressure
7 PIPING ASSEMBLY Temperature
8 Flow rate
9 MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION
10
API Table H-1 Class: I -2
11 Casing Impeller
12 Shaft Shaft Sleeve
13 Casing Wearing Ring Impeller Wearing Ring
14 Bearing Housing Base plate/Motor Stool
15 Companion Flange Barrel
16 Interstage Bush Other Wetted Parts
17 INSPECTION AND TESTING
18 Performance Test Witnessed Non-Witnessed
19 HydrostaticTest Witnessed Non-Witnessed
20 NPSH Test Witnessed Non-Witnessed
21 Strip Test Witnessed Non-Witnessed
22 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
23 Pump Driver
24 Baseplate: Gear Box
25 Coupling Coupling Guard (Non Sparking)
26 Companion Flanges with Nuts, Bolts & Gaskets Driver Bolts
27 Auto Recirculation Valve Foundation Bolts
28 Pump Driver Assembly Driver Half Coupling Hub
29 Seal Flushing Piping & Auxiliaries Lub Oil System
30 CW Piping& Auxiliary Suction Strainer
31 Casing Drain Valve Casing Vent Valve
32
33 INSTRUMENTATION
34 Temp. Gauge Pressure Switch
35 Thermowell Level Gauge
36 Pressure Gauge Level Switch
37 Non Contacting Probes Radial RTD
38 Accelerometer Probes Thrust RTD
39 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS
40 Pump Weight (kg) GD2 value
41 Weight of Base Plate (kg) Weight of Driver (kg)
42 Pump Overall dimensions (mm) Base plate dimensions (mm)
43 PUMP ALLOWABLE NOZZLE LOADS
44 NOZZLE Fx Fy Fz Mx My Mz
45 Suction
46 Discharge
47
48 REMARKS:
49 1) PUMP WITH FLOODED SUCTION
50 2) SEE ANNEXURE-1 FOR SKETCH OF RAW WATER PUMP (DEEP TUBE WELL PUMP)
51 3) ELECTRIC MOTOR SHALL BE DGMS APPROVED.
52 4) BAIL PLUG WITH AN INTERNAL EYE ARRANGEMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED.
53
54
55
56
57
58
Data Sheet No Rev
9473-02-DS-P-1006 0
FMT. No.: 01-DF-010 / A
JOB NO. : 9473
CLIENT : OIL INDIA LIMITED. DULIAJAN
PUMP
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., PROJECT: 2 NO. FGS & 1 NO. CGGS & OP
New Delhi (MADHUBAN CGGS)
PROCESS DATA SHEET REV.
9473-01-DS-P-1006
0
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY CHK. APPD. Sheet 3 of 3
16-QMP-05-3A
PROJECT: 2NO. FGS & 1NO. CGGS & OP(MADHUBAN FGS)


P-1007A/B

Doc. Number Rev.
9473-02-DS-P-1007 1
Excel

PAGE 2 OF 6
INQUIRY NO BY

3 SITE 2NO. FGS & 1NO.CGGS & OP (MADHUBAN CGGS) SERVICE EFFLUENT DISCHARGE PUMP
7 PUMP P-1007A/B 1
8 MOTOR 2
9 GEAR 3
10 TURBINE 4
12 OPERATING CONDITIONS (5.1.3) LIQUID (5.1.3) OILY WATER
13 FLOW, NORMAL 10 (m 3/h) RATED (m3/h) LIQUID TYPE OR NAME OILY WATER
14 OTHER(m3/h) MAX: 10 MIN: 5 HAZARDOUS FLAMMABLE (5.1.5)
16 DISCHARGE PRESSURE 10 (Kg/cm2 g) PUMPING TEMP (°C) 27
17 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE 10 (Kg/cm2) VAPOR PRESS. (Kg/cm2a ) 0.03
18 DIFF. HEAD 100 (m) NPSHA (REM 4) (m) RELATIVE DENSITY (SG): 1
25 INDOOR HEATED OUTDOOR UNHEATED ANNEX H CLASS (5.12.1.1) S-5(REM3)
36 IMPELLER TYPE
55 RADIAL / DRIVERS
56 THRUST / HEATING
PAGE 3 OF 6
1 REMARKS
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
PAGE 4 OF 6
INQUIRY NO BY

17 RATING

20 COOLING REQ'D.
51 MASSES (Kg)
52 PUMP
53 BASEPLATE
54 DRIVER
55 TOTAL
PAGE 5 OF 6
25 PAINTED SS (7.3.4.5)
42 FOR
43 METHOD
44 REMARKS
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
57
58
59
60
PAGE 6 OF 6
REQ / SPEC NO. /
3 SITE 2NO. FGS & 1NO.CGGS & OP (MADHUBAN CGGS) SERVICE EFFLUENT DISCHARGE PUMP
5
9
20
25 Radiography
29 REMARKS
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
16-QMP-05-3A
PROJECT: 2NO. FGS & 1NO. CGGS & OP(MADHUBAN FGS)


P-1008A/B

1 23.11.07 RE ISSUED FOR BID HA RJN ABM
Doc. Number Rev.
9473-02-DS-P-1008 2
Excel

PAGE 2 OF 6
INQUIRY NO BY

7 PUMP P-1008A/B 1
8 MOTOR 2
9 GEAR 3
10 TURBINE 4
12 OPERATING CONDITIONS (5.1.3) LIQUID (5.1.3) CONDENSATE
13 FLOW, NORMAL 25 2 (m 3/h) RATED (m3/h) LIQUID TYPE OR NAME CONDENSATE
2
16 DISCHARGE PRESSURE 2.5 (Kg/cm2 g) PUMPING TEMP (°C) -7
24 LOCATION: (5.1.30) MATERIALS (REM 3)
28 WINTERIZATION REQ'D TROPICALIZATION REQ'D. MPaREL/CASE CS IMPELLER A-351 Gr CA 15
36 IMPELLER TYPE
55 RADIAL / DRIVERS
56 THRUST / HEATING
PAGE 3 OF 6
1 REMARKS
5 4 AUTOMATIC START/STOP THROUGH LEVEL CONTROLLER.
9 8 COUPLING GUARD TO BE PROVIDED WITH SIGHT HOLES FOR VISUAL INSPECTION. 2
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
PAGE 4 OF 6
INQUIRY NO BY

17 RATING

20 COOLING REQ'D.
51 MASSES (Kg)
52 PUMP
53 BASEPLATE
54 DRIVER
55 TOTAL
PAGE 5 OF 6
25 PAINTED SS (7.3.4.5)
42 FOR
43 METHOD
44 REMARKS
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
57
58
59
60
PAGE 6 OF 6
REQ / SPEC NO. /
5
9
20
25 Radiography
29 REMARKS
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
2NO FGS&1NO
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd. Project
Reciprocating Pump CGGS&OP(CHABUA FGS)
New Delhi Req.No.
ITEM NO. P-3001 A/B NO. OF UNITS 2 (WORKING 1 STANDBY 1 )
APPLICABLE TO: PROPOSAL PURCHASE AS BUILT
FOR OIL INDIA LIMITED, DULIAJAN UNIT
SITE 2NO. FGS & 1NO. CGGS & OP(CHABUA FGS)
SERVICE TEST CONDENSATE PUMP SIZE AND TYPE
MANUFACTURER SERIAL NO.
NOTE: INDICATES INFORMATION TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER BY MANUFACTURER
GENERAL
NO. MOTOR DRIVEN OTHER DRIVER TYPE
PUMP ITEM NOS. P-3001 A/B PUMP ITEM NOS.
MOTOR ITEM NOS. DRIVER ITEM NOS. GEAR ITEM NOS.
MOTOR PROVIDED BY DRIVER PROVIDED BY GEAR PROVIDED BY
MOTOR MOUNTED BY DRIVER MOUNTED BY GEAR MOUNTED BY
MOTOR DATA SHEET NO. DRIVER DATA SHEET NO. GEAR DATA SHEET NO.
OPERATING CONDITIONS LIQUID

CAPACITY NORMAL/MAX @ PT (m3/hr): 5/5 TYPE OR NAME OF LIQUID CONDENSATE
@MAXIMUM VISCOSITY PUMPING TEMPERATURE (OC):

@MINIMUM VISCOSITY NORMAL 40 MAX. MIN.
DISCHARGE PRESSURE (Kg/cm2g): NORMAL 35 SPECIFIC GRAVITY 0.6727
o
MAXIMUM - MINIMUM - SPECIFIC HEAT CP(kJ/kg C)
2
SUCTION PRESSURE (Kg/cm g): NORMAL
ATM VISCOSITY (cP) 0.3961
MAXIMUM MINIMUM VAPOUR PRESSURE(kPa.abs) 0.12
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE (Kg/cm2) NORMAL 35 CORROSIVE / EROSIVE AGENTS NO
MAXIMUM MINIMUM CHLORIDE CONCENTRATION (PPM)
DIFFERENTIAL HEAD(mlc) H2S CONCENTRATION (PPM)
NPSH AVAILABLE (m) WITHOUT ACCELERATION LIQUID TOXIC FLAMMABLE
HEAD (REM 3) OTHERS
ACCELERATION HEAD (VENDOR TO ADVISE) NET
PERFORMANCE SITE AND UTILITY DATA
RATED CAPACITY (m3/hr) LOCATION INDOOR OUTDOOR
NPSH REQUIRED (m) HEATED UNHEATED UNDER ROOF
RATED SPEED (RPM) ELECTRICAL AREA CLASS T3
DISPLACEMENT (m3/hr) GROUP IIA & IIB ZONE 1
VOLUMETRIC EFFICIENCY (%) WINTERIZATION REQD TROPICALIZATION REQD
MECHANICAL EFFICIENCY (%) SITE DATA REFER BID DOCUMENT
O
kW @ MAXIMUM VISCOSITY RANGE OF AMBIENT TEMPS:MIN/MAX C
kW @ MAXIMUM
RELIEF VALVE
VISCOSITY
SETTING UNUSUAL CONDITION
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SPEED (RPM) DUST FUMES SALT ATMOSPHERE
MINIMUM ALLOWABLE SPEED (RPM) OTHER
PINION SHAFT (RPM) UTILITY CONDITIONS
HYDRAULIC kW BRAKE kW ELECTRICITY DRIVERS HEATING CONTROL SHUTDOWN
VOLTAGE 415
DIRECT-ACTING PUMPS: HERTZ 50
DRIVE GAS PHASE 3
GOVERNOR TYPE
INLET PRESSURE (kPa) COOLING WATER INLET RETURN DESIGN MAX
O
INLET TEMPERATURE (C) TEMP C MAX
EHAUST PRESSURE (kPa) PRESS.(kPa) MIN
STALL PRESSURE (kPa) SOURCE
GAS CONSUMPTION (Kg/kW-h) INSTRUMENT AIR MAX MIN
PRESS.(kPa)
APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
API-674,POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT PUMPS-RECIPROCATING & 02-TS-674 ENCLOSED WITH BID DOCUMENT.
GOVERNING SPECIFICATION (IF DIFFERENT)
REMARKS: 1) VENDOR TO SUPPLY RELIEF VALVE FOR EACH PUMP DISCHARGE.
2) ELECTRIC MOTOR SHALL BE DGMS APPROVED.
3) PUMP WITH FLOODED SUCTION.
4) VENDOR MAY OFFER SUPERIOR MOC BASED ON PAST EXPERIENCE
Data Sheet No Rev

9473-02-DS-P-3001 1
2NO FGS&1NO
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd. Reciprocating Pump Project CGGS&OP(CHABUA FGS)
New Delhi Req.No.
CONSTRUCTION
LIQUID END: CONNECTION SIZE ANSI FACING LOCATION
SIMPLEX TRIPLEX PLUNGER RATING
DUPLEX NO. OF CYLINDERS PISTON LIQUID SUCTION
SINGLE ACTING HORIZONTAL LIQUID DISCHARGE
DOUBLE ACTING VERTICAL GAS INLET
REMOVABLE LINERS GAS EXAUST
NO LINERS GLAND FLUSH
DRAIN
VALVES PER NUMBER AREA VELOCITY OTHER
CORNER (mm2) (m/h) OTHER
SUCTION OTHER
DISCHARGE REMARK:
VALVE TYPE: DISC WING
DOUBLE PORTED BALL
MATERIALS (REM 4)
PART LIQUID END ASTM NO. GAS END
CYLIDER CS
LINER
PISTON OR PLUNGER A351, Gr CA 15
PISTON RINGS
PISTON ROD
VALVES / VALVE SEATS 13% CR
GLAND
THROAT BUSHING
PACKING PTFE
LANTERN RING
BOLTING
OTHER (VALVE COVER)
OTHER
LIQUID END LUBRICATION PACKING

PACKING LUBE LIQUID END GAS END VALVE ROD
FLUSH SOURCE NO. OF RINGS
LUBRICATOR MAKE SIZE OF RINGS
SIZE NO. OF FEEDS OTHER
QA INSPECTION AND TEST
PRESSURE RATINGS COMPLIANCE WITH INSPECTOR'S CHECK LIST
LIQUID GAS CERTIFICATION OF MATERIALS
CYLINDER CYLINDER FINAL ASSEMBLY CLEARANCES
MAX. PRESSURE (kPag) SURFACE & SUBSURFACE EXAMINATION
MAX.TEMPERATURE (OC) RADIOGRAPHY
HYDRO.TEST PRESS.(kPag) ULTRASOUND
OTHER MAGNETIC PARTICLE
DRIVE MECHANISM LIQUID PENETRANT
DIRECT-COUPLED V-BELT OR COG GEAR CLEANLINESS PRIOR TO FINAL ASSEMBLY
COUPLING MANUFACTURER HARDNESS OF PARTS, WELDS & HEAT AFFECTED
SOLE PLATES BASEPLATE SKID ZONES
BY PUMP MFR. FURNISH PROCEDURES FOR OPTIONAL TESTS
SUITABLE FOR EPOXY GROUT TESTS REQD WITNESSED OBSERVED
EXTENDED FOR HYDROSTATIC
SUBPLATES BY PUMP MANUFACTURER MECHANICAL RUN
DRAIN-RIM DRAIN-PAN PERFORMANCE
LEVELLING PADS NPSH
SUITABLE FOR COLUMN MOUNTING OTHER
REMARKS
Data Sheet No Rev

9473-02-DS-P-3001 1
2NO FGS&1NO
New Delhi Req.No.
POWER FRAME CONTROLS
MAXIMUM FRAME RATING: TYPE; SIGNAL;
kW@ rpm MANUAL REMOTE PNEUMATIC
MAX. PRESSURE RATING (kPag) AUTOMATIC LOCAL ELECTRONIC
CRANKSHAFT MATERIAL CAPACITY CONTROL;
NO. OF MAIN BEARINGS FLOW BYPASS ONLY VARIABLE SPEED ONLY
TYPE OF MAIN BEARINGS COMBINATION
INTERNAL GEARS YES NO VENDOR FURNISHES CS GOVERNOR & VALVE
GEAR RATIO VENDOR TO FURNISH CONTROL PANEL
GEAR SERVICE FACTOR FREESTANDING ON UNIT
POWER END LUBRICARION: OTHER
TYPE SPLASH POSITIVE PRESSURE TACHOMETER REQUIRED TYPE
GRAVITY
OIL PUMP:
MAIN
AUXILIARY OTHER PURCHASER REQUIREMENTS
DRIVEN BY NAMEPLATE UNITS CUSTOMARY SI
OIL FILTER: VENDOR FURNISHED PROCESS PIPING
TYPE MAKE
FILTATION SIZE MODEL VENDOR REVIEW PIPING DRAWING
OIL COOLER VENDOR FURNISHED PULSATION SUPRESSION
TYPE DEVICES
SIZE VENDOR FURNISHED RELIEF VALVES AT DISCHARGE
INTERNAL EXTERNAL
RELIEF VALVE SETTING (kPa.g)
DRIVERS LIQUID FILLED PRESSURE GAUGES REQUIRED
MOTOR: TECHNICAL DATA MANUAL REQURED
MANUFACTURER MAX. SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL dBA
TYPE ELECTRIC MOTOR @ m
FRAME NO. OVERSIZE NOZZLE MATING PARTS BY VENDOR
CONSTANT SPEED QUENCH TYPE GLANDS REQUIRED
VARIABLE SPEED PROVIDE PACKING COLLECTION CHAMBER
kW RPM PROVIDE LANTERN RING PURGE
VOLTS 415 PHASE 3 SIZE
HERTZ 50 SERVICE FACTOR OIL HEATER CONNECTION REQUIRED
ENCLOSURE DISTANCE PIECE COVER
SAFETY GUARDS SOLID COVERS
STEAM TURBINE LOUVERED WEATHER COVERS
OTHER (SEE SEPARATE DATA SHEET) ADDITIONAL OIL SYSTEM ITEMS
FLOW INDICATOR PRESSURE GAUGES
GEAR REDUCER TEMPERATURE GAUGES STRAINER
REQUIRED GEAR BOX SYSTEM OTHER
MANUFACTURER OIL HEATER REQUIRED
MODEL STEAM ELECTRIC
TYPE MECHANICAL LUBRICATOR REQUIRED
O
SERVICE FACTOR MIN. DESIGN METAL TEMPERATURE C
RATING GEARS COMPLY WITH API 613 API 677
API 671 COUPLINGS AND GAUGES REQUIRED
V-BELT OR CHAIN DRIVE
REQUIRED PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT
NO. OF BELTS DOMESTIC EXPORT
SIZE OF BELTS EXPORT BOXING
CHAIN DETAILS OUTDOOR STORAGE MORE THAN 12 MONTHS
TOTALLY ENCLOSED GUARD
SIDE RAILS FOR ADJUSTMENT WEIGHTS (Kg)
PUMP BASE
GEAR DRIVER
Data Sheet No Rev

9473-02-DS-P-3001 1
2NO FGS&1NO
New Delhi Req.No.
PULSATION SUPRESSION DEVICES FOR RECIPROCATING PUMPS (CONT.) SERVICE
THESE SHEETS TO BE FILLED OUT FOR EACH SERVICE AND/OR STAGE STAGE NO.
APPLICABLE TO: PROPOSAL PURCHASE AS BUILT

FOR / USER
O
SITE / LOCATION AMBIENT TEMPERATURE MIN/MAX / C
PUMP SERVICE NUMBER OF PUMPS
PUMP MFG. MODEL / TYPE
SUPRESSOR MFG. DESIGN AS PER ASME SEC VIII, Div 1 (Latest Edition)
NOTE: Data Completed by Purchaser By Pump/Supp. Mfg. W/Proposal
By Mfg(s) after order By Mfg(s)/Purchaser as applicable
GENERAL INFORMATION APPLICABLE TO ALL SUPRESSORS
TOTAL NUMBER OF SERVICES AND/OR STAGES
ASME CODE STAMP STATE/COUNTRY/PROVINCE OF CODE REGULATIONS APPLY
OTHER APPLICABLE PRESSURE VESSEL SPEC. OR CODE
RADIOGRAPHY (X-RAY OF WELDS): NONE SPOT 100% IMPACT TEST
SPECIAL WELDING REQUIREMENTS
SHOP INSPECTION OUTDOOR STORAGE OVER 12 MONTHS SPECIAL PAINT SPEC
DESIGN APPROACH: 1 W/SIMPLIFIED MANUAL ANALYSIS OF PIPING SYSTEM

HYDROTEST WITNESS 2, ACOUSTIC SIMULATION STUDY
OBSERVE STUDY TO BE WITNESSED: YES NO
OPERATING AND SUPRESSION DESIGN DATA

PUMP DATA, THIS SERVICE OR STAGE ONLY NUMBER OF CYL. INTERNAL PASSAGES
NOTES:
BORE DIA mm STROKE mm RPM
PUMP VALVE DATA
TYPE LIFT mm WEIGHT g
SPRING PRELOAD N SPRING RATE
LIFT AREA
FULL PROJECTED AREA
EFF. FULL LIFT AREA
LIQUID HANDLED-SEE DATA SHT PG. 1 NORMAL OPERATING

CORR. PRESENT (DESCRIBE)
SPECIFIC GRAVITY
COMPRESSIBILITY%
OPERATION IN PARALLEL W/
PUMP MANUFACTURER'S RATED CAPACITY m3/h
LINE SIDE OPERATING PRESSURE INLET (kPa)(BARG) DISCH. (kPa)(BARG)

O O
OPERATING TEMP WITH SUPRESSORS INLET C DISCH. C
ALLOWABLE PRESSURE DROP THROUGH S P (kg/cm2) % P (kg/cm2) %
SUPRESSORS
INLET SUPRESSOR # DISCHARGE SUPRESSOR
COMBINATION INLET SUPP. SEPARATOR/INTERNALS YES NO YES NO
NO.(QTY.) OF INLET & DISCH. SUPP. PER STAGE
ALLOW. PEAK-PEAK PULSE @ LINE SIDE NOZZLE (kPa)(BARG) % (kPa)(BARG) %
ALLOW. PEAK-PEAK PULSE @ CYL FLANGE NOZZLE (kPa)(BARG) % (kPa)(BARG) %
MIN. REQD. WORKING PRESSURE & TEMPERATURE
O O
NOTE: After design, the actual MAWP & temp are to be (kPag) @ C (kPag) @ C
determined based on the weakest component
and stamped on the vessel. The actual MAWP is
to be shown on pg. 5 line 11 and on the U1A # If required.
Forms.
Data Sheet No Rev

9473-02-DS-P-3001 1
2NO FGS&1NO
New Delhi Req.No.
PULSATION SUPRESSION DEVICES FOR RECIPROCATING PUMPS (CONT.) SERVICE
THESE SHEETS TO BE FILLED OUT FOR EACH SERVICE AND/OR STAGE STAGE NO.
CONTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS & DATA INLET SUPRESSION DISCHARGE SUPPRESSION

BASIC MATERIAL REQURED, CS, SS, ETC. CS CS
ACT. MAT.,ASTM OR SA DESIGNATION SHELL/HEAD / /
SPECIAL HARDNESS LIMITATIONS Rc SHELL & HEADS WELDS SHELL & HEADS WELDS
YES NO
CORROSION ALLOWANCE.(mm) REQUIRED mm mm
WALL THICKNEE, (mm) SHELL/HEAD mm/ mm mm/ mm
NOM. SHELL DIA X OVERALL LGTH. mm/VOL.m3 X mm/ m
3
X mm/ m
3
PIPE OR ROLLED PLATE CONSTRUCRION PIPE ROLLED PLATE PIPE ROLLED PLATE
ACT MAX ALLOW. WORKING PRESS AND TEMP. (kPa)(BARG) OC (kPa)(BARG) OC
MAX EXPECTED PRESS. DROP P, %LINE PRESS. (kPa.a)(BAR) (kPa)(BARG) 2
P % P (kg/cm / %
WEIGHT, kg EACH kg kg
INSUL NUTS & ALLOW. FOR INSULATION REQUIRED YES NO YES NO
EXPECTED P-P PULSE @ LINE SIDE CYL FLG, % LINE
PRESS BASED ON FINAL SUPRESSIOR DESIGN %/ % %/ %
SUPPORTS, TYPE/QUANTITY
CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS & DATA

LINE SIDE FLANGE, SIZE RATING/FACING/TYPE
PUMP FLANGES, QTY:SIZE RATING/FACING/TYPE
FLANGE FINISH SPECIAL (SPECIFY)
PER ASME 16.5
INSPECTION OPENINGS REQUIRED YES NO YES NO
SPEC. QTY, SIZE, 6000LB NPT CPLG, FLG TYPE BLINDED BLINDED
& RATING
*QTY, SIZE, 6000LB NPT CPLG, FLG TYPE & RAT.
VENT CONNECTIONS REQUIRED YES NO YES NO
SPEC. QTY, SIZE, 6000LB NPT CPLG, FLG TYPE
& RATING
DRAIN CONNECTIONS REQUIRED YES NO YES NO
& RATING
PRESSURE CONNECTIONS REQUIRED YES NO YES NO
& RATING
TEMPERATURE CONNECTIONS REQUIRED YES NO YES NO
& RATING CYL NOZZLE MAIN BODY
OTHER DATA AND NOTES

PUMP MFG'S SUPP. OUTLINE OR DRAWINNG NO.
SUPPRESSOR MFG'S SUPP. OUTLINE OR DRAW. NO.
NOTES*= AS BUILT
Data Sheet No Rev

9473-02-DS-P-3001 1
16-QMP-05-3A
PROJECT: 2NO. FGS & 1NO. CGGS & OP(CHABUA FGS)


P-3002A/B

Doc. Number Rev.
9473-02-DS-P-3002 0
Excel

PAGE 2 OF 6
Centrifugal pump DOC. NO./REV. NO. 9473-02-DS-P-3002 / 0
INQUIRY NO BY

3 SITE 2NO. FGS & 1NO.CGGS & OP (CHABUA FGS) SERVICE TEST WATER PUMP
7 PUMP P-3002A/B 1
8 MOTOR 2
9 GEAR 3
10 TURBINE 4
12 OPERATING CONDITIONS (5.1.3) LIQUID (5.1.3) WATER
13 FLOW, NORMAL 5 (m 3/h) RATED (m3/h) LIQUID TYPE OR NAME WATER
16 DISCHARGE PRESSURE 2.5 (Kg/cm2 g) PUMPING TEMP (°C) 40
18 DIFF. HEAD 25 (m) NPSHA (REM 4) (m) RELATIVE DENSITY (SG): 0.997
36 IMPELLER TYPE
55 RADIAL / DRIVERS
56 THRUST / HEATING
PAGE 3 OF 6
1 REMARKS
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
PAGE 4 OF 6
Single-stage overhung (type OH) - DOC. NO./REV. NO.9473-02-DS-P-3002 / 0
INQUIRY NO BY

17 RATING

20 COOLING REQ'D.
51 MASSES (Kg)
52 PUMP
53 BASEPLATE
54 DRIVER
55 TOTAL
PAGE 5 OF 6
25 PAINTED SS (7.3.4.5)
42 FOR
43 METHOD
44 REMARKS
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
57
58
59
60
PAGE 6 OF 6
DOC. NO./REV. NO. 9473-02-DS-P-3002 / 0
3 SITE 2NO. FGS & 1NO.CGGS & OP (CHABUA FGS) SERVICE TEST WATER PUMP
5
9
20
25 Radiography
29 REMARKS
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
16-QMP-05-3A
PROJECT: 2 NO. FGS & 1 NO. CGGS & OP (CHABUA FGS)

CUSTOMER: OIL INDIA LIMITED, DULIAJAN.
P-3004 A/B

1 23.11.07 RE ISSUED FOR BID HA RJN ABM
Doc. Number Rev.
9473-02-DS-P-3004 2
Excel

PAGE 2 OF 6
API 610 JOB NO. 9473 ITEM NO.(S) P-3004 A/B (1W, REM5)

2 FOR OIL INDIA LIMITED UNIT CHABUA FGS
7 PUMP P-3004 A/B 1
8 MOTOR 2
9 GEAR 3
10 TURBINE 4
3
16 DISCHARGE PRESSURE 30 (Kg/cm2g) PUMPING TEMP (°C) 40
17 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE 30 (Kg/cm2) VAPOR PRESS. (Kg/cm a)
2
0.12
18 DIFF. HEAD 375 (Rem 4) (m) NPSHA (REM 7) () RELATIVE DENSITY (SG): 0.7997
24 LOCATION: (5.1.30) MATERIALS (REM 3 )

36 IMPELLER TYPE
55 RADIAL / DRIVERS
56 THRUST / HEATING
PAGE 3 OF 6
1 REMARKS
2
6 5. P-3004B IS UNINSTALLED SPARE PUMP & STORED IN WARE HOUSE.
7 6. P-3004 A IS INSTALLED IN CBD VESSEL, V-3007 (2000MM DIA X 6000 MM LENGTH). MANHOLE SIZE IN CBD
8 VESSEL FOR PUMP INSTALLATION/REMOVAL TO BE INDICATED BY SUPPLIER.
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
PAGE 4 OF 6
INQUIRY NO BY


32 ROTOR: RADIAL /

PAGE 5 OF 6
3

52 Sump arrangement
53 Key
54 1 grade
57 /1 sump depth
58 /2 pump length
65 /1--------m /2------------m
66 ød--------m /6------------m
67 /4---------m /3------------m
68 /5------------m
PAGE 6 OF 6
REQ / SPEC NO. /
5
9
20
25 Radiography
29 REMARKS
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
16-QMP-05-3A

P-3005 A/B

Doc. Number Rev.
9473-02-DS-P-3005 1
Excel

PAGE 2 OF 6
API 610 JOB NO. 9473 ITEM NO.(S) P-3005 A/B (1W, REM 5)

3 SITE DULIAJAN SERVICE OILY WATER PUMP
7 PUMP P-3005 A/B 1
8 MOTOR 2
9 GEAR 3
10 TURBINE 4
3
13 FLOW, NORMAL 5 (m /h) RATED (m3/h) LIQUID TYPE OR NAME OILY WATER
14 OTHER (m3/hr) MAX: 5 HAZARDOUS FLAMMABLE (5.1.5)
2
0.03
18 DIFF. HEAD 25 (Rem 4) (m) NPSHA (REM 7) () RELATIVE DENSITY (SG): 1
25 INDOOR HEATED OUTDOOR UNHEATED ANNEX H CLASS (5.12.1.1) S-5 (REM. 3 )

36 IMPELLER TYPE
55 RADIAL / DRIVERS
56 THRUST / HEATING
PAGE 3 OF 6
1 REMARKS
7 6. P-3005 A IS INSTALLED IN OWS DRAIN PIT, T-3003 (3500MM X 3500 MM X 2500 MM DEEP)
8 7 PUMP WITH FLOODED SUCTION
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
PAGE 4 OF 6
INQUIRY NO BY


32 ROTOR: RADIAL /

PAGE 5 OF 6
3

52 Sump arrangement
53 Key
54 1 grade
57 /1 sump depth
58 /2 pump length
65 /1--------m /2------------m
66 ød--------m /6------------m
67 /4---------m /3------------m
68 /5------------m
PAGE 6 OF 6
REQ / SPEC NO. /
3 SITE DULIAJAN SERVICE OILY WATER PUMP
5
9
20
25 Radiography
29 REMARKS
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
16-QMP-05-3A

P-3006 A/B

MECHANICAL DATA Doc. Number Rev.
SHEET FOR P-3006 9473-02-DS-P-3006 1
New Delhi
A/B Page 1 of 6
PAGE 2 OF 6
API 610 JOB NO. 9473 ITEM NO.(S) P-3006 A/B (1W, REM5)

7 PUMP P-3006 A/B 1
8 MOTOR 2
9 GEAR 3
10 TURBINE 4
3
2
0.12
18 DIFF. HEAD 36.5 (Rem 4) (m) NPSHA (REM 7) () RELATIVE DENSITY (SG): 0.7997
24 LOCATION: (5.1.30) MATERIALS (REM 3 )

36 IMPELLER TYPE
55 RADIAL / DRIVERS
56 THRUST / HEATING
PAGE 3 OF 6
1 REMARKS
7 6. P-3006 A IS INSTALLED IN OWS DRAIN PIT, T-3003 (3500 MM X 3500 MM X 2500MM DEEP)
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
PAGE 4 OF 6
INQUIRY NO BY


32 ROTOR: RADIAL /

PAGE 5 OF 6
3

52 Sump arrangement
53 Key
54 1 grade
57 /1 sump depth
58 /2 pump length
65 /1--------m /2------------m
66 ød--------m /6------------m
67 /4---------m /3------------m
68 /5------------m
PAGE 6 OF 6
REQ / SPEC NO. /
5
9
20
25 Radiography
29 REMARKS
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
2NO FGS&1NO CGGS&OP
Centrifugal Pumps-Submersible Project (CHABUA FGS)
New Delhi Req.No.
1 Plant section: OIL INDIA LTD. DULIAJAN Tag no. P-3007 A/B
2 Service RAW WATER PUMP Duty Continuous Intermittent
3 No. of units Total 2 Working 1 Stand-by 1 Operation Series Parallel
4 Driver Type ELECTRIC MOTOR Driver provided by Purchaser Vendor
5 Area Classification UNCLASSIFIED Ambient Temp (Deg C) Max Min
6 Elevation (Above MSL) Relative humidity (%) Max Min
7 Installation: Indoor Outdoor Undershed * REFER SITE & UTILITY DATA IN BASIC ENGINEERING PACKAGE.
8 OPERATING CONDITION
9 Liquid Handled WATER Pumping Temp.(Deg C) 7-40
10 Vap Pres@PT.(kg/cm2g) 0.12 Specific Gravity @ PT 1
11 Viscosity @ PT (cP) 1.14 Corrosion Due To. NO
12 Capacity (m3/hr): Rated Normal: 50 Max. 50 Disch.Press. (kg/cm2g) 4
13 Suction Press(kg/cm2g) Max. Rated. SUBMERGED NPSH available (mlc) (REM1)
14 Differential Pr. (kg/cm2) 4 Max. Admissible Shutoff Press. (kg/cm2g)
15 Differential Head (mlc) 40 Solids in Suspension YES
16 Gland Seal: Mag. Drive Mech Seal Gland Pkg
17 Seal Flushing
18 Process Liquid contamination Permitted: Yes No
19 UTILITIES *
20 Cooling fluid: Pres. (kg/cm2g): Supply: Return (Min): Temp. (Deg C): Supply: Return (Max):
21 Heating fluid: Pres. (kg/cm2g): Supply: Return (Min): Temp. (Deg C): Supply: Return (Max):
22 Instru. Air - (Max./Min) Pressure (kg/cm2g) Dew Point temperature (Deg C)
23 APPLICABLE CODES & STANDARDS
24 Pump: ANSI B 73.1 / ISO 2858 AND 02-TS-608
25 Driver REFER ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
26 MANUFACTURER'S DATA: CONSTRUCTION FEATURES
27 Make Model No.
28 Type Horizontal Vertical Ver.Barrel Suction: Single Double
29 No. of stages Impeller Support: Between Bearing. Overhung
30 Imp.Dia.(mm) Rated Max. Min. Casing Split: Axial Radial
31 Imp.Type: Open Semi open Closed Casing Type: Sing.Vol. Doub Volute Diffu.
32 Casing mounting Foot Centreline Self priming: Yes No
33 Casing Connection Drain Vent PG Others Bearing Make Type Mfr. Sl. No. Lubrication
34 Wear Ring Casing Impeller Radial
35 Stuffing box side Suction side Thrust
36 CONNECTIONS Size Rating Facing Location LINE SHAFT BEARING NOT APPLICABLE
37 Suction nozzle Nos. Type
38 Disch. nozzle Material Lubrication
39 MECHANICAL SEAL GLAND PACKING
40 Make Mfr's Code Size No. of rings
41 API code Flushing Plan Material Flushing
42 Cartridge Mount Yes No Coupling Make: Type/Rating
43 MANUFACTURER'S DATA: OPERATING PARAMETERS
44 Proposal Curve No. Shut off head(mlc)
45 Pump Speed(RPM) Hydro test pressure (kg/cm2g)
46 Direction of Rotation (From Coupling End): Max.Power@Rated Impeller (kW)
47 Efficiency(%) Casing MAWP(kg/cm2g)
48 Rated Power(kW) Min. cont. flow(m3/hr)
49 Max. Power @ Rated Impeller NPSH required
50 Driver Rating (kW) Min Submergence required
51 Specific Speed Suction Specific Speed
52 Design Pressure(kg/cm2g) Design Temperature
53
54
55
56
57
58
Data Sheet No Rev
9473-02-DS-P-3007 0
2NO FGS&1NO CGGS&OP
Centrifugal Pumps-Submersible Project (CHABUA FGS)
New Delhi Req.No.
1 SEAL AND AUXILIARY PIPING (REMARK-1)
2 PRIMARY FLUSHING PLAN SECONDARY FLUSHING PLAN
3 Piping Material Piping Material
4 Piping assembly Piping assembly
5 COOLING WATER PIPING PLAN EXTERNAL FLUSHING FLUID:
6 Piping Material Pressure
7 PIPING ASSEMBLY Temperature
8 Flow rate
9 MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION
10
API Table H-1 Class: I -2
11 Casing Impeller
12 Shaft Shaft Sleeve
13 Casing Wearing Ring Impeller Wearing Ring
14 Bearing Housing Base plate/Motor Stool
15 Companion Flange Barrel
16 Interstage Bush Other Wetted Parts
17 INSPECTION AND TESTING
18 Performance Test Witnessed Non-Witnessed
19 HydrostaticTest Witnessed Non-Witnessed
20 NPSH Test Witnessed Non-Witnessed
21 Strip Test Witnessed Non-Witnessed
22 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
23 Pump Driver
24 Baseplate: Gear Box
25 Coupling Coupling Guard (Non Sparking)
26 Companion Flanges with Nuts, Bolts & Gaskets Driver Bolts
27 Auto Recirculation Valve Foundation Bolts
28 Pump Driver Assembly Driver Half Coupling Hub
29 Seal Flushing Piping & Auxiliaries Lub Oil System
30 CW Piping& Auxiliary Suction Strainer
31 Casing Drain Valve Casing Vent Valve
32
33 INSTRUMENTATION
34 Temp. Gauge Pressure Switch
35 Thermowell Level Gauge
36 Pressure Gauge Level Switch
37 Non Contacting Probes Radial RTD
38 Accelerometer Probes Thrust RTD
39 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS
40 Pump Weight (kg) GD2 value
41 Weight of Base Plate (kg) Weight of Driver (kg)
42 Pump Overall dimensions (mm) Base plate dimensions (mm)
43 PUMP ALLOWABLE NOZZLE LOADS
44 NOZZLE Fx Fy Fz Mx My Mz
45 Suction
46 Discharge
47
48 REMARKS:
49 1) PUMP WITH FLOODED SUCTION
50 2) SEE ANNEXURE-1 FOR SKETCH OF RAW WATER PUMP (DEEP TUBE WELL PUMP)
51 3) ELECTRIC MOTOR SHALL BE DGMS APPROVED.
52 4) BAIL PLUG WITH AN INTERNAL EYE ARRANGEMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED.
53
54
55
56
57
58
Data Sheet No Rev
9473-02-DS-P-3007 0
FMT. No.: 01-DF-010 / A
JOB NO. : 9473
CLIENT : OIL INDIA LIMITED. DULIAJAN
PUMP
Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd., PROJECT: 2 NO. FGS & 1 NO. CGGS & OP
New Delhi (CHABUA FGS)
L/HIKGJKBMHJBMHBHBNN
PROCESS DATA SHEET REV.
9473-01-DS-P-3007
0
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY CHK. APPD. Sheet 3 of 3
16-QMP-05-3A
PROJECT: 2NO. FGS & 1NO. CGGS & OP(CHABUA FGS)


P-3008A/B

Doc. Number Rev.
9473-02-DS-P-3008 1
Excel

PAGE 2 OF 6
INQUIRY NO BY

3 SITE 2NO. FGS & 1NO.CGGS & OP (CHABUA FGS) SERVICE EFFLUENT DISCHARGE PUMP
7 PUMP P-3008A/B 1
8 MOTOR 2
9 GEAR 3
10 TURBINE 4
12 OPERATING CONDITIONS (5.1.3) LIQUID (5.1.3) OILY WATER
13 FLOW, NORMAL 5 (m 3/h) RATED (m3/h) LIQUID TYPE OR NAME OILY WATER
16 DISCHARGE PRESSURE 10 (Kg/cm2 g) PUMPING TEMP (°C) 40
17 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE 10 (Kg/cm2) VAPOR PRESS. (Kg/cm2a ) 0.03
36 IMPELLER TYPE
55 RADIAL / DRIVERS
56 THRUST / HEATING
PAGE 3 OF 6
1 REMARKS
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
PAGE 4 OF 6
INQUIRY NO BY

12 MAX ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE (MPa) DOMESTIC EXPORT EXPORT BOXING REQUIRED
14 HYDROTEST PRESSURE (MPa) SPARE ROTOR ASSEMBLY PACKAGED FOR:
17 RATING

20 COOLING REQ'D.
51 MASSES (Kg)
52 PUMP
53 BASEPLATE
54 DRIVER
55 TOTAL
PAGE 5 OF 6
25 PAINTED SS (7.3.4.5)
42 FOR
43 METHOD
44 REMARKS
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
57
58
59
60
PAGE 6 OF 6
REQ / SPEC NO. /
3 SITE 2NO. FGS & 1NO.CGGS & OP (CHABUA FGS) SERVICE EFFLUENT DISCHARGE PUMP
5
9
20
25 Radiography
29 REMARKS
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56

OIL INDIA LIMITED TENDER FOR PIPING SPECIFICATIONS

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

OIL INDIA LIMITED TENDER FOR PIPING SPECIFICATIONS

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

OIL INDIA LIMITED

DULIAJAN-786 602, Assam, (India)

Design, Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication, Supply,

TENDER NO. OIL/CCO/PDNG/GLOBAL/215/2008

Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd.

Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd.

Saipem Triune Engineering Pvt. Ltd.

2 03-CS-005 0 VENT & DRAIN ASSEMBLIES 3

3 03-CS-012 0 TABLE OF BASIC SPAN 1

4 03-CS-032 0 PRESSURE TAPPINGS PA, PG,PC,PT,PIC ETC. 1

5 03-CS-035 0 THREMOWELL INSTALLATION 1

6 03-CS-038 0 STUB-IN STANDARD 2

40 03-PS-083 1 PIPE SUPPORT BRACKETS TYPE B43 1

43 9473-03-TS-002 0 TECHNICAL NOTES FOR VALVES 7

44 9473-03-TS-003 0 TECHNICAL NOTES FOR GASKETS 3

45 9473-03-TS-004 0 TECHNICAL NOTES FOR FITTINGS 6

52 9473-03-TS-012 1 SPECIFICATION FOR PAINTING 24

2 15.02.08 ISSUED FOR BID VNK HSH DPS

GENERAL NOTES FOR PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Std. / Doc. Number Rev.

Std. / Doc. Number Rev.

8.0 BENDS, MITRES AND REDUCERS FABRICATED FROM PIPE

Std. / Doc. Number Rev.

CORROSION ALLOWANCE: 1.5 mm SPECIAL REQUIREMENT : NON IBR

PRES / TEMP RATING AS PER B 16.5

DESIGN CODE: ANSI B31.3 SERVICE: GENERAL PROCESS , FLARE

PIPE ½-¾ S160 (PE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B

1 - 1½ XS (PE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B

02- 02 XS (BE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B

3 - 14 STD (BE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B

16 -36 STD (BE, E.F.S.W) B-36.10 ASTM A 672 GR.B 60 CL.12

40 -48 XS (BE, E.F.S.W) B-36.10 ASTM A 672 GR.B 60 CL.12

NIPPLE ½ -¾ M (PBE SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B

1 - 1½ M (PBE, SEAMLESS) B-36.10 ASTM A106 GR. B

FLANGE.WN ½-24 M (150,RF/125AARH) B-16.5 ASTM A105

26-48 M (150,RF/125AARH) B-16.47-B ASTM A105

FLANGE.BLIND ½-24 (150,RF/125AARH) B-16.5 ASTM A105

26-48 (150,RF/125AARH) B-16.47-B ASTM A105

90.ELBOW ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105

01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105

02 - 14 M (BW,R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB

16-48 M (BW,R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W

SPECIFICATION NO. Rev.

New Delhi Sheet 1 of 4

45.ELBOW ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105

01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105

02-14 M (BW,R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB

16-48 M (BW,R 1.5D) B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W

EQUAL TEE ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105

01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105

02-14 M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB

16-48 M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W

T.RED ½-¾ SW, 6000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105

01 - 1½ SW, 3000 B-16.11 ASTM A 105

02-14 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB

16-48 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W

REDUC.CONC. 02-14 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB

16-48 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W

REDUC.ECC. 02-14 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB

16-48 M, M BW B-16.9 ASTM A 234 GR.WPB-W

SWAGE.CONC. ½ -03 MM, PBE BS-3799 ASTM A 105

SWAGE.ECC. ½ -03 MM, PBE BS-3799 ASTM A 105